Issuu

INSIDE: The New Isuzu D-MAX 2.2 Pages: 174 - 175

Farming MONTHLY National

October 2026

Massey Ferguson launches new MF 7S MARK 2 tractors Page: 146

PLUS: The End of RFID Errors? GEA Brings Vision-Based Cow Recognition to Dairy Farms

348 10

Set for Auction £7.95

Rare Silver Jubilee Fo rd

Hutton Experts Offer Bluetongue Advice

Western Forest Opens £500,000 Grant Scheme

October 2026

Also inside this month..

Page: 90

Don't miss a thing! Tune in to our Farming Monthly Podcast every month for in-depth discussions on all the topics found in this month's magazine, available on all major podcast platforms listed below.

Next level ultra-shallow tillage performance

50% higher intensity The new third disc axle front tool adds 50% more tools to the ground, delivering higher intensity, more mixing, and stronger emergence of weeds and leftover seeds. All while preserving soil moisture and structure. The third disc axle is available for Carrier XL 425-725, Carrier XT 425-625 and Carrier 925.

Where farming starts

CONTENTS

o c t o b e r 2026

FEATURES

28 Arable

76 Forestry

116 Muck & Slurry

42 Sprayers

78 Livestock

170 Tyres

44 Grain 46 Silage 48 Technology

50 Mental Health & Well Being

FM REGULARS National

52 Potatoes & Root Crops 56 Groundcare

6 News

122 Machinery

58 Shows

66 Energy

152 ATV

74 Farm Safety & Security

70 Buildings

174 Motors

Farming

•

Farming MONTHLY National

Agriculture. Covered. EDITOR editor@farmingmonthly.com EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES editorial@farmingmonthly.com ADVERTISING ENQUIRIES

Tel: +44 (0) 2476 353537 DIRECTOR Shona Beedham shona@farmingmonthly.com ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE Jennifer Mills jennifer.mills@farmingmonthly.com ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE Vicky Smith vicky.smith@farmingmonthly.com PRODUCTION production@farmingmonthly.com

Front cover credit:

Quality Meat Scotland

Farmer builds own technology to slash software costs and create jobs

Subscribe today!

Call us on 02476 353537 or visit our secure website at www.farmingmonthly.co.uk

Available in

DIGITAL & WEB

For editorial, general enquiries or to advertise please call +44 (0) 2476 353537 or email sales@farmingmonthly.com Farming Monthly National is published monthly in the UK by Farming Monthly Ltd, Tel: +44 (0) 2476 353537 UK based Digital Farming Magazine. No part of this magazine may be reproduced without permission from the publisher. Whilst every attempt is made to ensure accuracy, the opinions expressed in the magazine are not necessarily those of the Editor or publication. The Editor also reserves the right to alter or edit material as required and no responsibility is accepted for inaccuracies. Full copyright applies. All rights reserved. ISSN 2044-0190 (print) ISSN 2044-0200 (digital)

Dry summer could increase animal feed demand this winter, says Amcor Farming

| News

Climate change and security threats leave UK food supply at risk, expert warns MPs

he UK must move beyond prioritising efficient and low-cost food supply chains and build resilience for an era of increasing disruption, according to an expert at the University of East Anglia (UEA).

Prof Neil Ward will tell MPs today that the UK's food system is not sufficiently prepared and should be capable of maintaining access to essential food supplies during severe national disruptions lasting several months, including "simultaneous or cascading shocks". Such shocks could arise from extreme weather events, major disease outbreaks, cyber-attacks, energy failures, geopolitical conflict, supply chain interruptions, or combinations of these. Giving evidence to the House of Commons Public Accounts Committee inquiry into the resilience of the UK's food supply, Prof Ward will argue that the country must rethink its approach to food security as climate change, geopolitical instability, infrastructure failures and cyber threats increase the risk of major disruption. Prof Ward is a Director of Root and Reason, The Food Resilience Collective, and led the development of , a major national study published last year involving more than 150 scientists and practitioners and over 3,000 stakeholders from across the food system. The report concluded that the UK's food system faces mounting pressures and requires fundamental transformation to remain resilient in the decades ahead. "The UK has coped remarkably well with recent shocks such as Brexit, Covid-19 and supply chain disruptions," said Prof Ward, of the School of Environmental Sciences and Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research at UEA. "But these events tested the edges of the system rather than its ability to withstand a genuinely severe or prolonged crisis. We have built a food system that prioritises efficiency and low cost. The challenge now is ensuring it can also cope when things go badly wrong. "The UK needs to prepare for a period in which shocks become more frequent, more complex and increasingly interconnected." Prof Ward's written evidence - drawing on research undertaken through the Agri-food for Net Zero (AFN) Network+ programme and the report - highlights how modern food supply chains have become increasingly dependent on highly interconnected infrastructure, including energy Farming

networks, telecommunications, logistics systems and digital technology. He warns that food resilience can no longer be treated solely as an agricultural issue. "Food security is about much more than how much food we produce. It is about whether people can access affordable, nutritious food when the unexpected happens," said Prof Ward. "Climate change, cyber-attacks, flooding, power outages and international instability all have the potential to disrupt food supplies. The UK's resilience depends on how well we prepare for those risks now." The evidence calls for government to establish a clear national objective for food system resilience and identify the level of disruption the country should be able to withstand. Among the proposals are: •

Greater investment in climate-resilient farming and reduced dependence on imported agricultural inputs

•

Improved water storage and management infrastructure

•

Better protection of critical food system infrastructure

•

Stronger monitoring of food insecurity and vulnerable households

•

A long-term strategy linking food security, public health, climate adaptation and environmental restoration

Prof Ward argues that resilience should be viewed as a shared responsibility between government, industry and farmers, but warns that government must take a stronger leadership role in preparing for systemic risks. "Major disruptions expose the limits of relying solely on markets. Food resilience is a public good. It requires long-term planning, public investment and a clear national strategy," he said. The Public Accounts Committee inquiry follows growing concern about the UK's preparedness for future disruptions and comes after recent assessments identified weaknesses in contingency planning for severe food supply shocks. Prof Ward hopes the inquiry will help place food system resilience at the heart of national resilience policy. He added: "The question is not whether further shocks will occur. They will. The real question is whether we are building a food system capable of coping with them while continuing to provide affordable, healthy food for everyone."

| News

Helena Gray appointed to The CPRE responds to Tories on James Hutton Institute board environmental deregulation

he James Hutton Institute is excited to announce the appointment of Helena Gray to its board as a nonexecutive director. Helena has over 20 years of experience in both the UK and Scottish public sector. She lives on a 450-acre mixed arable family farm in East Lothian with her husband and two children.

As a farmer's wife and mother to future farmers, she has a deep personal commitment to the sustainable future of agriculture and the families and communities which depend on it. Helena's public sector expertise will be of great benefit as the Hutton continues to find solutions for the challenges imposed on the sustainability and resilience of our crops, land, natural resources and communities by the climate and biodiversity crises.

PRE chief executive Roger Mortlock said:

'Although the Shadow Chancellor is right that new homes can cost too much and take too long to build, his plans put at risk important protections for the countryside that we know the public value. 'Scrapping the Future Homes Standard means more solar panels on green fields, not on new roofs. It isn't 'anti-aspirational' to want homes that are warm, cheap to run and built in the right places, and decades of experience show big developers won't deliver them without government intervention . 'We welcome a simpler infrastructure levy that gives local communities real power over where the money goes. But cutting red tape is no silver bullet. If it were, the new 800,000 homes that already have planning permission would already be housing young families. 'The last Conservative government set an ambitious 25 Year Plan for our environment. Scrapping the independent agencies that keep us on track undermines the party's previous ambition for our countryside.'

She said, "I believe organisations such as The James Hutton Institute have a vital role to play in helping the agricultural industry, and the families and communities that depend on it, navigate the challenges ahead." Helena joined the board on October 1.

Budget must deliver CBAM protections for British farming

he NFU is warning that the UK's impending Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) must not place domestic food producers at a competitive disadvantage against imports.

As government publishes illustrative rates for the CBAM¹, the NFU said the new tax is designed to ramp up year on year, adding ever growing costs to fertiliser at a time when farming businesses are already facing huge inflationary pressures. NFU Deputy President Paul Tompkins said: "Fertiliser is essential for British farmers and growers as we work to produce the nation's food. Yet, the ammonia it is made from is no longer produced in the UK, leaving us with no choice but to buy from overseas. A tax on those fertiliser imports is most likely to be felt by farmers who are already operating on the tightest of margins and

can't simply absorb these extra costs or pass them on. "Unbelievably, food grown overseas with fertiliser will not be subject to the same tax, leaving domestic food production at a competitive disadvantage. "If government is true to its word that 'food security is national security', then the Chancellor must announce measures at the Budget that actually reduces the cost of producing food, not increases it, builds resilience in the sector and restores farm business confidence." The NFU is asking government to: CBAM (Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism): Ensure the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism does not put domestic food producers at a disadvantage to imports.

Farming

| News

New essay collection asks what the role of British food is in Britain today

new collection of essays bringing together diverse voices from across food, farming and wider society has been launched during British Food Fortnight to provoke fresh thinking about the role food plays in Britain

today. Commissioned by Love British Food and Future Countryside to mark Love British Food’s 25th anniversary, the collection looks beyond what is on our plates to explore how food connects with some of the biggest questions facing society. Contributors examine subjects spanning food security, farming and nature, nutrition and public health, food poverty and waste, public procurement, fishing and coastal communities, faith, culture and our relationship with the land. Rather than seeking a single answer, the collection deliberately brings together contrasting experiences and perspectives, asking what the choices Britain makes about producing, sourcing, sharing and valuing food say about the society it wants to become. Contributors include biologist and author Dr Rupert Sheldrake; Jake Fiennes; the Rt Revd Martyn Snow, Bishop of Leicester; Emma Revie of Trussell; Sabine Goodwin, director of the Independent Food Aid Network; seafood specialist Mike Warner; and voices reflecting personal experiences of accessing and choosing food. The collection launches during the 25th anniversary of British Food Fortnight, which runs from 26 September to 11 October and is the annual national celebration led by Love British Food. Love British Food founder and chief executive Alexia Robinson says the anniversary offered an opportunity not only to celebrate British food, but to consider its place in society today. “Food is never just food,” says Alexia. “It connects us to the land and sea, to our health, communities and culture, and to the people whose work puts food on our tables. “After 25 years of championing British food, we wanted to use this milestone to look forwards as Farming

well as celebrate how far we have come. We invited people with very different experiences and perspectives to contribute because these are conversations that should not happen in isolation. “What emerges is not one prescribed view of the future, but a fascinating snapshot of British food and society in 2026. Some of the essays challenge us, some celebrate what we have and others pose difficult questions. Collectively, I hope they encourage worthwhile debate about what we value and what we want our food system to deliver in the next 25 years.” Across the collection, recurring themes include the relationship between food production and the natural environment; the role of farmers and fishermen as food producers and custodians of land and sea; the connection between farming and human health; and the wider social value of food. Future Countryside has partnered with Love British Food on the project to bring wider rural, environmental and societal perspectives into the conversation. Sarah Lee, director of Future Countryside says: “One of the most striking things about this collection is the breadth of territory food touches. Conversations about farming, nature, health, poverty, community and culture can too easily take place separately, yet food connects them all. “We deliberately wanted contributors to approach the subject from different starting points and we have not sought to make those views conform. The value lies in putting those perspectives alongside one another and creating space for discussion. “At a time when questions about food security, land use, health and resilient communities are increasingly important, we hope the collection encourages people to think differently about the role food plays in the future of our countryside and our society.” The essays are available here www.lovebritishfood. co.uk/essay-collection with audio versions also being released via the Love British Food Podcast at love-british-food.captivate.fm, and on Spotify and i-podcast, to make the collection accessible in different formats.

| News

Farming

| News

A global plant breeding and seed company is growing its work in Oxfordshire with construction underway to expand its facilities

SV UK Ltd is investing £3.7 million in new offices, a seed processing unit and a plant breeding station at its site in Wardington.

Midlands firm Deeley Construction, which is celebrating its 90th year, has started work on the new facilities and the scheme is due to complete in summer 2027. DSV, headquartered in Germany, has been established in the UK for over 40 years with a track record of providing the best seed for many staple agricultural crops including oilseed rape, grasses, winter wheat, barley, maize, cover crops, lupins and linseed. DSV's station at Wardington is used solely for plant breeding, with the site developing new varieties of wheat and other crops to benefit farming in the UK. The development includes a detached office building and three agricultural buildings, which will bring its seed processing and breeding equipment together on one site. The buildings will be laid out to follow the flow of work from early breeding through to the bags of

seed that go out to farms, improving the efficiency of DSV's operation in Oxfordshire. The first will handle small seed lots, where seed is cleaned, treated and analysed, including testing for bread-making quality. The second will handle larger lots of between one and ten tonnes at a later stage in the breeding process, with bigger scale cleaning and treatment to prepare seed for market, while the third will house bespoke breeding equipment. Dr Alexander Doering, Managing Director at DSV United Kingdom, said: "Crops need upgrading and improving all the time.

tel: 01724 850224 fax: 01724 289317

"Our job is to produce varieties that can genetically fight diseases and other threats, need fewer chemicals and ultimately provide better yields to feed a growing population. "Consumer trends are changing too, so as well as wheat for traditional loaves we are developing varieties that are better for pastries or flatbreads. "This new station will make our wheat breeding more efficient. It will also allow us to expand what we do here as our varieties become more successful. "This development is the biggest project in the DSV Group this year. We are committed to staying in this area as we need to be close to our trials and to the farmers we work with, many of our staff also live nearby and this is perfect location to continue developing the business in the UK."

www.neilvessey.com sales@neilvessey.com

Farming

Steve Turner, Construction Director at Deeley Construction, said: "We have a lot of experience delivering developments in communities across the Midlands, and we're pleased to be supporting an innovative business like DSV, whose work developing new crop varieties will have a long term positive impact on UK farming and the wider economy."

| News

John Deere apprentices far outperform national average, with nearly three in four earning top grades

pprentices on John Deere’s agriculture, turf and parts engineering programmes are completing their training at a rate well above the national average.

More than 90% of those who start their course go on to successfully complete it, compared with around 60% nationally. The level of achievement is also extremely high with 74% of apprentices receiving a merit or distinction from their End Point Assessment (EPA) – the final, independent evaluation that an apprentice must pass to prove they are fully competent in their job role. A merit or distinction is only awarded to those who score 75% or above, which is broadly equivalent to an A grade at A-level. On top of this, every apprentice completing the programme has passed their EPA for the fourth consecutive year, marking another significant milestone in the manufacturer’s long-running commitment to developing skilled technicians for its UK and Ireland dealer network.

“These results are a fantastic reflection of the commitment shown by our apprentices, their dealers and mentors, and everyone involved in delivering the programme. “Our core values of commitment, quality and integrity are central to everything we do, and these results demonstrate those values in action. We would like to congratulate every apprentice who has reached this milestone and thank the dealers, mentors and training staff who have played such an important part in their success.” John Deere’s pioneering apprenticeship programme combines training with paid employment, leading to nationally recognised and valued qualifications. The apprentices are trained in partnership with ProVQ at the John Deere Apprentice Training Centre in Upper Saxondale, Nottinghamshire. The apprenticeship programme has been running for more than 30 years, and in that time has produced over 1,400 talented individuals who have gone on to have exciting careers across the John Deere dealership network. The aim remains to help young people take their first step on the career ladder, and to mould and nurture those with the skills and the desire to work in this industry.

“Achieving a 91% programme achievement rate is something we are extremely proud of, particularly when considering where the national average stands,” says John Deere Branch Training Manager Allan Cochran. “To see almost three-quarters of our Level 3 apprentices achieving a merit or distinction shows they are not only completing the course, but performing at the very highest level.

In partaking in one of the most prestigious courses that John Deere provides, an apprentice will learn the valuable knowledge and skills for them to work their way into a career anywhere across John Deere’s worldwide dealership network. Candidates interesting in applying for an apprenticeship can do so via the John Deere Apprenticeship Findertool. Farming

| News

Organic sector welcomes government plan to grow British organic farming and food overnment plans to grow organic farming and food has been welcomed by the English Organic Forum (EOF) with the launch of a new Organic Action Plan for England on Wednesday 14 October. Recognising organic systems can deliver for soil, water, wildlife and animal welfare, the plan is expected to prioritise growing domestic organic farming and supply chains.

soils and cleaner water to more biodiversity and less reliance on artificial inputs like pesticides. With growing consumer demand for organic often being met by imports, we have long called for a more joined-up approach that breaks down supply chain barriers and helps farmers meet that demand. England has an innovative and entrepreneurial food and farming sector, and we welcome this plan which we hope will create the right conditions for organic farmers, growers and businesses to invest and thrive." Sos Stopes, Co-chair of the English Organic Forum and Policy Advisor to Organic Farmers & Growers CIC, said: "It is encouraging to see the Organic Action Plan for England published. The English Organic Forum, representing the organic sector, has worked hard with Defra on the development of a credible plan. Defra's leadership and the positive support of the Environment Secretary Dame Angela Eagle for growth in the organic sector is a well deserved acknowledgement of the practical ways that organic farming helps deliver the government's environmental ambitions." Action plan to tap into growing market demand

Responding to calls from EOF, the plan includes an ambition to increase England's organic farmland from around 3% today to 10% in the next decade. It recognises that increasing domestic production would help reduce reliance on imported food while expanding farming systems that avoid synthetic nitrogen fertilisers and pesticides, according to the EOF. With food production increasingly exposed to extreme weather, volatile input costs and disruption to global supply chains, EOF says the plan also has an important role to play in strengthening the resilience of English farming. Organic systems build soil health and fertility, support greater diversity on farms and reduce dependency on imported synthetic inputs, helping create farming systems better able to withstand a changing climate while continuing to produce food.

The action plan was announced on the eve of Thursday's Organic Trade Conference 2026, where Soil Association Certification is set to reveal the latest market growth trends to more than 200 leaders from across the organic sector. The sell-out event at the Barbican in London will bring together brands, retailers, producers and new market entrants to explore how growing consumer demand, retail interest and new policy momentum can be turned into sustained growth for the UK organic sector. EOF says success will ultimately be measured by not simply the publication of an action plan, but by whether more farmers are able to convert, more British organic food reaches the market and a greater share of the growing consumer demand is met from domestic production.

In response to rising consumer demand for organic produce, another focus of the plan will be supporting farmers and tackling supply chain barriers to help secure markets for British organic food and drink.

For farmers to make that transition and for existing organic businesses to prosper, stronger, ringfenced financial support will also be needed through the Sustainable Farming Incentive (SFI). EOF members will continue to engage with Defra on how future SFI support can better enable the organic sector to thrive.

Adrian Steele, Co-chair of the English Organic Forum and Soil Association Farming Advisor, said: "An Organic Action Plan for England is a win for the UK's food and farming system. It recognises that more organic land can help the government to deliver its wider environmental goals, from healthier

In the coming weeks EOF partners will continue to engage with Defra as the Organic Action Plan for England is delivered supporting its development into action and helping identify practical measures that can strengthen environmental resilience, domestic food production and long-term food security.

Farming

| News

ForFarmers UK acquires Advanced Ruminant Nutrition

orFarmers UK today announces that it has entered into an agreement to acquire Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (ARN), an independent UK specialist in ruminant nutrition and consultancy services. It is expected to close this transaction in the fourth quarter of this year.

continue to operate independently under its existing management structure, led by Managing Director Grant Spittal.

Strengthening of long-standing relationship

Mark Cole, Managing Director ForFarmers UK: "ARN has developed a strong reputation in the market and has demonstrated consistent growth over many years. The business complements our activities well and we look forward to supporting its continued development."

Established 20 years ago and headquartered in Lancaster, ARN supports livestock farmers across the UK through a team of 16 nutritionists. The business has built a strong market position through its independent advice, technical expertise and customer-focused approach.

Grant Spittal, Managing Director ARN: "Joining ForFarmers provides a strong foundation for our next phase of growth. We will continue to operate independently, maintaining our whole-farm approach while investing in innovation, technical expertise and customer support."

The acquisition strengthens the longstanding relationship between ForFarmers and ARN and supports the continued development of both businesses. ARN will

Customers will continue to work with their existing ARN contacts and will see no changes to the services provided.

Farming

| News

Keeping Poultry Units Clean from Land's End to John O'Groats

ew areas of livestock production place a greater emphasis on hygiene and biosecurity than the poultry sector. With disease threats such as avian influenza continuing to challenge producers, professional poultry house cleaning remains an essential part of maintaining flock health and performance.

For over four decades, Poultry House Cleaning Services has been supporting poultry farmers across the UK, providing specialist cleaning services for broiler units, multi-tier systems and traditional poultry sheds. Today, the business continues to build on the reputation established since its founding in 1985, helping producers prepare their housing to the highest possible standard between flocks. Tony Stacey, who has been involved in the poultry industry since 2007, first joined the business when he was asked to help during an especially busy period. What began as a temporary arrangement soon developed into a full-time career, providing hands-on experience of poultry housing and biosecurity systems throughout the UK. The scale of poultry production has changed considerably during that time. Whereas sheds housing around 16,000 birds were once commonplace, modern poultry

Mob: 07758 073 642 Farming

enterprises now regularly operate units holding 64,000 birds or more. As poultry businesses have expanded, the demands placed on cleaning contractors have evolved too, requiring greater efficiency while maintaining the highest standards of cleanliness and disease prevention.

According to Tony, two of the most persistent challenges facing producers remain red mite infestations and avian influenza. Effective control relies on a combination of quality cleaning products, proven procedures and practical experience. Thorough cleaning between flocks is not simply about presentation; it forms a vital part of a farm's wider biosecurity programme and can play an important role in reducing disease risk. Biosecurity remains one of the biggest priorities for the poultry industry as a whole. Professional cleaning helps remove contamination risks within housing, while limiting unnecessary visitors to poultry sites can further reduce the chances of disease spread. With avian influenza continuing to dominate industry concerns, maintaining rigorous hygiene standards has never been more important. Alongside disease pressures, poultry farmers continue to face economic challenges. Rising costs, labour pressures and increasing regulatory requirements have all contributed to tighter margins across the sector. Feed price volatility has also placed significant pressure on producers in recent years, making efficient flock management and forward planning increasingly important. Tony believes that successful poultry production depends on strong management and a proactive approach. The highestperforming flocks are typically supported by careful planning and attention to detail, rather than reacting to issues once they occur. Ongoing education is equally important, with training and practical onfarm experience helping producers and support businesses keep pace with

| News

changing techniques, technologies and industry expectations. Having worked on poultry units throughout the country, Poultry House Cleaning Services has built a reputation for supporting producers wherever they are based. The business regularly travels from Land's End to John O'Groats, with a large proportion of its work taking place away from home during busy periods. Despite the scale of the operation, the company remains proudly family-run and focused on delivering a reliable, highquality service. Rather than highlighting one particular project as a standout achievement, Tony believes every job matters, subscribing to the view that a business is only as good as its last piece of work. Looking ahead, the focus remains unchanged: continuing to deliver the highest standards of poultry house cleaning while helping customers protect flock health, strengthen

biosecurity and maintain efficient poultry production. For more information, Poultry House Cleaning Services can be contacted on 07758 073642 or by email at tstacey832@gmail.com. Before a first visit, the team will typically need details including shed size, bird numbers and water supply arrangements, allowing the job to be planned effectively and completed efficiently.

ARE YOU LOOKING

FOR A FINANCIAL HEALTH CHECK? If you’d like a free consultation on accounting, book-keeping, tax advice, or general business advice,

PLEASE CALL US ON 01257 260366.

Wishing Tony and the team all the best! www.tc-group.com www.tc-group.com

enquiries@tc-group.com

TC GROUP

2-4 Southport Road Chorley PR7 1LD

SCAN ME TO FIND OUT MORE

Farming

| News

Rare Ford Silver Jubilee tractor to be auctioned in benefit of Royal Papworth Hospital father whose son received a lifesaving heart transplant at Royal Papworth Hospital, the UK’s leading heart and lung hospital, is donating the proceeds from the sale of his cherished classic tractor to help transform patient and family spaces at the Cambridge-based hospital.

Michael Burdge who founded an agricultural machinery business near Bristol, North Somerset has donated his classic 1991 Ford 7810 Silver Jubilee model tractor to be sold through Cheffins, the leading agricultural auctioneers and machinery specialists, with all proceeds supporting Royal Papworth Hospital Charity’s Brighter Spaces, Brighter Futures appeal. Launched in 2025, Royal Papworth Hospital Charity’s Brighter Spaces, Brighter Futures appeal is helping transform the hospital environment for patients and their families, creating spaces that feel welcoming, comfortable and supportive during some of the most difficult moments in their lives. Michael’s decision to donate the tractor is deeply personal. Four years ago, his son Ed was just 17 when he was diagnosed with dilated cardiomyopathy. After weeks in hospital trying to stabilise his condition, a heart transplant became his only chance of survival. Ed spent three months at Royal Papworth Hospital during the height of the Covid-19 pandemic, before receiving a new heart thanks to the selfless gift of an organ donor. Today, Ed is thriving and has gone on to set up his own business. Having experienced first-hand the importance of the hospital environment during Ed’s life-saving

treatment, Michael wanted to give something back and help other families facing similarly difficult circumstances. Michael says: "When my son Ed became seriously ill, Royal Papworth became my family’s whole world. During Ed's time at the hospital, we experienced firsthand the incredible care and compassion shown by staff, but we also saw how important the hospital environment is for patients and families facing long stays. “Having a welcoming space to step away from the bedside, gather your thoughts, spend time together, or simply catch your breath can make an enormous difference during some of life's most challenging moments. “That's why we're proud to support the Brighter Spaces, Brighter Futures appeal. By improving patient and family day rooms, we can help create spaces that provide comfort, dignity and support for everyone who depends on Royal Papworth." Michael’s donation will directly help fund the transformation of two patient and family day rooms on hospital inpatient

Farming

| News

wards. The rooms will feature calming wall coverings, comfortable seating and improved facilities, creating welcoming spaces where patients and their loved ones can step away from the bedside, rest, recharge and reconnect. The Ford Silver Jubilee is estimated to fetch between £25,000 and £30,000, and will be offered via a timed online sale hosted by Cheffins, with bidding available from 2nd November until the 10th November. Oliver Godfrey, Head of Machinery Sales at Cheffins comments: “Michael Burdge is a long-standing client of Cheffins and his collection is bound to generate interest among vintage tractor collecting circles. The Silver Jubilee is a particularly collectable tractor, being a rare, limited-edition. We would expect that this will attract much interest at auction, particularly bearing in mind its provenance of having been a part of Michael’s collection. We are delighted to be able to support the Burdge family in their fundraising efforts for Royal Papworth Charity and are sure that this is a cause which will be relevant to many of our clients here at Cheffins. Royal Papworth Hospital does so much important work nationwide and it is important that we support their charity’s Brighter Spaces Brighter Futures project which will hopefully go a long way to improving the experiences of both patients, their families and of course the staff that work there.”

Krystyna Grant, Managing Director at Royal Papworth Charity comments: “Our charity is incredibly grateful to Michael Burdge and his family for choosing to generously donate all the proceedings of the sale of one of his special classic tractors to our Brighter Spaces, Brighter Futures appeal. “Having a loved one undergo life-saving surgery can be an incredibly stressful and overwhelming experience. A welcoming space where patients and their families can rest, recharge and reconnect can make all the difference. “A huge thank you also to Cheffins for choosing to waive both the fees and commission of the sale of the tractor, meaning all funds raised will directly impact patients and their loved ones at Royal Papworth Charity.” Bidding starts for the The Michael Burdge Collection online auction on Monday 2nd November 2026 from 10am and ends on Tuesday 10th November 10.00am. Viewing day is Tuesday 3rd November 2026 from 10:00am – 4.00pm at LOCATION, Somerset Potential buyers are able to bid online via the Cheffins website – www.cheffins.co.uk Contact Cheffins Machinery Auctioneers for further information on: 01223 213343, machinery@cheffins.co.uk or visit: The Michael Burdge Collection Farming

| News

There's always an option: Jo and Andrew Morris hen people ask Jo and Andrew Morris why they and Andrew's parents packed up their Caithness farm and moved the entire operation to Fife – cattle, sheep, and three kids under three – they're expecting to get one neat answer, but there isn't one.

"The momentum to do this started like a snowball," said Jo. "The reasons for change started off small and just kept building." "Andrew was taking on more and more work, and we had three kids under two years old by the time our twins were born in 2017. At the same time, Andrew's dad was travelling many miles to have treatment in Raigmore hospital, so it meant Andrew was really taking the brunt of it on his own and I could see the effect it was having on him.

Moving home is bad enough, but moving a whole farming enterprise 200 miles down the road is another matter. Andrew spent weeks moving machinery south on trailers, as did a few wonderful neighbours who stepped up without being asked. Jo packed up their house in less than 48 hours and slept her final night on a wooden floor with nothing but a laptop and printer to complete some lastminute paperwork for the settlement, by which point the cattle and sheep were already in floats heading down the A9. "Arriving at Logie was a huge relief for both of us. It was hard plucking up the courage to discuss it with Andrew's parents never mind telling friends, once we as a family had made a decision on our next steps.

Starting from scratch

"Then dealing with estate agents, lawyers, advisors, making business plans, the bank and all the paperwork in between was a lot. It was extremely emotional for us all. We had to think what needed to be done at the new farm for that growing season as well as manage the livestock from one farm to the other. At the time we didn't dwell too much on the move, it was a feeling of accomplishment more than anything – a big tick."

When asked what it was like to pack up the farm, Jo commented, "the most stressful thing either of us have ever done."

The new farm was a blank canvas, quite literally. With no stock fencing or handling facilities, Andrew, myself, and his dad were fencing as ewes and

"He was probably doing the work of two men, and at the same time desperately trying to be a present dad to our three daughters." When the move came in December 2018, it provided a chance for Jo and Andrew to change direction and seek new opportunities.

Farming

| News lambs were being turned out that first spring. "We do look back now and think, gosh, that was a lot to take on." But even in those early weeks, small things gave them a lift. Going to the bull sales at Stirling and back in an afternoon – a journey from Caithness that would have meant two nights away with three young children. Neighbours in Fife dropping food parcels and welcome gifts in or inviting them to a Burns Supper that first January, where they met local people their own age. "It sounds silly," says Jo. "But it's just those little things that made it easier to settle in." Surrounding yourself with the right people Jo is a full-time legal director at BBM Solicitors and heads up the family law team across two offices – a role she balances alongside farm work with the support of flexible working arrangements that she describes as a genuine privilege. She also took on the accounts when they arrived on the new farm, something she'd never done before, and found the 'feast or famine' nature of farm finances quite frightening. "Andrew would always tell me it evens itself out, a bad year is usually made up for over the next few years – something I've seen for myself now, but it doesn't make it any less scary when the big springtime bills are coming in." Jo and Andrew farm as genuine partners. "I don't want Andrew to feel like he has to bear the burden of everything on the farm on his shoulders," she says. "Being able to do my work around the farm jobs, when I need to, is something I'm so grateful for." What has helped them most with such major changes, Jo says, has been finding the right people.

become something of a shared philosophy. It's the same approach they're taking with their daughters, making clear from the start that farming is a choice, not an obligation. "We don't want them to feel they can't talk to us" says Jo. "We want them to have that open mindset." As for her own wellbeing, Jo says that she knows she likely puts herself last. However, she finds ways to build small moments of reset into everyday life. She takes work calls while she's out walking, has a light-hearted Netflix programme on in the background while cleaning the holiday pods at changeover, does a quick reset of the house once the children go off to school, and enjoys listening to farming podcasts, particularly Farmstrong's . Along with shows like , it gives her the chance to hear relatable stories and pick up tips from people who understand the realities of farming life. When Jo applied for important to her.

, honesty was

"We go to the market and, at first blush, it looks like everyone is doing great," she says. "But when you dig a little deeper, we are all similar in that most people have struggles and pressures. We thought, maybe if we just showed and talked about the pressures, people would realise they're not alone." Jo's closing thought is quite simple. "Why can everybody not just try – without being twee about it – to make a bit more time to support each other? Because if we all did that, we'd get so much further." Visit the Farmstrong Scotland website to access all the resources, stories, and the podcast.

"When we were originally looking to buy the farm, we bumped into an old acquaintance who is a bank manager, and after describing our plans he said simply, 'let's make it work' and he and the bank did. Similarly, our agricultural consultant Martin Rennie now of Galbraith, who is never a man to mince his words, was positive from the outset after working through the numbers and helped give us the confidence to go for it. I can't describe how important they both were in helping us make the move happen – mentally as well as physically." Andrew's chiropractor in Cupar has become something similar, not just for the physical work but for the quiet positivity he brings. "Andrew feeds off him," says Jo. "He's just a really upbeat person and it's something Andrew enjoys going to every week." Protect your positivity Neither Jo nor Andrew have grand wellbeing rituals. What they have are small, consistent habits and a deliberate limit on the things they know don't do them any good. "We don't watch too much of the global news, it's often negative, and things we can't control, so why fill ourselves with it? We keep up with what's important in the farming press at home and we try and surround ourselves with positive, upbeat people – it's like a little battery boost for your energy. "Andrew protects Sunday, where he can, as family time, unless we're harvesting. It might be a trip to the beach, a walk or just lunch out. The rugby WhatsApp group with his old friends the 'Evergreens' keeps a thread of connection going too." Andrew's mindset – "there's always an option, always a solution, even if it's not the one you want" – has Farming

| News

Every £1 invested in restoring rivers could generate over £7 in benefits for nature, communities and the economy, first-of-its-kind analysis finds

roundbreaking new river vision and economic analysis provides a blueprint for reimagining England's rivers at scale

A groundbreaking new vision for rivers in England, released today by The Wildlife Trusts, Trent Rivers Trust and Intact Insurance, outlines how nature must be at the heart of plans to restore waterways across England in order to unlock significant economic, environmental and societal benefits. Published today, The Rivers 2040 Vision maps and assesses the impact of restoring the entirety of the River Trent - England's longest river from source to sea - on nature, the economy and local communities. By reimagining how communities, businesses and land use can work together to bring the Trent back to health, the Vision provides a blueprint for restoring whole river systems across the country. Ahead of expected Government reforms to the water system in England, and as drought, flooding, pollution and unequal access to nature intensify, the Vision also includes first-of-its-kind economic analysis. The findings reveal a substantial potential return from restoring the Trent; an estimated investment of £43 million a year over the next 30 years could generate approximately £10 billion in economic benefits, with every £1 invested in nature-led river restoration potentially delivering more than £7 in benefits. Yet, while the economic benefits of nature-led river restoration are staggering, the Vision argues that current efforts remain fragmented and underfunded. Instead, three key areas of change are needed to restore and recover the health of England's rivers: Deploying nature-based solutions at scale: Nature-based solutions, including reconnecting floodplains, restoring wetlands and peatlands, nature-friendly farming and creating wet woodlands, will be critical to protecting homes, businesses and entire communities from worsening floods and water pollution. But to deliver the greatest benefits, these solutions need to be deployed at scale across whole river catchments. Growing local control of water: Responsibility for tackling the numerous threats to our rivers, including pollution and pressure on water resources, is fragmented, with no single body accountable for the health of our waterways. A catchment-scale approach, bringing together locally focused investment and expertise through powerful Regional Water Authorities as part of the Government's devolution agenda, will be critical to tackling these threats and realising the full potential of rivers for communities, nature and the economy. A long-term water strategy that recognises nature as critical infrastructure: A nature-first approach to all new development, alongside flood risk management plans that put nature-based solutions at their heart, must be embedded in public policy to unlock investment, empower communities in decision-making and hold developers to account. Dr Rob Stoneman, director of landscape recovery at The Wildlife Trusts, says: Farming

"From scandalous pollution to increasing flood risk, we know that people right across the country care deeply about the health of our waterways and want to see an end to the cocktail of threats facing them. The scale of the challenge is huge, but our new vision for rivers is a call to arms; there is an enormous prize to be won if we get this right. "As our mapping of the River Trent proves, we must work together across whole catchments – and the communities, businesses and local authorities within them – to embed nature-based solutions into the heart of river restoration efforts. Only then, with national and regional policy recognising that nature is necessary to the health of our waterways, can investment in river recovery truly deliver greater climate resilience, local prosperity and bring wildlife back to our waterways." Across England, rivers are in dire health. Just 14% of rivers currently meet ecological health standards, and many have not improved since their condition was last reported on in 2019. The Government is also likely to miss legal targets to restore almost 80% of England's waters by 2027, and 1 in 4 properties are predicted to be at risk of flooding by 2050 without action. Yet, as the Vision demonstrates, naturally restoring rivers at scale, alongside changes to farming practices and working with industry to repurpose former power stations and gravel pits, is not only entirely possible, but also makes economic sense. Across the Trent's 350km of catchments, floodplains and riverbanks, the benefits of nature-led restoration are real; from carbon sequestration and natural flood management to cleaner water, green job creation, and improved recreation and health outcomes. Chris Reid, deputy senior vice president at Intact Insurance, says: "As extreme weather becomes more frequent, we need to think differently about how we protect our communities. Restoring rivers, floodplains and wetlands can help manage water, reduce flood risk and make the places where people live and do business more resilient." "The Rivers 2040 Vision shows what is possible when we restore and protect nature at scale. By working with The Wildlife Trusts, we are helping to create healthier rivers that are better able to adapt to a changing climate and build more resilient communities." The Rivers 2040 Vision has been released today alongside an immersive new film, A River Speaks, exploring the cultural significance of rivers across the UK and the growing pressures they, and the communities who live and work alongside them, face. Voiced by Line of Duty actor Vicky McClure, the film follows the River Trent from source to sea, showcasing the conservationists, farmers, schoolchildren and communities working to restore its health and reconnect people with the river. Premiering at the Blue Earth Summit on Wednesday 14th October, the film will contribute to the national conversation about the future of our rivers and call on communities, businesses and policymakers to come together for a 'great river reset'.

| News

Hutton scientists win world mineral analysis contest for record fourth time

cientists at The James Hutton Institute have set a new record by winning the 13th Reynolds Cup, an international contest that tests how accurately laboratories can measure what a mineral sample is made from.

The win is a record-breaking fourth for the Hutton team, following victories in 2008, 2018 and 2022. No laboratory anywhere has won it more often. In the Reynolds Cup, every entrant receives three small samples of mineral mixtures, a few grams each, with no clue as to what is in them. They then test the samples, and report exactly which minerals are present and in what proportions. Results are ranked by accuracy, and the truth is only revealed at the end. Around 100 laboratories from across the world take part, and the organisers publish only the winner and the top three. Everyone else stays anonymous. Professor Steve Hillier said, "Winning once could be luck. Finishing in the top three every time we've entered, for more than twenty years, is down to the people in this lab and the care they put into every

sample. I'm very proud of the team, and of this result in particular." The work matters well beyond the competition. The same methods are used commercially through Hutton Scientific Services to analyse soils for major infrastructure projects, check industrial clays and minerals for quality, confirm the identity of chemicals and pigments for regulatory files, and measure crystalline silica in construction materials. Helen Pendlowski added, "The samples we analyse for customers get exactly the same treatment as the ones we sent back to the Reynolds Cup. Whether it's an engineer who needs to know what's in the ground or a manufacturer checking a batch, they're getting the same accuracy that won this contest." The contest was set up in 2000 by scientists from ChevronTexaco and the United States Geological Survey, who wanted an objective way to check whether different laboratories analysing the same rock would get the same answer. It is named after Bob Reynolds, a pioneer of quantitative clay mineralogy.

Farming

| News

Oxford Farming Conference reveals 2027 speakers and debate motion he Oxford Farming Conference (OFC) has announced speakers for its 2027 event, taking place from 6th to 8th January under the theme “Harmony”, exploring how greater collaboration and shared understanding can help build a more resilient food and farming industry. Agricultural scientists Dr Sarah Hearne and Dr Rosie Bryson, former British Army General Richard Nugee, agricultural economist Charles Duff, and author and environmental campaigner Satish Kumar are among those joining the programme, alongside farmers and business leaders from across the UK.

The conference will also see the return of the renowned Oxford Union Debate, with the motion: “This house believes that mindset is the biggest barrier to progress in farming.” Proposing will be Ayrshire farmer Cammy Wilson, known for sharing his farming life through The Sheep Game, and mediator and EmpowerAg founder Amy Hughes. Opposing will be NFU Cymru President and dairy farmer Abi Reader, and Lancashire livestock farmer Joe Towers. A longstanding highlight of the conference, the debate returns to the historic Oxford Union Debating Chamber in 2027 with sponsorship from Savills and Thrings. It promises lively discussion in this celebrated setting, where delegates can hear opposing arguments and contribute their own views. Across the wider programme, Dr Rosie Bryson will deliver the science keynote. As Research Director for ADAS Sustainable Agricultural Systems and Chair of the Institute of Innovation and Knowledge Exchange, her work focuses on connecting research and innovation with measurable impacts for farmers and growers. The Frank Parkinson Lecture will be delivered by Dr Sarah Hearne, Chief Science and Innovation Officer at CIMMYT. Her career spans more than two decades in agricultural research and development, working in public and private Farming

sectors across Africa, Latin America and Europe. Richard Nugee joins the trade and policy session following a 35-year British Army career specialising in operations and personnel. He wrote a review of Defence’s approach to climate change and sustainability and has since gained international recognition for highlighting the security implications of climate and nature. Charles Duff brings more than 35 years’ experience in international development to the programme. President of Alinea International and an agricultural economist by background, his career has centred around agricultural and food system resilience and economic redevelopment, in rural regions affected by conflict and natural disaster. Satish Kumar is an internationally recognised author and speaker who has devoted his life to ecological regeneration, peace and social justice. He is known for his 8,000-mile nucleardisarmament peace walk, which took him to the capitals of four nuclear-armed countries. Commenting on the line-up, Chair of OFC27, Sheena Horner, said: “Oxford has always been a place where UK farming looks beyond its immediate concerns, and engages with the ideas and opportunities shaping its future. This programme continues that tradition; bringing the experience of farmers together with scientific expertise and perspectives from outside the industry. “Our theme, Harmony, asks how a sector with differing interests and approaches can work more effectively together. It requires a willingness to listen and to question our own assumptions, particularly when another person’s experience differs from ours. “At a time of considerable uncertainty for food and farming, the opportunity to come together in Oxford matters. I want delegates to leave with a broader perspective on the challenges ahead and renewed confidence in the contribution they can make.” To view the full speaker line up and to book tickets for OFC27, visit www.ofc.org.uk

| News

Farm fires cost the Midlands £6.7 million in 2025 as record temperatures take toll on UK farmers

FU Mutual's new Farm Fires Report has revealed that fires cost farmers in the Midlands an estimated £6.7 million in 2025, devastating the region's farming communities.

Although the cost of farm fires in the Midlands bucked the national trend, falling by a third, last year still saw fire wreak havoc across the region. Across the UK, record temperatures and hours of sunshine in 2025 saw the cost of fires to farmers increase 18% to an estimated £118m while fires relating to agricultural vehicles added another £32m.

reminder of the impact of hotter, drier weather, as well as highlighting the role of farmers and farmland in controlling the spread. "Although we saw a welcome fall in the Midlands in 2025, as the UK recorded the highest temperatures and most hours of sunshine on record, the risk of uncontrollable blazes has never been higher with 2026 experiencing extreme periods of dry weather and record temperatures. "The aftermath of this can be grave, threatening farm operations and traumatising those involved, as well as disrupting essential infrastructure which can further affect the wider community. "Farmers do what they can to minimise risk, but prevention cannot fall to farmers alone. Stronger policy is needed, more than ever, to help tackle the causes of farm fires and protect rural businesses from their devastating impact." Figures rounded to the nearest £100,000. Percentage difference based on exact claims figures. The costs do not include agricultural vehicle fires.

Agricultural vehicles often operate at extremely high temperatures, with the hot, dry weather of the previous two summers meaning a spark can quickly become a dangerous fire. Tractor fires made up over half of vehicle costs in the UK, at an estimated £16.1m, while combine harvester fires cost an estimated £4.8m in 2025. The primary causes of fires involving crops, buildings and equipment on farms were arson, lightning strikes, and electrical faults. With the prolonged heat and dry weather continuing into 2026, where temperature records across the country have again been broken, the rural community is shouldering a substantial risk of fires, especially during periods of harvest. Mike Alder, NFU Mutual Regional Manager for the Midlands, "The devastating wildfires in Stourbridge earlier this year served as a stark

The East of England suffered the biggest loss from fires last year, with an estimated £23.9m of damage. The South West, while recording a welcome fall of 20% from 2024, saw the second most costly damage at £18.2m, while the North East of England and Scotland also recorded significant loss, at £16.3m and £14.7m respectively. To manage the risk, NFU Mutual Risk Management Services offers pre-harvest training workshops to help farmers familiarise themselves with fire prevention tactics to help minimise fire breakouts across farms nationally. NFU Mutual also supports the adoption of accredited fire suppression systems, providing agricultural vehicle insurance discounts to policyholders who install approved equipment onto combine harvesters.

Farming

| News

NFU Mutual South Cotswolds receives Royal approval as HRH Princess Anne officially opens new Wiltshire office

local insurer received the Royal seal of approval as HRH Princess Anne officially opened its new office in Wiltshire.

Oliver Bayston, Senior Agent at NFU Mutual South Cotswolds, added: "It was an honour to welcome HRH The Princess Royal on the day to officially unveil our wonderful new Sherston office.

NFU Mutual South Cotswolds welcomed The Princess Royal to its Sherston base on Monday, September 21, following a move to the area earlier in the year which repurposed the local building.

"Repurposing this key local building in a rural village has proven to be a major milestone for NFU Mutual South Cotswolds, so to have The Princess Royal attend this unveiling really was a special occasion for all involved – particularly given her ties to the area and this specific site 26 years ago.

It marks a full circle for the building and Her Royal Highness, who visited the site in 2000 – when formerly the entire building was occupied by Tubbs Elastics Limited – to make a formal presentation at the Sherston plant. And 26 years later, after being invited by the Agents of NFU Mutual South Cotswolds, she was joined by NFU Mutual Chair Jim McClaren MBE and NFU President Tom Bradshaw at the official opening. The move to Sherston creates a central hub for NFU Mutual South Cotswolds, bringing together a large team to a modern office space in a beautiful, rural location providing progressive career path opportunities locally. Farming

"The investment into our new Sherston office represents our commitment to serving an evergrowing number of customers, their businesses and their families. Set within a rural village environment, while being easily accessibly to host visitors, the move provides us with a modern, dynamic office space with superb facilities for our team. "All of our NFU Mutual South Cotswolds Agency team members are embedded within the rural communities we serve and with their combined expertise will ensure we continue to offer the high levels of service and advice customers expect from us."

| News

NFU and retailers call for action in Budget to strengthen Britain's food security

he NFU has joined forces with the UK's leading supermarket retailers to call on the Chancellor to use the upcoming Budget to unlock billions of pounds of private investment in British food production and strengthen the nation's

food security. In a joint letter, the consortium warns that Britain's farmers and growers are being held back from making vital long-term business decisions because current tax rules fail to adequately support investment in essential farm infrastructure. The government is therefore being urged to boost the Annual Investment Allowance to £5 million and extend it to cover farm buildings and other essential production assets. The proposed change would incentivise investment in critical infrastructure such as reservoirs for water storage, polytunnels, housing for poultry and livestock and renewable energy to help improve productivity, resilience and sustainability across the food supply chain. Last month, NFU analysis revealed that UK selfsufficiency has declined in 10 of the 11 everyday food categories examined, while agri-food import volumes have risen by 70% over the past three decades. The signatories to the letter argue that farm businesses are eager to invest and grow, but that the current tax

system can make major capital projects financially difficult or unattractive despite their long-term benefits to the resilience of the nation's food supply chain. NFU President Tom Bradshaw said: "British farmers and growers want to invest in the future. They want to increase productivity, improve efficiency, reduce environmental impacts and strengthen domestic food production. But too often the tax system works against these investments rather than supporting them. "Extending the Annual Investment Allowance to include buildings and critical farm infrastructure would send a clear signal that the government does actually mean it when they say, "food security is national security", that they support economic growth and back British farming. "This is about strengthening the foundations of our food system and building resilience in the sector for decades to come." Jim Bligh, Director of Corporate Affairs at the British Retail Consortium (BRC), said: "Investing in British food production is an investment in the nation's food security. Helping farmers improve productivity and resilience will strengthen domestic supply chains, support economic growth, and help retailers keep high-quality British food on the shelves at prices customers can afford." The NFU and the retailers have offered to work with HM Treasury and Defra on the detailed design and implementation of the measure.

New NFU survey reveals nearly half of farmers say fly-tipping has worsened

or one farmer, the regularity of flytipping means it is "just part of life now",3 while others have encountered confrontational and intimidating criminals. One farmer said private security staff were "shot at with air

rifles". Whether it is a carrier bag of rubbish or lorry loads of industrial waste, farmers are often forced to pay for the clean-up because the waste has been dumped on private land, leaving them to bear the financial cost of a crime they did not commit. At a time when farm businesses are already under immense financial pressure from drought, bluetongue and rising input costs driven by global conflict and instability, this is another burden they simply do not need. Every pound spent clearing other people's waste is money that cannot be invested in the farm, while every hour spent dealing with it is time taken away from producing the nation's food.

The NFU has long called for a single reporting mechanism, greater awareness of waste responsibilities, consistent partnership working and effective punishments to deter illegal dumping. These survey results underline the urgent need for further action to stamp out waste crime. NFU Vice-president Robyn Munt said: "These findings should serve as a wake-up call to government. Fly-tipping must not be accepted as an inevitable part of farming or something else farmers are expected to take in their stride. "One farmer faced an eye-watering £350,000 bill after waste was dumped on their land, while others endure fly-tipping weekly, or even daily. Whether it is household rubbish or hazardous waste, farmers and growers are being forced to carry the emotional, financial and practical consequences of crimes committed by others. "Stronger deterrents and a joined-up national approach are urgently needed to improve reporting, prevention, clean-up and prosecution, as farmers should not be left to deal with this crime alone." Farming

| News

Putting British Watercress on the Map hen The Watercress Company (TWC) learned via google that Jeremy Clarkson’s pub, The Farmer’s Dog, served their watercress, they knew that it didn’t come direct from them. But they knew that if it did, the watercress would be cheaper, fresher, and better for the pub and its customers. TWC grower, Jordan Saracoglu, made a social media post to that effect addressing Jeremy with their offer to supply him direct and urging anyone else who saw the post to tag the pub to try to get the message to Jezza himself.

Over 1 million views were achieved in the first week (with over 50% coming from overseas), and TWC was in contact with the Farmer’s Dog, starting delivering the next day. Several other restaurants and food operations saw the post and were in touch too. As a result, TWC has launched a direct order facility on their website where it is now possible for anyone to order a minimum of 1kg of farm fresh watercress for delivery next day. Tom Amery, MD of The Watercress Company said: “I was so excited by the response. We achieved what we needed – to deal direct with The Farmer’s Dog, but more importantly we achieved some notoriety and managed to make watercress part of the wider food conversation.” Direct to customers is not a difficult process, the challenge is dealing with large or small shipments; 1-3kg to restauranteurs who prefer the direct-from-the-farm approach is the norm and very achievable. However, the likelihood of direct supply replacing retail packs is very small as tens of thousands of bags are sold every week in supermarkets. In fact, 99% of watercress sales in the UK come from 85g bags sold in the nation’s supermarkets and this has been the case since the 1990s. Today, every retailer sells watercress, except the Co-op who didn’t begin again after COVID. TWC’s mission, therefore, is to get everyone behind UK farming businesses producing vegetables and increase sales by whatever means. This is important because supermarkets judge products on their rate of sale (ROS) which is dictated by penetration or popularity in the market, and frequency of purchase (the number of times a consumer buys the product). Penetration is about encouraging awareness among consumers, highlighting the health benefits, providing recipe ideas and being a responsible, sustainable, supplier, all tactics TWC has successfully used for years, even supporting an annual watercress festival to mark the start of the UK watercress season. The frequency of purchase is driven by quality and availability. A supplier like TWC needs to ensure that quality is at its best and that the product on shelf has a long life to show that it has been replenished regularly due to a good sales pull through. Recently, however, TWC has been finding a shortage of watercress on shelf, suggesting a lack of replenishment and restocking affecting ROS.

Farming

Furthermore, some stores only consider profitability over variety. Some stores have reduced shelf space from three to two trays which means if there is a ‘run’ on watercress, they don’t have the stock with which to replenish the shelves, forcing consumers to buy something different. What has become obvious to TWC, therefore, is that it is vital to ensure increased visibility and availability of watercress in store, and to drive people to the stores to buy it. Tom again: “People are choosing their media differently and we are trying to engage with existing and new consumers directly. It’s imperative that we sell more watercress to keep the industry thriving and reinvesting but to do that we need to drive awareness of the care and skill required to grow watercress, as well as the passion that the team pour into growing and harvesting every watercress leaf.” To this end, TWC is exploring marketing strategies. By engaging with consumers in this way they hope to create closer relations with them, and a camaraderie that may not have existed before. For the last 12 months TWC has developed a series of videos on YouTube and Instagram about every aspect of watercress production to introduce a better understanding and familiarity they hope will make consumers respond similarly in the future to calls for action. This approach is more usual for a brand than a generic fresh produce, but TWC is deliberately seeking opportunities to engage with the public to create a desire for watercress all year round. When British grown watercress is out of season from November to April, TWC owns and manages farms in Spain to maintain a year-round supply, all grown to the same exacting standards as are established on the UK farms and has already started to introduce its staff based in Jerez Spain in their social media. Watercress is a unique crop; it’s grown not in soil but in bespoke Victorian gravel beds, fed continuously by mineral rich water from underground aquifers, and in which the watercress plant thrives. This growing method meant that despite this summer being one of the hardest on record for British farmers, watercress proved remarkably resilient in terms of the heat and drought. It is one of the earliest retentive crops and is naturally residue free. Now, watercress is available in abundance, unlike other salad crops, including lettuce, that have suffered severely from the extreme conditions. What’s more, watercress is super healthy, in fact, it is the most nutrient dense vegetable out there according to the Centre for Disease Control and Prevention. In their score card of nutrient density, watercress scores an impressive perfect 100. Worldwide it is being cited as the healthiest veg you can eat. So, get your hands on some, either direct from the farm, or from the thousands of Tesco, Asda, Morrisons and M&S stores around the country supplied by TWC. Next step is watercress pesto.

| News

Is £1.2bn National Insurance exemption for working pensioners in the Chancellor's sights? •

899,000 pensioners benefitted from NICs exemption in 2025-26

•

State pension age will reach 67 in April 2028

•

Two-fifths of all farm holders in England aged over 65 years

he amount of National Insurance relief given to pensioners, including farmers, working past state pension age has risen by 43% to £1.2bn in the past six years which may make it a tempting target for the chancellor looking to raise revenue in his first budget, according to new analysis by NFU Mutual, the financial advice firm. Pensioners who continue working after they reach state pension age of 66 are currently exempt from paying national insurance contributions (NICs) although they must still pay income tax and their employers still pay NICs. Many farmers work past state pension age as for most it is a way of life rather than simply a job. In 2025, two fifths of all farm holders in England were over the age of 65 years and just 5% of holders were aged less than 35 years, according to figures from the Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs. (DEFRA). Figures analysed by NFU Mutual show that a growing number of working pensioners are now benefitting from the NIC exemption which cost the government £1.2bn in 2025-26 and benefitted 899,000 pensioners. This has jumped from a cost of £840m for the NIC exemption in 2020-21 which benefitted 597,000 pensioners. The proportion of all 65–69-year-olds working has almost doubled in the past 20 years from 15.8% in 2006 to 29.7 % in 2026. Those aged 70-74 who are still working have more than doubled from

5.6% in 2006 to 11.9% in 2026, according to the latest Department of Work and Pensions (DWP) figures. Working pensioners had an average median income of £446 per week – with 4% bringing in income of £1,500 or more per week, the DWP data found. Sean McCann, chartered financial planner at NFU Mutual, the financial advice firm, said that changing the NIC exemption for working pensioners was one option available for the Chancellor to look at ahead of the Budget. He said: ''A growing number of people are choosing to continue working beyond state pension age either through necessity or choice. ''With the self-employed paying 6% National insurance on earnings between £12,570 and £50,270 and 2% on anything above, a change in policy could see a pensioner with profits of £25,000 pay an additional £745 a year.'' ''To soften the blow for those who continue to work after state pension age, the Chancellor could choose to charge a lower rate to reflect the fact that they are already in receipt of their state pension'' ''While the bulk of revenue generated by National Insurance is used to provide the state pension and other working age benefits, a proportion is used to help fund the NHS. With the Chancellor keen to put the public finances on a more stable footing, it's possible that working pensioners will be asked to shoulder some of the burden" he added. Farming

| Arable

KUHN introduces the trailed APEX direct drill

UHN Farm Machinery has revealed the new APEX trailed disc drill for operators requiring direct and min-till drilling versatility. Initially, two models will be available, a 6m APEX 6000 RC and an 8m APEX 8000 RC, both with a 5,600-litre split seed hopper.

A maximum of 250kg of hydraulic pressure is possible, which is adjustable via ISOBUS down to 80kg, to maintain furrow opening and seeding depth. The seed is delivered into the furrow via a unique seed boot, positioned alongside the opening disc, which is tapered to its base to prevent the furrow becoming wider. Seed is blown to the front of the boot to ensure accurate placement and prevent seeds being blown out of the furrow on entry. The seed boot has been designed to maintain good contact with the disc to avoid blockages and improve the lifespan of the two parts.

KUHN has introduced new ISOFLEX seeding units on the APEX range, spaced at either 16.7cm or 20cm, for precise control of the seeding depth and seed delivery. A narrow angle single disc opener is positioned alongside a large gauge wheel, offering accurate depth control and holding debris in place to prevent it entering the seed furrow. The ISOFLEX units are set on a parallelogram linkage, with a 330mm range for consistent seed placement regardless of terrain, and manual depth control via a T lever on each unit. A high front clearance of 460mm allows cover crops to pass under the drill without the risk of blocking.

Farming

An additional 400-litre hopper with OPTISEED can be integrated into the drill’s design. KUHN’s OPTISEED metering units, as fitted to its TF 2300 C front tank, provide up to 20 different metering cassettes, changed tool-free at ground level, depending on the seed. Control of the drill is through ISOBUS operation from the tractor’s terminal or a CCI screen for versatility with other tractors. A side platform for hopper access improves filling safety and there’s an integrated emptying system to transfer unused seed from the hopper into a bag rather than unloading onto the floor. Interested UK users can expect to see the drill for the first time at Cereals 2027 and there will be limited units available from first production.

| Arable

AXIS MOUNTED FERTILISER SPREADER Unrivalled spreading precision!

• Spreading widths of 12 to 50 metres • Capacities from 1,400 to 5,200L • Very high flow rate of up to 675kg/min • ‘EMC’ regulation to adjust the left and right application rates independently • CDA Distribution gives precise spreading patterns for optimum nutrient supply

www.

.co.uk

RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545

Tel: 01477 533560

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

RVW Pugh Ltd

TR Machinery Ltd

Tel: 01695 816444

Tel: 01952 936900

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

www.trmachinery.co.uk

Southam Agricultural Services Tel: 01926 813 426 www.southamagri.co.uk

Farming

| Arable

Yara Invests in Moira to Strengthen Fertiliser Supply in Ireland ara has announced a major investment at its Moira fertiliser terminal, underpinned by a new 10year supply agreement described as "one of the largest of its kind ever signed in Ireland."

previously split across two locations (occasionally leading to orders being part-filled, customers waiting for stock to be transferred between sites or hauliers having to visit more than one site) Moira will now hold the full Yara range, including the new Yara Climate Choice Fertilisers (YCCF).

The agreement with site operators Power Trac (NI) runs until 2037 and will see Yara consolidate its Northern Ireland operations into a single, significantly expanded and technologically advanced facility. The improvements will increase bagging capacity by around 25% and ensure farmers across Ireland have dependable access to the complete range of Yara's products and service.

"With everything on one site, operations will be far more efficient," said Alan. "For farmers and merchants, that translates into more consistent product availability and a delivery service they can rely on with confidence."

Backing the future of Irish farming The announcement marks a major consolidation and investment strategy centred on Moira and strengthens a 27-year relationship between Yara and Power Trac's owners, the Davidson family. The Moira site first bagged Yara fertiliser in 1999. Alan Turkington, Yara's Head of Commercial Partnerships, said the scale and duration of the new agreement demonstrate the company's long-term commitment to Irish agriculture. "This is a genuine, long-term commitment to the future of Irish farming. Both Yara and Power Trac are making significant investments in this site, and that only works when there is real trust and commitment on both sides. This agreement reflects the confidence both businesses have in the future of Irish agriculture and in delivering long-term value for farmers, merchants and co-operatives across the island of Ireland." Availability and accessibility The investment will see a substantial upgrade of the Moira site, including a new intake line, additional urea-inhibiting equipment, a new office block with separate admin facilities for inbound and outbound lorries, and reconfigured roadways to speed up traffic flow. The new intake line will enable Yara to dock up to 4,500 tonnes a day. While the urea-inhibition investment ensures the site is ready for new legislation due to take effect in NI in spring 2027. This will require all urea applied after 1 April 2027 to be inhibited. For farmers and merchants, the consolidation of stock into a single site is also expected to bring tangible practical benefits. Where products were Farming

The enhanced capacity at Moira, combined with the site's strategic location (roughly a mile from the M1 motorway and within easy reach of the A1) will allow Yara to extend its reach across close to twothirds of the island of Ireland. From the east coast down to Cork and across to Galway. Yara aims to use this connectivity to grow its presence in the Republic of Ireland market. An investment in supply chain resilience Alan links the investment at Moira to Yara's broader European strategy. With domestic fertiliser production capacity across Europe under pressure from geopolitical disruption and rising input costs, Yara is prioritising investment in infrastructure that strengthens the resilience of fertiliser supply chains and keeps product closer to farmers. The company sees sites such as Moira as playing an important role in supporting a reliable and efficient supply of fertiliser across the region. "Reliable fertiliser supply is becoming increasingly important across Europe," explains Alan. "Our focus is on keeping more product closer to the farmers who need it, including here in Ireland. To do that, we need the right facilities in place. Investing in sites like Moira helps us strengthen our local supply network and ensure farmers can access the products they need, when they need them," he said. "This investment is about strengthening our supply chain in Ireland, enabling us to retain more product within our home market and ensure a reliable supply of high-quality products supported by excellent service. For farmers, merchants and cooperatives across the island of Ireland, it is a clear demonstration of Yara's long-term commitment to Irish agriculture," Alan concludes. With the investment and upgrade at Moira already underway the new site officially opens on 1 January 2027.

| Arable

NFU Sugar and British Sugar agree contract for 2027/28 sugar beet crop FU Sugar and British Sugar are pleased to announce that negotiations to agree contract pricing and terms for the 2027/28 sugar beet crop have now concluded.

The following contract options have been agreed: • •

• • • •

A one-year fixed price contract at £28.50/t, for up to 50% of the contract A one-year contract with a guaranteed base price of £25.50/t, plus a Marketlinked Bonus for up to 100% of the contract An Index-linked contract, for up to 50% of the contract Yield Protection at a £0.90/t reduction on the fixed and Market-linked bonus contract prices Transport Allowance paid up to 60 miles for all factories (ex-Cantley growers up to 75 miles) Plus, an interest-free Cash Advance option, a Late Delivery Allowance, and complimentary Frost Insurance

Keith Packer, Managing Director, British Sugar, said: "I am pleased we have managed to come to a negotiated agreement with NFU Sugar. With the sugar industry continuing to weather challenging market conditions, nobody welcomed this long delay to a contract announcement and the uncertainty it brought. "I hope this announcement gives growers the clarity they need during this volatile period for farm businesses. To support them, we're offering valuable options which they don't get with other crops, such as an interest-free Cash Advance, plus a Market-linked Bonus option for a share of the upside when the market is favourable."

NFU Sugar Board Chair Kit Papworth said: "The NFU Sugar Board is pleased to have finally concluded the contract agreement on behalf of our growers. We believe this represents a fair deal, providing options for growers with different risk appetites. "This has been a long, and expensive, process which I hope in future years won't need to be repeated. However, as the representative body for our growers, NFU Sugar will always do the right thing by them, including going through the arbitration process if necessary."

RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01695 816444

Tel: 01477 533560

TR Machinery Ltd

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

+ 44 (0 ) 1759 319 90 0 SALES@SUMO1.COM

Tel: 01952 936900

WWW.SUMO1.COM

www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Arable

Microalgae show promise as sustainable fertiliser for malting barley ew research led by The James Hutton Institute has demonstrated that microalgae could provide a sustainable alternative to conventional mineral fertilisers for malting barley production.

mineral fertiliser across a range of growth and yield measures, including tiller number (the number of tillers, or side shoots, emerging from the main stem) and thousand grain weight (a measure of how large the grain is). Both treatments significantly outperformed unfertilised control plants."

The study, published in Plant and Soil is the first original research paper to be published by a student on the BARIToNE programme. David Ashworth was one of the first cohort of students to undertake their PhD through the programme, a collaborative training partnership, which brings together 18 industry and seven academic partners to train the next generation of barley scientists and support innovation across the barley supply chain.

Building on these results, the team carried out a field-scale trial. Grain yields from plots treated with microalgal fertiliser were statistically equivalent to those receiving mineral fertiliser and significantly outperforming unfertilised controls.

Microalgae can be cultivated using nutrients recovered from industrial waste streams and coproducts, including distillery pot ale. This approach has the potential to create a more circular system for nutrient use while reducing dependence on mineral fertilisers, which contribute to greenhouse gas emissions due to the energy costs of production and transport and the nitrous oxide that is emitted when they are applied. Before investing in growing microalgae using industrial waste streams, its capacity as a replacement for mineral fertiliser to sustain barley production needed to be established. David said, "Our research explored whether microalgae could help reduce the agricultural sector's reliance on synthetic mineral fertilisers while maintaining crop performance and grain quality. "Across three separate glasshouse trials, barley grown with microalgae showed no significant differences from plants supplied with conventional Farming

Importantly for the Scotch whisky industry, assessment of malt quality also showed promising results. Measurements of hot water extract (the amount of fermentable sugars that can be extracted from the malt during mashing) and predicted spirit yield showed no significant differences between grain produced using microalgae and grain produced using conventional fertiliser, indicating that the alternative fertiliser could meet key industry quality requirements. As part of the BARIToNE programme, Mr Ashworth undertook a placement with Chivas Brothers where he helped with their analytical pipelines, learned the techniques behind malt analysis and gained insight into how a distillery works. Stefan Masson, New Product Development, Innovation & Distilleries Support Manager, said, "This research is an important step towards the Scotch whisky industry's ambitious net-zero goals and demonstrates how collaboration between industry and academia will be central to achieving them. "Given the significant carbon impact of inorganic mineral fertilisers, and current shortages linked to geopolitical instability, it is essential that potential alternatives are explored. David's work has shown that algae could be a strong candidate for partially or fully replacing conventional fertilisers and has identified an opportunity to reuse distillery waste streams, helping to create a genuinely circular production cycle." While further field trials are needed to validate the findings across different environments and seasons, the researchers believe the results provide strong evidence that microalgae could play a role in future sustainable barley production systems and would also encourage an investigation into the plant and microbiome's response to microalgae fertiliser.

| Arable

The future belongs to those who know how to cultivate it

CENTAURO PA1 ISOTRONIC

Combined seed drill up to 7 metres with front hopper It is our passion for the land that guides us. Every day. Each MASCHIO GASPARDO machine is the result of research, technology, and innovation, designed to always get the most out of the land while respecting nature. Our products are in continuous evolution: from soil tillage to seeding, crop protection, fertilization, and haymaking. This is the only way we can be sure to always give you the best, just as the land does for us. maschiogaspardo.com

MASCHIO GASPARDO UK Ltd Headquarters Unit 4 Swinderby Industrial Park LN6 9BJ Electric Avenue - Lincoln - England

Bruce Farm Machinery Engineering FindTH your closest Dealer

Bogauldy, King Edward, Banff, Bankfoot Farm, Dalswinton, Contact Us: AB45 3LX Dumfries, DG1 1TG Tel. 01522 448161 Tel: 01261 821659 Tel: 07808 769 630 www.maschiogaspardo.com Farming

Your soil cultivation specialist With over 220 years of experience serving the agricultural world, Grégoire Besson offers a complete range of machines dedicated to soil tillage. Ploughs, disc implements, tine implements, soil preparation machines and subsoiling equipment: our range covers all the needs of the most demanding farmers.

Bruce Farm Machinery Bogauldy, King Edward, Banff, AB45 3LX Tel: 01261 821659

Grégoire Besson machines and parts are imported into the United Kingdom by Maschio Gaspardo UK. For further information, please contact your nearest Maschio Gaspardo dealer or call +44 1522 448161.

Optional Stocks Seeder

2.5m - 5m Working Width

Re-seed in a single pass

INVERSA STONE BURIERS Based on the Rotavator concept the Inversa differs by having a reverse rotation rotor followed by sorting tines which ensures stones and residue fall to the bottom and fine soils are left on the surface allowing seeds to be placed in a perfect seedbed. • One pass cultivation

• Creates the ideal seedbed

• Robust and reliable

• Compact for road transport

BEFORE

AFTER

A 240L or 400L Stocks Ag seeder can be fitted for precise seeding of grass, cover crops and SFI mixes.

www.alpego.co.uk

CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER

RVW Pugh Ltd

TR Machinery Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01695 816444

Tel: 01477 533560

Tel: 01952 936900

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

www.trmachinery.co.uk

www.rvwpugh.co.uk

OPICO Ltd. 01778 421111

ask@opico.co.uk www.opico.co.uk

| Arable

Friendly fungus could help protect wheat from disease naturally occurring fungus found inside wheat seeds could help protect one of the world's most important food crops from one of its most damaging diseases, researchers say. The fungus, known as Chaetomium globosum, was shown to significantly suppress Septoria tritici blotch (STB), a disease that can cut wheat yields by up to half during severe outbreaks. This is the first time it has been found in wheat seeds, but it had previously been identified in tomatoes, cotton, hemp, apples and tobacco. Dr Amir Mirzadi Gohari from the University of Tehran made the initial discovery, and is working with Dr Angela Feechan from Heriot-Watt University in Edinburgh on the research, with the fungus being tested extensively in the laboratory to find out how it fights STB.

The current findings are published in the journal Scientific Reports. Tackling a threat to global food security STB is caused by a fungus, Zymoseptoria tritici, and is one of the most destructive wheat diseases worldwide. Northern Europe's biggest wheat producers, which include the UK, Germany, France and Denmark, are among the worst affected because the region's rain and humidity create ideal conditions for the disease. Dr Amir Mirzadi Gohari said: "STB is a huge problem and a real threat to global food security. "Farmers currently rely on chemical fungicides to control the disease. But it is becoming incredibly resistant to these treatments, and there are growing concerns about the environmental and financial costs of spraying wheat crops. "Finding a naturally occurring fungus that fights this pathogen could be a huge step forward; it's a very exciting discovery." A 'friendly' fungus Dr Mirzadi Gohari's team screened 45 fungal endophytes, which are fungi that live inside plants without harming them, in a similar way to friendly gut bacteria in humans, searching for one that could hold STB at bay. The winner came from an unexpected source: the seeds of a wheat variety that is highly susceptible to the disease. Farming

Dr Mirzadi Gohari said: "We treated different varieties of wheat with our new fungus three days before exposing them to STB. "The results were incredible. Even in the worst-hit variety, lesions covered 74% less of the leaf area, and the structures that produce the disease-spreading spores were reduced by 82%. "We tested wheat varieties that are susceptible to STB, and across all of these, disease severity fell by more than half." Fighting fungus with fungus Dr Angela Feechan, from Heriot-Watt's School of Energy, Geoscience, Infrastructure and Society, said: "Chaetomium globosum seems to fight the disease in three main ways. "As a fungus, it puts the plant's defences on alert and its immune system kicks in, similar to how vaccines work in humans. "We also found that it secretes antifungal compounds that attack rival fungi, like Zymoseptoria tritici, which causes STB. "We grew the fungus in liquid and sprayed the liquid extract onto STB infected wheat. "It inhibited germination of the spores by more than 80%, and spraying it onto plants in the greenhouse test also reduced the disease. "It may also promote plant growth. It produces ammonia and the plant hormone auxin, along with mechanisms that help plants take up iron. "We need to investigate this further, but it does seem that the fungus has real benefits for wheat plants, and potentially other crops." Further study required The scientists are now trying to pinpoint exactly which antifungal compound the fungus produces and have sequenced the fungus's genome to search for the genes responsible. Dr Feechan said longer-term research and field trials will help determine whether farmers could use Chaetomium globosum to tackle STB in wheat crops. "We could potentially coat seeds with the fungus before they are planted, which would mirror how wheat would encounter fungus naturally in the soil, or a spray-on treatment could be developed." The work was a collaboration between the University of Tehran, Heriot-Watt University and University College Dublin led by the University of Tehran, funded by the Iran National Science Foundation.

| Arable

OTHERS GET

INSPIRED WE INSPIRE THE

MARKET

KRONE BiG X

Performance and efficiency - BiG X sets standards - With up to 1,156 HP, optimised driveline and crop flow efficiency. Comfort and visibility - Comfortable cab with excellent visibility and easy operation for long harvesting days. High versatility in cutting lengths - Choice of drum configurations enables flexibility in chop lengths. Agility and comfort - Independent wheel suspension ensures high agility and secure Scan me! traction.

Compass Tractors Ltd

stay #KRONECTED

Tel: 01278 662836 #KRONEAGRICULTURE www.compasstractors.co.uk

Farming

| Arable

A clean crop? It starts here: strengthen autumn weed control with a wider mix of herbicide actives

ith winter wheat drilling underway across many parts of the UK, cereals growers can build the strongest foundation for crop performance by incorporating additional active ingredients with different modes of action into their herbicide programmes. According to Holly Pratt, herbicides technical specialist at ADAMA, cleaner crops start with earlier, stronger weed control decisions in the autumn.

“The best practice when it comes to tackling difficult grassweeds such as black-grass, ryegrass and brome is to delay drilling until late October, as it allows the first flushes of weeds to be removed before crops are drilled into a stale seedbed,” Holly explains. “However, with a couple of recent wet autumns still at the forefront of growers’ minds, it’s understandable that a lot of crops have already been sown.

proven to improve the efficacy of aclonifen and cinmethylin-based programmes, with independent trials demonstrating their ability to deliver enhanced levels of grassweed control,” Holly advises. Trials have shown that the addition of ANTHEM (400 g/L pendimethalin) significantly improves black-grass control when used alongside a tank mix of Proclus® (aclonifen) plus Liberator® (flufenacet and diflufenican). “In six independent trials, which included work carried out by ADAS and NIAB, the inclusion of pendimethalin alongside these newer chemistries improved black-grass control by between 10 and 16%,” Holly continues. “Pendimethalin can either be included at the preor post-emergence timing by applying ANTHEM alongside other actives, or by applying TOWER (250 g/L chlorotoluron, 40 g/L diflufenican and 300 g/L pendimethalin). Either way, black-grass control will be enhanced, helping growers take control of weed pressure before it has the opportunity to impact crop establishment and yield potential. “Similarly, where a preemergence application of cinmethylin and pendimethalin has been applied, a post-emergence application of TOWER will extend the window of weed control and help maintain a cleaner crop through the early stages of development.

“At the same time, pressure on cashflow following two years of drought might tempt growers to cut back on crop protection inputs. But that would only exacerbate the threat from grassweeds, as any plants that go unchecked in the autumn will have a significant impact on crop yield at harvest. “Every successful season is built on the decisions made at establishment. It starts here. Growers should therefore give their crops the cleanest possible foundation by incorporating additional active ingredients from different modes of action into their autumn herbicide programmes. Diflufenican, pendimethalin and chlorotoluron have all been Farming

“The key thing to remember is that the efficacy offered by a tank mix containing several actives is often greater than the sum of its individual chemistries,” Holly concludes. “As always, timing, rate and accuracy of application are just as important as the actives being used. The strongest weed control programmes are built from the start, because once weeds emerge, you are chasing the problem rather than preventing it. “That’s why a cleaner crop really does start here. By working closely with a qualified agronomist and making the right decisions early, growers can build the strongest possible foundation for the season ahead.”

| Arable

Preparing OSR and wheat for the season ahead

fter a summer of severe drought across large parts of the country, and one of the earliest harvests in years, rain has finally arrived and just when growers need it most. So with most oilseed rape now in the ground, how can growers support rapid establishment and head off the threat of pests?

Natalie Wood, agronomist and product manager for Yaravita & Biologicals at Yara, says this year's conditions have been a tale of two extremes. "We've had very dry weather for an extended period in some parts of the country, and others further north had pretty much a normal year," she explains. Many areas also missed the overwinter rainfall needed to refill the water table, compounding the dry spell. "Thankfully some rain did come in June, just in time for a lot of the country, and it managed to save some of those harvest yields," she says. Although plenty of disappointing harvests were still reported, she notes. Getting oilseed rape away quickly Post-harvest, the moderate rain that fell on still-warm soils in early September created ideal seedbed conditions for drilling OSR. But committing to the crop doesn't stop at drilling. Quick establishment is the single biggest factor in how well the crop thrives. "If you'd spoken to me a couple of weeks back, I would have advised some seedbed nitrogen or NPK to get the crop growing quickly," Natalie says. "However, if that wasn't possible, there's still time to apply a starter fertiliser to give it the best chance of survival and help it outgrow potential pest issues such as pigeons or cabbage stem flea beetle. For growers in a Nitrate Vulnerable Zone (NVZ), applications must also be planned around the relevant closed periods, with the end of October marking an important deadline for nitrogen applications to oilseed rape."

concerned about root development, particularly on later-drilled crops, a phosphate-based foliar product such as YaraVita Crop Boost is worth considering alongside conventional fertiliser.

That efficiency becomes especially valuable in dry conditions, since foliar nutrients are absorbed directly through the leaf rather than relying on soil moisture. "A good example this year was Crop Boost on maize," Natalie says. "I had quite a few comments back about the rapid greening effect people saw during that dry period, when the crop looked stressed and they were a bit concerned about it." Visible results like that matter to growers watching a crop under pressure – and can instil much-needed confidence in the crop. Cereals and the later-drilling challenge With black grass pushing many cereal drilling dates later in the calendar, root systems have less time to establish before winter. "If you've got a small root system and we end up with some waterlogging, potentially you've got the roots retracting even more," Natalie warns, with knock-on effects into spring and any dry weather that follows. Again, building that root system with a foliar phosphate product such as YaraVita Crop Boost – applied in autumn, or held back to the T0 spring application if conditions don't allow – helps to reduce that risk. Trial data backs up the approach. For cereals, Crop Boost also delivers a benefit of around a third-of-atonne per hectare, rising to over a tonne per hectare when combined with a spring YaraVita Gramitrel application. Although on average, growers can typically expect around half a tonne per hectare from that combination. Planning for whatever the weather brings

When foliar nutrition comes into play Timing for foliar nutrition depends on the drill date rather than the calendar. "What you're looking for really is that four to eight true leaf stage," Natalie explains – not the cotyledons, but the true leaves that follow. "It just needs enough leaf area to help the nutrients get into the crop." Crops drilled earlier might reach that stage at six leaves; later-drilled crops may be targeted nearer four. What's important is getting nutrition into the crop before winter. OSR is a leafy, fast-growing crop through autumn, which can quickly diminish the soil's micronutrient supply. This is why Natalie recommends an application of YaraVita Brassitrel Pro in both autumn and spring. This is a formulation designed specifically for brassicas, containing magnesium, manganese, boron, calcium and molybdenum. "We want efficient photosynthesis, cell growth and structure going into winter, and support for that rapid growth phase in spring," Natalie says. Brassitrel Pro applications in autumn and spring can improve the yield of OSR by a third of a tonne per hectare which represents a strong return at current crop prices.

Whether it's "the weather or pricing or everything else farmers are having to deal with," Natalie is aware that "farmers can't catch a break at the moment." But despite recent rain and some early, gloomy predictions about El Nino, Natalie thinks the land can withstand a certain amount of rain. "It's been dry and there's still a lot of room in the water table to take some moisture," she says. "It's only when we start to see potential waterlogging that we could have issues, but these crops are pretty resilient." OSR typically shows strong spring recovery, and while cereals can also be impacted by prolonged waterlogging, they too have good capacity to bounce back with the right spring nutrition. For growers concerned about ground conditions, Natalie suggests drone application offers another route to get products on when travelling fields isn't practical. "We've had some applications of some of our nutrition products through a drone and this is interesting work we know growers are exploring at the moment."

Building vital root reserves with phosphate

"Stay responsive"

With drier seasons increasingly likely, building a strong root system now matters more than ever. Phosphate is the key nutrient for root development, and Natalie says foliar applications offer real advantages here.

With conditions shifting, Natalie's advice is to stay responsive. "Keep an eye on the weather," she says. "If you need to tailor your approach with different nutrients, Yara has the products to match, whether that's foliar phosphate for root establishment, or the micronutrient support crops need to make it through winter and into spring."

"Foliar phosphate is a much more efficient route into the crop," she explains. "You're applying much smaller amounts, but the crop takes up pretty much all of what you apply." For growers

Farming

| Arable

PROBITY survey reveals farmer priorities for gene-edited crops

ight out of 10 farmers surveyed are positive about the use of gene editing in crops and would consider growing them on their farm within five years.

A survey commissioned by the Defra-funded PROBITY project revealed that 82% of farmer respondents were positive about gene editing in crops, and after reading an explanation this increased to 90% positive. Some 78% said they would consider growing them on their farm in the next five years; 19% were 'unsure' while only 3% said they would not consider growing them. More than two thirds favour some sort of labelling of gene-edited foods, while pest and disease tolerance was seen as the highest priority for new traits. The survey, led by the University of Nottingham and run by Grounded Research, was part of the PROBITY project's activities to explore farmer views of growing gene-edited Farming

crops. Just over 100 farmers of different ages and from varied businesses across the country answered questions on their awareness and views of gene editing including potential benefits, challenges and the labelling of foods made from gene-edited crops. PROBITY – A Platform to Rate Organisms Bred for Improved Trait and Yield – is a threeyear farmer-led project led by the British OnFarm Innovation Network (BOFIN) with 11 research and industry partners. The project is taking three precision-bred cereal lines through the required legislative processes and into on-farm trials in England. A 'high lipid' barley was the first to reach on-farm trials earlier this year, and plans are underway for a low asparagine wheat to become the second. Both lines were created by scientists at Rothamsted Research and have received Food Standards Agency approval. The farmers surveyed were particularly positive about society's use of gene editing where it could address agronomic challenges

| Arable

with 95% responding positively about its use to improve tolerance to pests and diseases and to reduce use of fertilisers, pesticides and plant protection products. Furthermore 96% were positive about its use to improve climate resilience and 91% to increase yields. When asked to choose up to three priorities for gene editing 85% selected pest and disease tolerance or resistance, followed by nitrogen use efficiency (66%), drought tolerance (55%) and increased yield (50%). Improved profitability was the most common motivation for growing gene-edited crops themselves, chosen by 69% of respondents. This was followed by improved nutrient efficiency/fertiliser reduction (56%), reduced pesticide use (50%), improved drought/ climate resilience (37%), reduced crop losses from pests/disease (34%) and evidence from trusted trials/peers (25%).

Among the respondents supporting labelling the most selected information to include was the purpose or benefit of the gene editing (74%). Views on co-existence, meaning how geneedited crops can be grown alongside conventional and organic crops, were more varied, with 41% saying that measures should depend on crop type and local context. Just under a quarter (21%) favoured mandatory rules, 19% said no specific measures were needed in most cases, while 17% favoured voluntary local guidance. Seed crops/varietal purity and liability were the most frequently selected situations that mattered for coexistence, both at 60%.

Buyer and market acceptance was the most frequently identified biggest barrier, chosen by 60% of respondents.

Tom Allen-Stevens, managing director of BOFIN and PROBITY project lead, said: "It is encouraging to see that growers recognise the potential benefits of gene-edited crops which highlights the need to trial them on farms to see if they deliver, and to assess the anticipated challenges over market acceptance too.

Most respondents favoured some form of labelling with 43% saying gene-edited foods should always be labelled and 26% saying only some products or ingredients should be.

"As the first to bring these crops onto commercial farms we are in uncharted territory so a continued open dialogue is essential."

Farming

| Sprayers

Winter Servicing: The Ideal Time to Get Your Sprayer NSTS Tested

ith the busy spraying season drawing to a close, autumn and winter provide farmers with the ideal opportunity to give their sprayer the attention it needs before it goes back into the field next season. While winter servicing is often focused on cleaning, replacing worn components and carrying out essential maintenance, it is also the perfect time to arrange an NSTS inspection. Getting your sprayer tested during the quieter months means any faults or repairs can be identified and addressed well ahead of the spring workload.

Why winter is the right time to test Once the sprayer is parked up for the winter, it can be tempting to leave it until the next spraying season. However, discovering a problem when the first spraying window arrives can result in costly delays at exactly the wrong time. A winter inspection gives operators time to: • Identify worn or damaged components. • Check pumps, hoses, valves and pipework. • Inspect nozzles and spray distribution. • Check the condition and operation of safety equipment. • Identify leaks or potential environmental issues. • Carry out necessary repairs without the pressure of an approaching spraying window • Ensure the machine is ready for the next season.

equipment, procedures and trained personnel to carry out the inspection in accordance with the scheme requirements. For farmers, this provides confidence that the sprayer is being inspected properly and that any issues identified during the test can be clearly explained.

It is also worth remembering that an NSTS test is more than simply looking over the machine. The inspection covers the condition and operation of important components which can affect application accuracy, operator safety and the potential for unintended pesticide losses. Don't leave it until spring The spring workload can arrive quickly, with drilling, fertilising and spraying all competing for time. Leaving an NSTS test until the start of the season could mean discovering that repairs or replacement parts are required just when demand for workshops and parts is at its highest. Booking an authorised NSTS test during the winter gives farmers the opportunity to deal with any problems while there is still time to do so. It also provides an opportunity to discuss any recurring issues with the test centre and identify areas where servicing or replacement components could improve the machine's performance.

An NSTS test should be considered part of the overall sprayer maintenance programme rather than something to arrange at the last minute.

A test is only part of good sprayer maintenance An NSTS inspection should complement, rather than replace, regular maintenance.

The importance of using an authorised NSTS test centre

Before putting the sprayer away for the winter, operators should thoroughly clean the machine and follow the manufacturer's recommendations for storage and servicing. Particular attention should be paid to pumps, filters, nozzles, hoses, valves and other components that may deteriorate or become damaged during use.

Choosing an authorised NSTS test centre is an important part of the process. NSTS is the National Sprayer Testing Scheme, which provides a recognised inspection and certification system for agricultural and horticultural sprayers. An authorised NSTS test centre has the appropriate

Checking the machine properly now can prevent a relatively minor issue from becoming an expensive problem next season. Ready for the season ahead For farmers, winter is a valuable window for getting machinery prepared before the pressure of the new spraying season begins.

Flowgro Ltd Barton Tumns Farm Lichfield Road, Burton upon Trent, DE13 8ED TEL: 01283 712172 www.flowgro.co.uk

Arranging an NSTS inspection with an authorised NSTS test centre as part of the winter servicing programme means the sprayer can be checked, any faults identified and necessary repairs completed well before the machine is needed. With accurate application, operator safety, environmental responsibility and machine reliability all important considerations, an NSTS test is a worthwhile part of preparing the sprayer for another season in the field. Don't wait until the first spraying window — use the winter months to service, test and prepare your sprayer for the year ahead.

Farming

| Grain

Grain and oilseed market report ov-2026 UK feed wheat futures ended last week at £205.00/t, £1.00/t lower than the previous Friday.

tender last week, according to trader reports. Reports indicate that the total could include some Romanian and/or Bulgarian wheat.

Grain

In contrast, a strong US dollar and better weather in the US for harvesting maize and planting winter wheat crop pushed Chicago prices lower. Selling by speculative traders added to the falls.

The rise in Paris futures offered support to UK futures, as the UK-Paris relationship often impacts the attractiveness of imports into the UK. However, a rise in sterling against the euro still led to the small week-on-week decline for UK futures. On Friday, the pound reached €1.1850, up from €1.1798 a week earlier and 16-month high. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) declined from 42 on 9 October to 39 on 16 October, showing a easing in market momentum. This easing suggests the market could continue to drift, unless there's new information to support prices.

Dec-2026 Chicago maize futures fell 1.2% last week, with Dec-2026 Chicago wheat down 1.6%. This week, the conflicts in the Black Sea and Middle East and harvest reports are likely to influence prices. Forecasts show drier weather again for key US maize areas. If confirmed, this could mean more harvest progress and pressure on prices. Harvest is also underway in Australia. The Grain Industry Association of Western Australia increased its forecasts for wheat and barley output in the state after mild weather. But the forecasts remain 18% and 11% respectively below last year's high levels. Rain has delayed the start of the wheat harvest in northern Argentina; the moisture could benefit developing barley crops. Low sunlight levels remain a watchpoint for all crops.

Market drivers While Chicago grain futures fell to their lowest levels since mid-August last week, European futures fared better.

The Buenos Aires Grain Exchange reports maize planting is well ahead of average, with over a third of the commercial area planted by 14 October. UK delivered prices

Potential export demand for European wheat supported Paris wheat futures. Higher crude oil prices, the war in Ukraine and a weak euro against the US dollar also factored.

The price for bread wheat, delivered in Northants in November, was £224.50/t as at Thursday's close. This was unchanged from the previous week's survey. It also equated to a premium of £19/t over the Nov2026 UK feed wheat futures contract.

Nearby Brent crude oil futures reached $109.86/ barrel on Friday, its highest price since 19 May.

While the price itself is higher than that a year ago, the premium is lower.

However, a reported uptick in Russian exports from September through the Baltic ports limited the price gains.

A year ago, the price for bread wheat, delivered in Northants in November 2025, was £187.50/t. But it equated to a £24.00/t premium to the Nov-2025 UK feed wheat futures contract.

Dec-2026 Paris wheat futures gained 0.7% FridayFriday. Algeria bought between 660 Kt and 720 Kt in a Farming

Last week, the October price for feed wheat delivered in the West Midlands was £219.00/t. No

| Grain direct week-on-week comparison is available. Rapeseed Paris rapeseed futures in £/t (May-2027) May-2027 Paris rapeseed futures fell 0.9% in £/t last week to approx. £469/t. The weekly fall was larger in £/t than in euro terms because of sterling strengthening against the euro. The pound strengthened from € 1.1798 on 9 October to € 1.1850 on 16 October. Market momentum is limited as prices have drifted and remain within recent ranges. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) was at 44 on Friday, down from 50 last week, moving closer to oversold. Market drivers Oilseed markets continue to remain volatile, but broadly pressured across the week. Sustained high

126.8 Kt. However, total sales came in at the low end of trade estimates. Nearby Brent crude futures traded broadly sideways for most of last week, then rose 3.7% on Friday to close at $109.86/barrel. The rise was driven by escalating Middle East tensions and doubts over Russian diesel supply. If these supply risks persist, Friday's gains could carry upward pressure into this week's opening. Brent crude prices likely adding price support to a well-supplied oilseed market. The Grain Industry Association of Western Australia (GIWA) cut its Western Australian canola forecast by 179.5 Kt to 4.6 Mt as harvest gets underway. Output is still expected to be 5% above last year's 4.37 Mt. An intense El Niño-driven drought has disrupted palm oil supply in Indonesia. Low water on West Kalimantan's main river has halted shipments and forced mills to cut purchases, and national production forecasts have been revised down (LSEG), looking ahead this El Niño event could have on-going impacts going into 2027 for palm oil. Futures prices are indicative, and not representative of physical trading values. The latest daily futures settlement prices are available on our website. You can view the full data series here and download your own customised report by selecting the commodity, timescale and currency. If you need any help please contact cereals.mi@ahdb.org.uk

crude oil prices, currency and US harvest progress were the main drivers across the week.

UK delivered prices

Over the last week, May-2027 Paris rapeseed futures fell 0.5%. May-2027 Winnipeg canola futures fell 1.9% and May-2027 Chicago soyabeans dropped 2.6%.

The delivered price for rapeseed into Erith in November was £468.00/t in Friday's survey. The delivered price for Liverpool in November was also £468.00/t.

Over the past seven days, dry weather across the main US soyabean-producing states has supported harvest progress, which has fed into downward price pressure. The latest USDA crop progress report, out this evening (22:00 BST), should give further insights. Further to that, with little rainfall forecast over the US Midwest in the coming week, harvest is likely to keep advancing quickly, which could keep prices under pressure.

The delivered price into East Anglia in November was £466.50/t. All locations were £5.50/t lower than those in the previous survey on Friday 9 October.

Despite the oilseed market unwinding the US weather risk premium, demand remains strong. In the latest US export sales data (week ending 08 Oct), US soyabean export sales reached 574.9 Kt, up 5% on the week, with China accounting for

The delivered price for harvest 2027 was down £5.00/t on the week to £455.50/t for both Erith and Liverpool. Delivered price for harvest 2027 into East Anglia was quoted at £454.50/t, with no comparison on the week.

Erith and Liverpool prices for February delivery saw downward price pressure, down £6.50/t, to £475.00/t. East Anglia prices for February also saw downward price pressure, falling £6.50/t to £473.50/t.

Farming

| Silage

Balance maize silage rations with rumenprotected fats to maximise milk production aize silage provides a valuable source of starch and energy in dairy diets, but balancing it with rumen-protected fat supplements can help producers increase ration energy density while protecting rumen function and targeting milk production As dairy producers look to maximise milk production from homegrown maize silage, getting the balance of energy sources in the ration right is critical, says Dr Richard Kirkland, Global Technical Manager for Volac Wilmar Feed Ingredients. "Maize is an excellent foundation for dairy rations, providing a valuable source of starch with a slower fermentation rate than cereals such as wheat and barley," explains Dr Kirkland. "However, maize silage quality and starch availability can vary considerably depending on growing conditions, maturity at harvest and fermentation, so the rest of the ration needs to be formulated around what the silage is actually delivering." While increasing cereal inclusion can help fill an energy gap, Dr Kirkland cautions against relying

Farming

too heavily on rapidly fermentable starch. As cereal starch is fermented in the rumen, acid production increases, potentially lowering rumen pH, reducing fibre digestion and increasing risk of acidosis and milk fat depression. Digestible fibre sources, including soya hulls, citrus pulp and sugar beet pulp, can help balance starch supply and support rumen function and milk fat production. However, their lower energy concentration and greater bulk can eventually restrict the amount of energy cows can consume. "You can only increase bulky feed ingredients so far before rumen fill begins restricting intake," says Dr Kirkland. "This is where rumen-protected fat supplements complement maize particularly well. They provide concentrated energy at a relatively small inclusion rate without adding to the acid load in the rumen."

Increasing energy density while protecting the rumen Fat is the most energy-dense nutrient available to dairy cows. Including 500 grams of Megalac

| Silage

rumen-protected fat supplement can increase diet energy density by around 0.5 megajoules per kilogram of dry matter, while providing more than 2.5-times the energy density of cereals. Unlike starch, rumen-protected fats undergo minimal breakdown in the rumen, passing into the small intestine where the fatty acids are digested and absorbed. Rumen protection also prevents fat from coating feed particles and reducing with fibre digestion. "High-yielding cows have a substantial energy requirement, and research suggests around 15% to 20% of total metabolisable energy (ME) should come from fat," says Dr Kirkland. "For high-yielding cows, that can equate to around 6% fat in the total ration dry matter. Maize and other ration ingredients will supply some of that fat, but supplementation is often required to meet requirements consistently."

Target fatty acids to cow performance The role of rumen-protected fat supplements in maize-based diets extends beyond simply increasing energy density. Different fatty acids influence how nutrients are partitioned within the cow, allowing supplementation to be targeted according to stage of lactation and production goals.

During early lactation, oleic acid (C18:1) is particularly valuable. It improves total diet fat digestibility and directs nutrients toward body condition while supporting egg and embryo development for fertility benefits. "During the first 120-days after calving, maintaining energy supply while protecting body condition and fertility should be a priority," says Dr Kirkland. "Calium salt rumen-protected fat supplements supplying C18:1 can complement the energy coming from maize while supporting milk volume and reproductive performance. Once cows move beyond peak lactation or are back in calf, supplements higher in palmitic acid (C16:0) may be more appropriate to direct more nutrients toward milk and milk fat production on farms where these are a key requirement. "Getting more from maize isn't about simply adding more starch to the ration," concludes Dr Kirkland. "It is about balancing energy sources so cows can make the most of homegrown forage without compromising rumen function. Rumen-protected fat supplements provide the energy density and fatty acids to help achieve that balance while targeting milk production, milk solids, body condition and fertility."

Farming

| Technology

Farmer builds own technology to sla

Kenyon Hall Farm creates bespoke ticketing platform farmer has built his own AI tool to cut software costs by more than 90% and reinvest the savings in seasonal staff. James Bulmer, whose family has farmed at Kenyon Hall Farm near Warrington for more than 500 years, developed the bespoke online ticketing platform for the farm's popular pick-your-own fruit operation. The technology is now live and used by around 10,000 customers a week during peak periods, while reducing annual software costs from around £8,000 to approximately £600. James developed the platform during the University of Salford's six-week BUILD AI programme, which was created to give non-technical founders, entrepreneurs and SME owners the skills and confidence to harness AI and build technology for themselves. His parents first opened Kenyon Hall Farm to the public in 1978 and James returned to the family business in 2016 after previously working in IT. As the farm's visitor operation grew, it became increasingly reliant on thirdparty ticketing software, bringing significant annual costs and limiting the control the business had over the customer experience. Through BUILD AI, James created a system tailored specifically to the farm, allowing it to manage availability in 10minute intervals, provide customers with tailored information before they arrive and manage bookings from a phone. The savings have enabled the business to invest more in seasonal staff, including local students working at the farm during the summer, as well as improvements to the visitor experience. James said: "Within the first half hour we had our laptops open and were building things ourselves. It wasn't a course where you sat watching presentations about what AI might be able to do. You were using AI from day one. "People often worry that AI replaces Farming

jobs. My experience has been the opposite. By making the business more efficient behind the scenes, we've been able to invest more in the customer-facing roles that create the experience people come to Kenyon Hall Farm for. "Looking back, I still find it hard to believe what I built in just a few weeks. What started as a sixweek programme has become something we now rely on every day, helping thousands of customers enjoy their visit to the farm while saving the business thousands of pounds every year."

| Technology

ash software costs and create jobs

m through University of Salford's BUILD AI programme James was among 12 participants on BUILD AI, which has already helped take four products to launch or near-launch, put six working prototypes into testing and accelerated two existing technology ventures. BUILD AI (Business Uplift, Innovation and Lean Development through Artificial Intelligence) was developed by the University of Salford's Centre for Sustainable Innovation (CSI) and delivered in collaboration with NoCodeLab.ai. The programme combined hands-on AI

development with commercialisation support and mentoring, helping participants rapidly build and test their ideas while exploring how they could become viable products and businesses. Dr Ann Mulhaney, Associate Professor for Change Management at the University of Salford's Centre for Sustainable Innovation, said: "When we created BUILD AI, we wanted to open up AI development to people with brilliant ideas but who might never have thought of themselves as tech builders. These entrepreneurs know their businesses, their industries and the problems they want to solve inside out. What they haven't always had are the technical skills or resources to turn that knowledge into a product. We wanted to change that. "In just six weeks they've built working products, tested ideas with real customers, launched new solutions and taken businesses forward at incredible speed. That's what excites me about AI. Put these tools into the hands of talented, ambitious people, give them the right support and confidence, and it's amazing what they can build." Participants are now taking their innovations into the next stage, from customer testing and product refinement to commercial launch, investment and further development. Sara Simeone, founder of NoCodeLab.ai, said: "One of the most exciting things about AI-assisted development is the speed at which entrepreneurs can now experiment. They can build something, put it in front of users, learn what works and what doesn't, and improve it without spending months and huge amounts of money getting to that point. "BUILD AI gave participants the space to do that alongside other founders, mentors and experts who could challenge their thinking and share their experience. That combination of rapid experimentation and a supportive community has helped people make huge strides in a very short space of time." For more information visit sustainableinnovation.salford.ac.uk/ Farming

| Mental Health and Well Being

Farming

| Mental Health

Farming

| Potatoes & Root Crops

New investment in advanced tube laser technology reflects Tong's commitment to quality ong Engineering has invested in advanced tube laser technology, underlining its ongoing commitment to manufacturing the highest quality crop handling and

advanced tab-and-slot locating features into machine designs. This improves manufacturing efficiency, increases assembly accuracy and delivers an even higher quality finish across the company's equipment. Commenting on the investment, Neil Martin, Operations Director at Tong Engineering, said: "Continually investing in the latest manufacturing technology is central to our commitment to quality. This latest addition not only improves production efficiency but also enables us to manufacture even more accurately, ensuring every Tong machine is built to the highest possible standard. Combined with our ISO 9001 accredited quality management system, investments such as this ensure we continue to deliver the precision and consistency our customers expect from Tong."

grading equipment for customers worldwide. The new 6kW tube laser significantly increases the speed, precision and flexibility of component manufacture, enabling complex holes, slots and profiles to be cut directly into tubular steel with exceptional accuracy. The machine processes both mild and stainless steel, handling sectional materials up to 200mm and circular sections up to 280mm. As well as reducing manual drilling operations, the new technology allows Tong to incorporate

Farming

The investment forms part of Tong Engineering's ongoing programme of continuous improvement, with the company continuing to invest in advanced manufacturing technology and processes that support its ISO 9001 accredited quality management system and its commitment to engineering excellence. For more information on Tong Engineering’s BSI accreditation, visit https://tongengineering. com/latest-news/why-bsi-accreditation-matters/

| Potatoes & Root Crops

Belgian potato sector responds to growing UK demand for premium convenience ritish shoppers are trading up towards more convenience-led formats. Belgium's fresh and processed potato exporters are positioning themselves to meet that shift. A constant focus on quality, a wide range of ready formats, and innovative market-specific products are some of their key strengths. British shoppers are ready to pay more but only when a product deserves it. According to Tastewise's UK consumer panel, demand for genuine quality rose 44.9% over the past year. Provenance, craft and story now count more than price alone. Private label ranges are capitalising on that same trend, with supermarkets rolling out more

premium, convenience-sized formats for easy meal solutions that don't compromise quality. An opportunity for Belgian exporters For Belgian exporters, this dual pull toward premiumisation and convenience is a clear opportunity and British growers cannot meet it alone. The UK produced 5.5 million tonnes of potatoes in 2025, but that covers only around 71% of demand. The rest relies on imports. Belgium is stepping in to close that gap. In 2025, Belgium exported 485,294 tonnes of processed potatoes to the UK, based on figures obtained from Eurostat. Belgium now supplies over half of all the UK's imported processed potatoes a partnership worth €707 million in 2025 alone. "British professional buyers recognise Belgium for its broad and thorough expertise in frozen potatoes. The proximity is an additional added value, as well as the complete assortment the Belgian industry can provide," said Raf Sels, Commercial Manager at Pomuni. Less cooking. More convenience. New formats "British consumers want to spend less time in the kitchen, and shoppers with bigger budgets will try new concepts faster than those on tighter budgets. Here is where the importance of premiumisation comes in - it helps brands make that first step." William De Vliegher, Business Development Manager at Warnez explained.

That expertise is showing in new products built for UK shelves. Pomuni, for example, has recently launched breakfast hash browns, mini waffles and hash brown bites for UK retail. "They resonate well with consumer demands. They're a bit more premium and, above all, very convenient as these are airfryer-friendly products," Raf Sels, Commercial Manager at Pomuni, added. "The market for speciality potato products keeps growing, driven by convenience and a trend toward differentiation and innovation," he said. Fresh potatoes: specialty over commodity For fresh potatoes, Belgian suppliers see UK buyers looking for two things: specialty varieties not grown locally, and genuine novelty in packaging and use. Looking ahead, Belgian exporters expect fresh potatoes to keep ceding ground to convenience formats. That's pushing the sector to explore new models to stay close to UK shoppers. "We expect the market to keep inclining in favour of convenience products. In the long run, it remains to be seen how fresh potatoes stay relevant on retail shelves," William De Vliegher, Business Development Manager at Warnez said. This is already reflected in consumer consumption trends: Full dinners are gradually giving way to tapas-style eating. Smaller, snack-style potato formats are one response. Cooperating with foodbox providers on local distribution is another. Processed potatoes: room to grow For processed potatoes, the direction is clear. UK buyers want products that combine reliable supply with a point of difference on the shelf through premium positioning, airfryer-friendly convenience, or private label ranges that let retailers own the innovation. Private label frozen formats are expanding. Premium cues are shaping more purchase decisions. And UK demand still outstrips what British growers can supply. Beyond frozen products, Belgian suppliers are also developing a growing range of fresh processed formats, including fresh fries, mashed potato and purée, as well as sliced and diced products. These ready-to-use formats offer further opportunities to combine convenience with quality and added value. Belgian processors expect demand for speciality, convenience and fresh processed potato products to continue developing in the UK. Product innovation, private label expertise and a broad range of processed potato products will therefore remain central to their approach to the UK market.

Farming

| Potatoes & Root Crops

An(other) challenging storage season!! he 2025 crop in store seems to have bumped into almost every factor designed to create a difficult storage season. Early planting and emergence, followed by a (mostly) hot dry summer saw crops arriving in store in a state of considerable physiological age. The weather was also less than ideal for the application of MH for much of the key window. Harvest conditions were good (or perfect) for nearly everyone, so stores filled early, quickly and were warm. The weather kept them from cooling as swiftly as desired, and those crops, which had not sprouted in the field (plenty did), were opening their eyes much earlier than would normally be expected. Growers planning for early movement, and who would not normally expect to use a sprout suppressant, were scrambling for advice. On top of the physical challenges of a sprouting crop was a hangover of crop in store from the 2024 harvest, some of it still finding a way to a generally weak market. And then came the French and the Germans. In 2024, it is reported that the French grew their first 9m tonne crop, and then went one better in 2025, with a first 10m tonne crop. The German 2025 crop is reported to be the largest for a quarter of a century. The continent was (is) awash with potatoes – free-buy crops were bid at €15/t during the autumn. There are reports of large areas in Poland being ripped up with a chisel plough, rather than being harvested.

sprouting was addressed, some requiring a full 90ml/t first application to do so. For more fortunate growers, with sprouts coming slightly later in cool and well-cured crops, Biox-M has worked effectively to keep control. Growers, who have been obliged to hold crops in stores destined to receive seed for 2026, also have the reassurance that treatment of the preceding ware crop with Biox-M in the store will not cause a problem. Biox-M is the only 100% natural and sustainable sprout control for potatoes. •

Is a naturally occurring and truly sustainable product, in widespread use in the food industry

•

Is approved for use on organic potato crops,

•

Has no harvest interval or MRL beyond the one-day mandatory withholding period after treatment, and is thus ideal for use on crops for which the date of movement is uncertain,

Crops were sprouting and customers delaying movement, not just in the UK but across much of the continent. Significant (and early) demand for sprout suppressants put supply chains under pressure, with occasional reports of demand for product overwhelming availability.

•

Has substantial flexibility of timing of application,

•

Results in minimal weight loss in store,

•

Does not leave persistent residues in the fabric of stores and boxes used for storage,

The situation in the UK has not improved much in the new year. Crops are still in store, some with limited prospect of finding a market. Free buy is well-nigh impossible in the absence of strong relationships with end users. Crop quality in many stores, even with the good harvest, is deteriorating and sprouting continues apace. The season is proving to be hard for many growers, and now the weather seems to have turned in favour of some early planting on very light land.

•

And is therefore suitable for use in stores, which may subsequently be used for the storage of other crops or seed potatoes,

•

Is effective at higher storage temperatures, reducing the risk of acrylamide development when crop is processed,

•

Sequesters carbon during growth, removing 1t of CO2 for every 1,000t of potatoes treated,

The relatively flexible timing of application for BioxM places the product in a strong position to deal with most situations and keep crops secure. Early

•

And should be a component of the sustainability plan for every farm and every customer; effectively carbon neutral.

Farming

| Potatoes

Why

? The only completely natural product. Stand-alone.

Truly sustainable. Excellent efficacy.

Sequesters carbon during growth. Flexibility of timing. Minimal weight loss in store.

Curative and preventative. No MRL. One day withholding period.

No persistent residues on crops or in stores.

Technical Manual

Approved for use on organic crops. May be used in multi-use stores. The logical choice.

Peter Hall peter@junopp.com 07973 172 722

Nick Tapp nick@junopp.com 07775 785 748

MAPP 16021 www.junopp.com Farming

| Groundcare

SALTEX spotlight highlights growing crossover between agricultural machinery and groundcare mazone’s return to SALTEX with its Profimower range reflects an opportunity for machinery manufacturers to reach beyond traditional agricultural markets, with potential relevance for estates, contractors and diversified farm businesses. Agricultural machinery manufacturers are increasingly looking at opportunities beyond conventional fieldwork, with professional groundcare providing another market for mowing equipment and associated technology. One manufacturer looking to strengthen its presence in this sector is Amazone, which is returning to SALTEX in November after an eight-year absence. The company plans to showcase its Profimower range at the NEC Birmingham exhibition, which brings together suppliers and professionals from across the grounds-management industry. According to the show’s organisers, Amazone sees potential for the machines across several applications, including contractor work, local authorities, golf courses and caravan parks. For farmers, the development raises a wider question about the role of groundcare equipment within modern farm businesses, particularly those managing extensive estates, diversified enterprises or additional contracting work. Beyond conventional fieldwork Mowing and vegetation management can represent a significant workload for businesses responsible for large areas of grass, access routes and maintained land. While agricultural equipment is often selected around the demands of pasture, forage production and field management, groundcare machinery serves different requirements. Cutting quality, manoeuvrability and the ability to maintain Farming

•

specific areas can be as important as outright output. For businesses operating across both agricultural and amenity markets, understanding these differences is important when assessing whether a specialist machine could complement existing equipment. However, machinery designed for maintained amenity areas will not necessarily be suitable for rough pasture or heavier agricultural vegetation. Intended applications, ground conditions and the manufacturer’s operating guidance all need to be considered before making an investment. A market worth watching SALTEX 2026 takes place on 11 and 12 November, offering an opportunity to assess the latest developments in professional mowing and grounds maintenance. For agricultural contractors and diversified farm businesses, the exhibition could provide a useful perspective on equipment designed for work beyond the traditional farmyard. The key consideration remains commercial rather than simply technological: whether a machine can perform the required work reliably, at an acceptable operating cost, and with enough annual utilisation to justify its purchase. As the boundaries between agricultural contracting, estate management and professional groundcare continue to overlap, developments at exhibitions such as SALTEX offer a useful indication of where manufacturers see opportunities for growth. Source: SALTEX, “New faces, familiar names, and bigger stands: SALTEX 2026 exhibitor line-up gathers pace”

•

Jim Price Machinery Ltd Farmore Mills, Craven Arms, Shropshire SY7 9QG 01588 673746 www.jimpricemachinery.com

| Groundcare

Southam Agricultural Services Station Road, Southam, CV47 2DH 01926 813426 www.southamagri.co.uk Veryard Machinery Sales Blackworthy Road Castle Cary, Somerset 01963 351089 / 07860 479700 richardveryardmachinery.co.uk

Mowing head-on with ease STIGA Park Front Mowers The ultimate combination of raw power, versatility and precision. Easy to manoeuvre, delivering best-in-class cutting performance, STIGA Park can handle large multi-level grass areas with ease. The position of the deck ensures control and visibility around every corner

stiga.com/uk

Farming

| Shows

AgriScot will return next month, on Wednesday 18th November, with a full house of exhibitors as trade stands are once again sold out ver 240 exhibitors will make the journey to Ingliston for the event’s 25th anniversary, with many having taken part since the very beginning. Only 14 new exhibitors will set up stands this year, the lowest ever number of first-time exhibitors, showing just how sought-after spaces are at the UK’s premier agricultural business event. David Ritchie Agricultural Implements has manufactured livestock and farm equipment since 1870, with a focus on the sheep and beef sectors, alongside dairy, bale handling, grassland equipment and some bespoke work. The company has exhibited at AgriScot for all 25 years of the show’s history – and before that, at its predecessor event, DairyScot. For Director Bob Ritchie, what keeps the company coming back to AgriScot is simple. “AgriScot just works. It’s a busy one-day business event and there’s no time wasted,” he says. “Admission is free for visitors and it’s a good time of year, coming into the winter. At AgriScot, the conversation is about the products and industry – it’s a real business focus.” Reflecting on the last 25 years in the industry, Bob points to bureaucracy as the biggest change he’s seen across farming. But he’s seen AgriScot evolve for the better – from a dairy-focused show before broadening into the wide-ranging event it is today. “The event today has a much wider remit, covering all of the industry with a big focus on innovation and collaboration – I know the board of directors are forward-thinking, and that’s refreshing.” Asked what visitors get from stopping at the Ritchie stand, his answer is straightforward: “They’ll walk away with a whole lot more information than they came with. Our industry is all about people – the product, quality, service, price, these are all givens, but people and relationships are what make the difference.” He’s in no doubt that it is worth farmers investing the time to visit. “Is it not worth getting off the farm to see the latest developments and Farming

technologies, and speak to people? I know from a business point of view, if I get the chance to visit somebody else’s factory, the things you can learn are phenomenal, and well worth the time.” Ritchie isn’t alone in its loyalty; AgriScot has been a fixture in Harbro’s calendar since the very beginning, giving the animal feed and nutrition specialist a valuable chance to meet customers away from the farm each year. Now also a sponsor, Harbro has exhibited at every AgriScot event. “AgriScot gives our team a valuable opportunity to meet customers away from the farm, catch up on what’s happening within their business, and discuss how our products and services can support their livestock’s performance,” says Rebecca Ingram, Group Marketing Manager at Harbro. “The event has continued to evolve, giving farmers access to an ever-wider range of information, expertise and support from across the industry. That’s why we’ve continued to be involved, as both an exhibitor and a sponsor.” This year, Harbro’s team will be on hand at AgriScot to offer practical nutritional advice and talk through some of the key challenges and opportunities facing farmers. Visitors will have the chance to sign up for services including mineral and calf audits, and tailored animal health planning. For Rebecca, the value of the event lies as much in the wider day as in Harbro’s own stand. “AgriScot provides a chance for farmers to step away from the day-to-day demands of the farm, meet people from across the industry, and exchange ideas and access information and expertise that can help their businesses. We’d encourage farmers from all sectors to attend and make the most of what’s on offer.” Reflecting on the milestone, she adds: “We’re delighted to have supported AgriScot throughout its journey, and to be part of its 25th anniversary. We look forward to catching up with customers, colleagues and friends from across the industry again this year.”

| Shows The loyalty from exhibitors stretches well beyond Scotland’s borders too. Hi-Spec Engineering has manufactured slurry tankers, slurry applicators, manure spreaders, feed mixers and push-off trailers since 1988. It is a family-owned business, now employing around 50 people, with more than one generation involved. Its home market is Ireland, but the UK is a huge part of the picture – together, the two markets account for 90% of its sales, served through a well-established dealer network nationwide, in both Ireland and the UK. Exhibiting at AgriScot for all 25 years has been a natural fit. “It’s a targeted business and machinery show, and there aren’t that many of them,” says Jim Nolan, Sales Coordinator at Hi-Spec. “Visitors to our stand are there to view our machines, find out what’s new and talk to our experienced sales team.” That focus pays off. “We find it very worthwhile. We usually get good leads, and feedback coming out of it, which can’t be said for every show. It’s an event where some business is actually done. There’s a healthy Irish contingent too, thanks to easy access.” Looking back over 25 years, the biggest change Jim has seen is size. “In the mid-90s, a 1,600- or 2,000-gallon tank was considered large. That would be considered small now. We sell a lot of 3,500and 4,000-gallon tankers. Manufacturing has moved on too, with laser profiling and better finishing making for more professional machines.” For visitors to AgriScot, Jim says the appeal of HiSpec’s stand is simple. “You get to see the products on the stand and talk to salespeople who are well experienced, who can recommend what’s suitable for you, even if it’s custom. You also find out where your local dealer is. And there’s a lot to be said for just seeing a machine in the flesh.” Jim’s advice to a farmer weighing up a day out? “It’s worthwhile if you’re in the market for upgrading or changing a machine. You get it all in one place and all in one day, and you might learn about something that could benefit you that you didn’t even know about.” He also had a message for the organisers: “Congratulations on 25 years. It’s not easy to keep going that long, and you’re still doing it well.” That kind of support and loyalty from exhibitors is exactly why this year’s list of newcomers is so short. One of them is David Franklin. After several years on the waiting list, David Franklin of Franklin Soil Fertility Ltd – a

business he has built over the last 30 years, now joined by his son – is exhibiting at AgriScot for the first time. The company offers a more precise soil testing service than standard UK methods, measuring each farm’s soil holding capacity rather than relying on a generic guideline. “Soils all have different holding capacities based on a range of factors, but the standard system assumes everyone is the same,” he explains. “That leads to farmers either over- or under-applying nutrients without realising it.” David has helped farmers save thousands of pounds by correcting over-liming. He focuses heavily on trace elements like boron and sulphur, which drive sugar production in plants – the key, he says, to stronger yields and reduced reliance on fertiliser. With nitrogen prices high, he sees growing demand for that natural-fertility approach. He can be in Ayr on a dairy farm one day, and in Arbroath on a carrot farm the next. David has attended AgriScot as a visitor several times over the years and kept his name on the list for an exhibitor spot. “Getting trade stand space at AgriScot took a few years – it’s not easy to get a space, but I’m delighted to be coming along this year. AgriScot is a real industry event- people are there to learn and see what’s new and I’ll be there to talk about soil health.” Taking place at the Royal Highland Centre, Ingliston, more than 240 exhibitors will be at AgriScot on Wednesday 18th November 2026. “We are really looking forward to another packed event at AgriScot, and it feels especially fitting to be marking 25 years with such strong exhibitor loyalty,” said John MacInnes, who manages exhibitor applications and trade stands. “The mix of exhibitors is what makes AgriScot such a success, and seeing so many return year after year is testament to just how important this event has become to the sector.” “With a broad range of exhibitors, from animal healthcare to machinery, ag tech to advisory, sheep and beef demonstrations, and a lively seminar programme, the event has plenty to offer every type of farming enterprise,” John adds. “It’s a chance to meet face-to-face and take advantage of the huge range of expertise on offer, as well as to network and build relationships, all in one place.” To register for free entry and parking and beat the queues on the day, head to www. agriscot.co.uk Farming

| Shows

New grassland product guide offers reseeding variety selection advice K grass seed breeder Barenbrug is launching the 2027 version of its Barforage Product Guide at this year’s AgriScot show which is being held on Wednesday 18th November at the Royal Highland Centre, Edinburgh. Containing product details for Barenbrug’s entire range of Barforage agricultural grass varieties and seed mixtures, the new guide also contains valuable advice about which grass and non-grass species to choose to improve the productivity, resilience and sustainability of forage production systems.

rejuvenated this autumn. And we’re expecting a similar pattern in the spring as farmers continue efforts to build greater resilience and drought tolerance into their grazing and silage platforms by replacing older, less productive swards with fresher, more vigorous and deeper rooting leys. “We’ve therefore updated our Barforage Product Guide to include details of our new varieties and seed mixtures which have been bred and blended to suit the specific needs and requirements of livestock systems throughout the UK and Ireland.” In addition to an easy-to-use product selector which has been created to help farmers quickly and easily choose the right grass seed mixture for their specific set of circumstances, the new guide also provides guidance for choosing an appropriate multi-species seed mixture. “With everything from simple and straightforward Italian ryegrass mixtures containing as few as just two varieties, to clover-rich options and multispecies mixtures containing everything from ryegrasses and clovers to fescues, Timothy and Cocksfoot, determining which is the most appropriate mixture for a specific purpose can be less than clear cut,” Matt continues. “We’ve therefore simplified the process by including an easy-to-understand product selector which clearly illustrates which species and varieties are included in each mixture and to which regions and purposes they are best suited.” The new guide also contains details of Barenbrug’s range of brassicas, legumes and herbs, as well as advice about when and how to incorporate them in to the farm’s existing rotation. “Beyond grass mixtures, our wider range of seed options includes stubble turnips, forage rape, kale, lucerne, vetch, plantain and chicory,” Matt adds, “as well as environmental and stewardship specific mixtures which are fully compatible with existing Sustainable Farming Incentive (SFI) and Countryside Stewardship (CS) schemes.

“After one of the hottest and driest summers on record, grass swards throughout the UK, including Scotland, have taken a real beating, with some so badly affected by the drought that they were damaged beyond the point of no return,” explains Barenbrug Account Manager, Matt Clark. “As a result, we’ve seen a noticeable increase in the area of grassland being reseeded or Farming

“The guide also contains details of our Hunters range which includes value for money grass and clover mixtures for livestock and equine uses. There is also information on our Green Velvet range for home lawns.” To receive a copy of the new Barforage Product Guide visit the Barenbrug stand at AgriScot (stand number 129 in the Highland Hall) or visit https:// www.barenbrug.co.uk/

| Shows

New markets, exports and procurement: what could they mean for farm prosperity? ith pressure on farm businesses continuing to highlight the importance of finding sustainable and reliable sources of income, the future of British farming could depend on more than what happens within the farm gate. Speaking at the NFU Breakfast event at the Labour Party Conference in Liverpool on September 28, Defra Secretary of State Dame Angela Eagle highlighted the importance of developing new markets for British agricultural produce, increasing export opportunities and making greater use of public procurement. Her comments come at a time when the role of environmental payments in farm business planning is also under close scrutiny. Dame Angela said farmers cannot rely on Environmental Land Management (ELM) schemes as the “only answer”, highlighting the need for a broader approach to farm profitability. The message was clear: producing more food is only part of the equation. Farmers also need viable markets in which to sell it. “We must think about how we can develop new markets for farmers,” Dame Angela said, pointing to the work of the Farming and Food Partnership Board. The Board was established to bring together government and representatives from across the food supply chain, with sector growth plans intended to help domestic food sectors increase their market share both in the UK and overseas. Horticulture is the first sector to be addressed through this work. From producing food to finding new markets For farmers, the potential opportunities extend beyond simply increasing production. Dame Angela highlighted the Government’s interest in improving UK selfsufficiency across a wider range of fruit and vegetables, while also pointing to international markets as an area where there is potential to grow demand for British produce. She also identified public procurement as an important opportunity, with government looking at how public spending on food could support domestic production. For farm businesses, this raises an important question: how can producers position themselves to take advantage of emerging markets and changing consumer demand? Diversification does not necessarily mean moving away from food production. For some businesses, it can mean finding a different route to market, adding value to what is already being produced or developing a new enterprise that complements the core farm. Farm shops, food processing, hospitality, direct-toconsumer sales, farm experiences and branded

products can all provide opportunities to capture more value further along the supply chain. Building resilience beyond a single income stream The comments from the Defra Secretary of State also underline the importance of looking at the farm business as a whole. Farmers are operating within financial constraints while dealing with factors including weather volatility, input costs and changing market conditions. Dame Angela highlighted the need to find ways of reducing input costs and creating greater certainty around the ability of farms to make a profit. That wider resilience is also at the heart of diversification. Rather than relying on a single source of income, many farmers and landowners are exploring ways to build complementary enterprises around their existing assets, skills and infrastructure. For some, that could mean developing tourism or hospitality. For others, it could mean renewable energy, environmental markets, farm retail, commercial property, food production or direct sales. The key is identifying opportunities that work for the individual farm, rather than pursuing diversification simply because a particular enterprise is fashionable. Turning opportunity into action The challenge for farmers is often not a lack of ideas, but knowing which ideas are commercially viable and how to turn them into functioning businesses. That means understanding demand, researching the market, assessing investment and running costs, considering planning requirements and working out how a new enterprise will fit alongside the existing farm. This is where events such as Farm Business Innovation 2026 can play a practical role. Taking place on 4-5 November at the NEC Birmingham, the show brings together farmers, landowners, rural entrepreneurs, specialist suppliers and experts across a wide range of diversification sectors. From farm shops and food businesses to renewable energy, tourism, accommodation, property development and environmental diversification, the event is designed to help visitors explore potential income streams and understand what it takes to turn an idea into a viable enterprise. With the debate around farm profitability increasingly looking beyond traditional support mechanisms, the focus on markets, customers and new sources of income is unlikely to disappear. Join us at Farm Business Innovation 2026 taking place on 4-5 November at the NEC Birmingham.

Farming

| Shows

Vintage tractor community to honour one of their own at November show renowned vintage tractor enthusiast is to be remembered at Newark Vintage Tractor & Heritage Show this November.

A shield for the best unrestored vintage machine will be presented in memory of Paul Ducksbury from Retford, Nottinghamshire, who spent his life fixing and restoring machines, while inspiring others to do the same. To the agricultural contracting world, Paul Ducksbury was a hard-working, plain-speaking man who ran the family business for more than 50 years. His business tackled silage, combining, cultivations, drilling, root crop production and a dozen other jobs besides, from the yard at Askham. Paul passed away in March this year after a long and brave battle with cancer. More than 400 people attended his funeral – many from the vintage tractor world from as far away as Scotland and Cornwall. A collector of an extraordinary range, a natural mechanic with an almost mystical touch, and an individual known for deriving as much pleasure from seeing others enjoy machines as from owning them himself.

It was a quality that defined both the contracting business and his approach to the vintage world. If an enthusiast needed a tractor for a road run, Paul would lend one. If a child at a show wanted to climb up and sit behind the wheel, they were welcome. In the blood from the start

The Ducksbury connection to tractors goes back generations. Paul's father was a farmer and a regular at farm sales, and the family yard at Tuxford was full of purchases. Eileen, who grew up around contracting herself, said some got used, others were sold, while the remainder were taken to bits. Paul was philosophical about it, she says. "As he always said, the fact that you got rid of some made the ones today more valuable." The first tractor Paul bought when he struck out on his own in October 1972 was a Muirhill which is still in the collection today. The business grew quickly, employing around 10 people at its peak and working far afield, with Claas machinery handling the big forage and harvesting work, and Case and JCB Fastrac tractors favoured for their simplicity and ease of maintenance. They also inherited a Marshall Steamroller when Paul's father died. It still has an annual boiler test and gets out when the occasion demands. Over 220 machines The vintage collection grew to well over 220 tractors and vehicles. Long-time friend and fellow enthusiast, Paul Hird, has spent the past three years helping Paul catalogue and prepare the collection. "I put a register together of everything that exists up here," he says, "and we've never only got one of anything." Two great passions ran through the collection – Fordsons, and anything made by Marshalls of Gainsborough.

Paul's wife, Eileen said: "One of the main things about Paul was that he never said no to a job," she says. "Whatever anybody asked him to do, whether he had time, energy or resources, the answer was always yes." Farming

"He was really, really into his Marshalls," says Paul. "But the one thing that runs as a theme is the Ford and Fordsons. There's just so many of them." His logic as a buyer was its own form of connoisseurship.

| Shows "He could buy two E27Ns purely because one had something slightly different to the other," says Paul Hird. "Even if it was just a modification made during its working life, that was reason enough."

"He was absolutely thrilled with it," says Eileen.

Crucially, Paul loved them in their original condition.

His daughter, Helena, adds that a recurring theme in the sympathy cards received since his death has been his generosity of time and enthusiasm, particularly taking the time to encourage the next generation.

"If you looked at it, you saw its story," says Eileen. "If you shot blasted and painted it, you take that away."

"He was always very invested in other people's interests in vintage," she says. "He always had time to talk about what they wanted to talk about."

Getting them running was the other half of his pleasure. "He could pull something out of the hedge bottom and in a few minutes, he'd have it going," she says.

The tractor with the tree

Paul Hird added: "He'd run his hands along the bonnets and say, 'Ah, it'll be all right, be running by tea time.' All his friends say all he had to do was wave his hands over it and it would go."

One machine stands out among all the rest as a symbol of everything Paul stood for. It is a Massey Harris 744 D, which was his father's tractor, originally from the yard at Anston, which broke down on its last journey to Tuxford decades ago and was simply left where it stopped. Over the years, a tree grew through it. This spring, Paul Hird chain sawed the tree top and bottom, freed the tractor, and brought it back to the yard, arriving the week before Paul died. "He actually saw it out the window on the back of the lorry when it came back in," said Paul. "He wanted it back, and we got it back." Completely unrestored, none of its wheels turning, it must be loaded and unloaded by forklift wherever it goes. It has been to Tractor Fest at Newby Hall, to the Lincoln Show, and to Carrington. This November, it will come to Newark.

A fixture at Newark Paul's connection to the Newark Vintage Tractor & Heritage Show was a long one. The show was a fixture. A place to exhibit, to compete, and above all to talk. "Paul could talk for England," says Eileen. "He knew everybody. He couldn't remember the names, but everybody knew him. You couldn't walk more than 10 paces before he found somebody to stop and chat with." Paul was a founder member of the National Vintage Tractor and Engine Club in 1971. He belonged to virtually every vintage tractor club going and would work his way through every brand tent across the showground. In 2016 he brought 35 Fordsons to a show themed around the anniversary and was awarded the prize for best collection. He later won best Marshall in show. Two years ago, the show committee presented him with an award for services to agriculture.

Road runs were another great love. Paul took part in many across the years, and always lent tractors freely to friends and he leant things to his friends who didn't have a machine of their own. The family started two runs of their own – one in July 2005, established in memory of his brother Michael, which raises money for Weston Park Cancer Charity and has now donated over £80,000; and the Paul and Eileen "Blow the Cobwebs Off" run, held between Christmas and New Year, which the family plan to keep going. Remembering Paul this November The Newark Vintage Tractor & Heritage Show takes place on 7 and 8 November at Newark Showground, and this year's event carries a special dedication. A Best Unrestored Vintage class has been established in Paul's memory, and the Ducksbury family will present a shield to the winner. Tickets and information are available at www. newarkvintagetractorshow.com or call 01636 705796. Farming

| Shows

Bringing farm retail to life: discover The Farm Shop at Farm Business Innovation

or farmers and landowners looking to explore the potential of farm retail, direct-toconsumer sales or food and drink production, Farm Business Innovation 2026 is introducing a new way to experience diversification. Created in partnership with Appetite Me, the commercial rural diversification

Farming

specialists behind farm shop and destination projects, The Farm Shop is an interactive, immersive feature designed to bring the farm retail journey to life on the show floor. Rather than simply showcasing individual products and services, the feature will recreate a genuine farm shop environment, giving visitors the opportunity to see how different elements of a

| Shows

successful retail operation can work together. From locally produced food and drink to retail equipment, packaging, branding, interiors, point-of-sale solutions and customer experience services, The Farm Shop will bring together businesses from across the farm retail supply chain. For farmers considering converting an existing building into a retail space, landowners looking to develop a new enterprise, or established farm shops seeking to grow, the feature will provide practical inspiration and direct access to suppliers with expertise across the sector. Managing Director of Appetite Me, which is supporting the feature as Design Partner, Rob Tate said: "We're thrilled to be partnering with Farm Business Innovation as Design Partner for The Farm Shop. It's a brilliant opportunity to bring our experience in farm retail and diversification to life on the show floor, and to help connect suppliers and landowners exploring new ways to grow".

From idea to customer Farm shops and rural retail businesses can offer farmers the opportunity to take greater control of their route to market, create additional revenue streams and build stronger relationships with consumers. However, launching a successful retail operation involves much more than putting products on a shelf. Commercial feasibility, business planning, customer access, parking, staffing, food hygiene, merchandising, branding and the overall customer experience all need to be considered. Appetite Me's experience is that the most important step comes first: testing whether there is enough demand, footfall and margin to make the business viable before money is committed. The Farm Shop has been designed to help visitors explore these different elements in context, making it easier to understand what goes into developing a profitable farm retail business. Visitors will be able to meet a diverse selection of exhibitors, including Cotswold Fayre, a specialist fine food wholesaler

supplying independent retailers; Cocoba, a premium chocolate brand; Rosemullion Distillery, an artisan Cornish spirits producer; The Original Baker, an artisan bakery with strong roots in the farming and farm shop sector; and a range of businesses providing retail, technology and customer experience solutions.

Hear directly from those who have done it Alongside the immersive retail environment, The Farm Shop will also host Farm Talks, a programme curated with Appetite Me, providing a relaxed theatrestyle setting where farmers, producers and industry experts can share their own experiences of diversification. The sessions will cover topics including launching a farm shop, developing branded products, improving customer experience, marketing rural businesses and identifying emerging opportunities within the farm retail sector. One of the speakers will be Paul Hargreaves, CEO of Cotswold Fayre and founder of Flourish foodhall and restaurant, who will deliver How to be Great in Speciality Food. Drawing on his experience across wholesale, retail and hospitality, Paul will explore what it takes to succeed in speciality food, from creating outstanding products to developing retail experiences that keep customers coming back. The Farm Talks are designed to encourage conversation rather than simply deliver presentations. Visitors will have the opportunity to continue discussions with speakers and suppliers after sessions, ask questions and make connections relevant to their own diversification plans. For anyone considering a farm shop, café, food or drink enterprise, The Farm Shop offers the chance to see the opportunity, meet the people behind it and understand what it takes to make it work. Discover The Farm Shop at Farm Business Innovation, 4-5 November 2026, NEC Birmingham, and explore how direct-toconsumer sales could become the next step in your farm diversification journey.

Farming

| Energy

GMG Energy nears completion of innovative £100k sawdust drying project as part of Net Zero journey Sutherland-based business makes further progress on its mission to decarbonise its entire timber operation MG Energy, which operates from Upper Bighouse in the far north of Scotland, has reached a significant milestone in its commitment to achieving Net Zero by 2035, with a new sawdust drying and biomass briquette production system now entering its beta-testing stages before becoming operational. The £100k investment forms part of its wider decarbonisation strategy developed following a detailed carbon audit which identified practical and achievable opportunities to reduce emissions across the business. The result is a clear roadmap to Net Zero,

with the new sawdust dryer representing one of the most important projects delivered to date. GMG Energy has built its reputation on optimising the value of locally sourced timber while supporting rural communities with renewable energy and timber products. The latest investment strengthens that circular approach by transforming a by-product of the sawmilling process into a valuable, lowcarbon fuel source. The new system is designed to reduce the moisture content of sawdust from 35 per cent to 10 per cent. Once dried, the material can be processed into renewable biomass

THE NEXT GENERATION MACERATOR. THE ORBITGRINDER. CONSISTENT MACERATION OF SOLIDS. PROTECTING YOUR PUMPS AND SYSTEMS. + EVEN CUTTING SPEED + AUTOMATIC BLADE ADJUSTMENT + PIVOTED CUTTING BLADES

Improving pumping systems efficiency & reliability. Visit www.boerger.com to find out more.

EXCELLENCE – MADE TO LAST

Farming

23.01.2026 11:00:33

| Energy

briquettes suitable for domestic wood-burning stoves and heating systems. By drying and processing sawdust and woodchip on-site, the company expects to significantly reduce transport requirements, cut associated emissions and maximise the value of a resource that would otherwise leave the business as a low-value by-product. Malcolm Morrison, Director of GMG Energy, said: “Following our carbon audit, we developed a realistic and achievable plan to reach Net Zero by 2035. A key part of that strategy was looking closely at how we could reduce emissions while making better use of the materials already produced through our sawmill operations.

The process makes use of renewable heat already generated through the company’s existing biomass infrastructure, further improving overall operational efficiency and also supports GMG Energy’s ambition to create a near zero-waste operation by ensuring more of the timber processed on site is fully utilised. Mr Morrison added: “We’re producing a couple of tonnes of sawdust every week, so finding a better use for that material was an obvious opportunity. The new system dries the sawdust to the ideal level before converting it into briquettes that can be used in wood-burning stoves by customers across the region.

“This project does exactly that. Instead of transporting wet sawdust long distances, we’re able to process it on-site, significantly reducing transport emissions and turning a by-product into a valuable renewable fuel.”

“It’s a great example of circular economy thinking in action. We’re reducing waste, creating a new income stream for the business and producing a renewable fuel that can stay within local communities rather than being transported hundreds of miles.”

The system consists of a fully automated drying process where sawdust is fed into a rotating drying drum. Material continually passes through the system until the required moisture content is achieved before moving on to briquette production equipment.

With commissioning now underway, the sawdust drying and briquette production system is expected to become fully operational in the coming weeks, bringing GMG Energy another step closer to delivering its 2035 Net Zero ambition. Farming

| Energy

‘Fines’ reduced at biogas plants and farms by Borger’s FlowSep

ne of the UK’s leading players in biogas has placed its first orders for Borger’s new FlowSep, which protects pumps and associated equipment from the damaging effects of sand, grit and fine glass particles in slurry handling/food waste applications. Since purchasing its first Borger equipment (a separator with feed and discharge pump) almost 10 years ago, the major biogas operator has since invested in numerous pumps, macerators, liquid feed systems and separators from Borger for numerous different sites. David Brown, Managing Director of Borger UK, said: “With FlowSep, which created huge interest at the World Biogas Expo, an increasing number of biogas plant operators an farms benefitting from a very costeffective, mechanical method of preventing ‘fines’ (PM 2.5) from harming equipment. “Importantly, whilst it stops unwanted ‘fines’ from later settling out in digesters and lagoons, FlowSep also removes phosphates and nitrates by 20%.” Farming

He added: “Since supplying our key biogas customer with their first separator and pump almost a decade ago, all of our equipment, including our rotary lobe pumps and macerators, have conclusively proved their reliability and performance in what are always challenging applications with food and agricultural feedstocks.”

Borger UK 01902 798 977 www.boerger.com uk@boerger.com

| Energy

World Utilities Congress 2027 to Bring Global Utilities Leaders Together in Abu Dhabi he World Utilities Congress 2027, hosted by TAQA, will return to Abu Dhabi from 25-27 May 2027, bringing together leaders from across the global power and water sectors to address the challenges shaping the next generation of utility systems. Taking place at ADNEC Centre Abu Dhabi, the threeday event will convene policymakers, utility executives, investors, technology innovators, infrastructure providers and industry experts around a central theme: From Ambition to Delivery. As electricity demand continues to rise and water security becomes increasingly strategic, utilities are facing the need to expand infrastructure, modernise networks and deploy new technologies while maintaining reliability, affordability and resilience. World Utilities Congress 2027 will provide a platform for stakeholders to examine how investment, innovation and collaboration can translate long-term ambitions into practical outcomes. The event will span key areas across the utilities value chain, including power generation, transmission and grids, distribution networks, water and wastewater,

waste and circularity, technology and AI, sustainable mobility, energy storage, energy efficiency, finance and investment, and policy and regulation. Alongside the exhibition, the Congress will feature its Strategic Conference and Technical Conference, creating opportunities for both high-level strategic dialogue and detailed technical knowledge exchange. The Strategic Conference will focus on policy alignment, capital deployment and infrastructure delivery, while the Technical Conference will explore engineering solutions and practical approaches to building resilient power and water systems. The event will also showcase emerging technologies and solutions through dedicated features including the Innovation Hub, which highlights innovations from established companies and startups, and the F.U.E.L. Programme, designed to engage students, fresh graduates and young innovators entering the utilities sector. With power and water systems increasingly central to economic growth, industrial competitiveness and energy security, World Utilities Congress 2027 will provide a meeting point for the organisations and professionals working to turn the sector's ambitions into delivery.

Farming

| Buildings

Members enjoy Industry Day xpert insight, industry updates and a behindthe-scenes look at the future of manufacturing were on the agenda as RIDBA members gathered for the association’s latest Industry Day. A key part of the programme was an update from Gerry Hearne, Operational Policy Manager at the Office for Product Safety and Standards (OPSS), who presented the government’s latest work on BS EN 1090. Following industry engagement over the summer, Gerry outlined the progress made and shared the outcomes of that work, giving members the opportunity to hear directly from government and gain a clearer understanding of the next steps. The event also featured an introduction to artificial intelligence from Nick Crawford, of Twist, and an update on RIDBA’s priorities and the work being carried out behind the scenes on behalf of members. Members also enjoyed an exclusive tour of the venue - the MTC - providing an insight into its work and the technologies shaping the future of manufacturing. The day also saw RIDBA’s AGM take place, during which the association’s board for 2026/27 was confirmed and Stephen Jaques took over as RIDBA chair from Simon Pelly. RIDBA chair Stephen Jaques said: “It was fantastic to see so many members coming together for such a valuable and engaging day. “We had some excellent speakers, important industry updates and plenty of opportunities to share ideas and I’m delighted with how the event went.” RIDBA would like to thank headline sponsor Barrett Steel, as well as event sponsors STRUMIS, Thomas Panels and Profiles, Trimble and Wedge Galvanizing, for their support. Farming

| Buildings

Farming

| Buildings

Are You Winter Ready? hen winter hits hard, your animals rely on you to keep them safe, healthy and protected from the cold. Good winter housing isn’t just about comfort, it plays an important role in maintaining healthy, productive livestock. A dry, sheltered environment protected from wind and rain helps animals use their feed energy for growth, health and milk production, rather than simply keeping warm. These simple measures can help reduce stress and illness, support stronger animals and set your

livestock up for a healthier spring. Whether you’re housing cattle or ewes, investing in the right winter housing now can make a real difference throughout the cold season. Warm, comfortable animals are healthier animals, and healthy animals help keep your farm running strong. As winter approaches, now is the time to make sure your farm is ready. Our team can help you plan and install the right winter housing solutions to keep your livestock protected throughout the season. Don’t wait for the first snow, get your winter housing sorted ASAP! https://gh-construction.co.uk/ quotation/ or request your free quote by phone 01270 781158

Farming

| Buildings

Built Around the Farm rom machinery and feed storage to livestock housing and workshops, a well-planned agricultural building can support day-to-day efficiency while giving a farm room to adapt.

A practical asset, not just a shed Farm buildings have to work hard. They protect valuable machinery, keep feed and bedding dry, provide shelter for livestock and create space for maintenance, handling or storage. For farm businesses weighing up a new structure, the starting point is therefore practical: what needs to happen inside the building, now and in the years ahead?

Cladding, doors and finishing details matter

Choices such as roof type, wall cladding, door placement, ventilation, internal partitions and flooring can affect how useful a building is in daily operation. Cladding colours and galvanised steelwork may also be available options, subject to the supplier’s specification and any additional cost. These decisions are best discussed early, alongside the building’s intended use and maintenance requirements. Plan the foundations and installation Ground conditions and the proposed structure determine the appropriate foundation solution. Kit Buildings Direct notes that pad foundations may be suitable where site conditions allow, while a concrete slab with the structure bolted to it may be another option. A site-specific assessment is essential before finalising the design. From kit supply to full installation

Steel frames offer flexibility Steel-framed buildings can be configured for a wide range of agricultural uses, including livestock buildings, hay barns, grain sheds, poultry buildings, horticultural buildings and farm workshops. Kit Buildings Direct says it supplies both kit-form structures and buildings erected on site, with designs tailored to the customer’s requirements. Specify the building around the job The layout should follow the work. Machinery stores may need generous clear openings and door positions that make turning and loading straightforward. Hay and straw storage benefits from practical access and protection from the weather. Livestock accommodation needs particular attention to ventilation, animal movement, cleaning and the way the building connects with existing handling facilities.

Some farms may prefer a kit supplied for construction by their own contractor; others may want one team to coordinate the process. Kit Buildings Direct offers supply-only and full installation options, with services that can include groundwork, steel frame erection, cladding, doors, gutters and finishing work. The scope of each quotation should be checked carefully so that inclusions, exclusions and responsibilities are clear. Think beyond the immediate need A building is a long-term investment, so it is worth considering future machinery dimensions, changing storage volumes, access for delivery vehicles and the possibility of changing the building’s use. Good planning can help avoid a layout that solves today’s problem but creates a bottleneck later. Checks before committing Before work begins, confirm planning and buildingcontrol requirements with the relevant local authority and qualified professionals. Requirements can vary by location, use and project details, so do not assume that every agricultural building is exempt. Ask for the structural specification, applicable conformity documentation, installation scope and material warranty information in writing.

Farming

| Farm Safety & Security

NFU calls for action as farm fire costs reach £118m

he NFU has called for stronger fire prevention measures and better support for rural fire services following the publication of NFU Mutual’s latest Farm Fires report.

The NFU has welcomed the publication of the latest NFU Mutual Farm Fires report, which highlights the growing financial and emotional impact of farm fires on agricultural businesses across the UK. The report found that the estimated cost of farm fires reported to NFU Mutual reached £118 million in 2025, an increase of 18% on the previous year.

crops, livestock, machinery and farm infrastructure, with prolonged periods of hot, dry weather increasing the risk of incidents escalating rapidly. The report also highlights the emotional toll these events can have on farmers and their families, alongside the significant cost of recovery and rebuilding. In addition to farm fires, agricultural vehicle fires cost an estimated £32 million in 2025, demonstrating the scale of the challenge facing the sector. NFU calls for stronger prevention measures

Within the report, NFU Vicepresident Robyn Munt emphasises the importance of ensuring farm businesses have access to the support needed to prevent, prepare for and respond to fires. She highlights the need for adequate funding for rural fire and rescue services and greater collaboration between government, local authorities and industry partners. “Farm fires can have farreaching consequences,” she said. “Alongside the financial loss, they can endanger lives and take an emotional toll on those tasked with rebuilding what they have lost, often shaped by years of hard work At an event hosted by NFU Mutual in Westminster and joined by the NFU, parliamentarians including Dr Peter Prinsley MP and Shadow Efra minister Robbie Moore MP, came together with industry stakeholders and representatives from the farming sector came together to discuss the increasing threat posed by farm fires and wildfires, and the action needed to improve resilience in rural communities. Growing concern for farming businesses The NFU welcomed the findings of the report, which reinforce its long-standing concerns about the impact of fires on farming families, businesses and the wider rural economy. Farm fires continue to pose a serious threat to Farming

and investment. “It's crucial that the right support is available should an incident take place. Fire services must have proper funding and appropriate equipment and training to respond to blazes in rural areas.” Robyn went on to call on local authorities to use Public Spaces Protection Orders to prohibit campfires and barbecues during periods of heightened wildfire risk, especially in prolonged dry conditions. “Farmers work hard to reduce the risk of fire, but they cannot do it alone. Greater support is needed to help prevent fires, limit their impact and protect farm businesses and neighbouring communities.”

| Farm Safety & Security The NFU suggested a number of measures outlined in the report, including:

Edmunds and Stowmarket •

Josh Newbury – Labour MP for Cannock Chase

•

Ensuring rural fire and rescue services have sufficient funding and resources.

•

Steve Witherden – Labour MP for Montgomeryshire and Glyndŵr

•

Expanding the use of equipment that enables fire engines to access on-farm water supplies.

•

Amanda Hack – Labour MP for North West Leicestershire

•

Improving coordination and preparedness for wildfire incidents.

•

Cat Eccles – Labour MP for Stourbridge

•

Encouraging local authorities to restrict highrisk activities during periods of increased fire danger.

•

Markus Campbell-Savours – Labour MP for Penrith and Solway

•

Alison Hume – Labour MP for Scarborough and Whitby

•

Julie Minns – Labour MP for Carlisle

•

Andrew Pakes – Peterborough

•

Jack Abbott – Labour (Co-op) MP for Ipswich

•

Becky Gittins – Labour MP for Clwyd East

•

Catherine Fookes – Labour MP for Monmouthshire

•

Robbie Moore – Conservative MP for Keighley and Ilkley and Shadow Efra minister

•

John Lamont – Conservative MP for Berwickshire, Roxburgh and Selkirk

•

Shivani Raja – Conservative MP for Leicester East

•

Jayne Kirkham – Conservative MP for Truro and Falmouth

•

Mark Pritchard – Conservative MP for The Wrekin

•

Alistair Carmichael – Liberal Democrat MP for Orkney and Shetland and Chair of the Efra Committee

•

Bayo Alaba – Independent MP for Southend East and Rochford

•

Developing a National Wildfire Strategy to address the growing threat to farmland and rural communities.

MPs hear first-hand about the risks facing rural Britain The NFU was pleased to join the Mutual at its reception and welcomed the opportunity to speak directly to MPs from across Parliament on the challenges facing farming businesses and the importance of strengthening rural resilience. The reception provided an opportunity to highlight the practical steps that can be taken to reduce fire risks and ensure rural communities are better protected from the growing threat of farm fires and wildfires. Working together to protect rural communities The NFU remains committed to working with government, fire and rescue services, local authorities and industry partners to improve fire prevention and ensure farmers have the support they need to protect their businesses. With the increased prevalence of hotter, drier conditions and a rising number of outdoor fire incidents, the NFU believes action is needed to safeguard lives, livelihoods and the long-term resilience of British farming and food supply. Who was at the event? •

Credit: NFU - www.nfuonline.com

Dr Peter Prinsley – Labour MP for Bury St

Tel: 01455 891929 MID Business Centre/Sapcote Rd, Burbage, Hinckley LE102AU

http://www.multiindustrialdoors.co.uk sales@multiindustrialdoors.co.uk • Galvanised Roller Shutters

• Steel Fire Exit Doors

• Plastisol Colour Coated Roller Shutters

• Fast Acting High Speed Doors

• Insulated Roller Shutters

• Dock Leveller/Loading Bay Installations

• Sectional Overhead Doors

• PVC Strip Curtains

• Steel 10 Point Locking Security/Personnel Door • and many more products

INDUSTRIAL DOOR Specialists Manufacture - Service - Installation

Farming

| Forestry

New Western Forest launches support for farmers and landowners

Up to £500,000 funding available for tree planting and management projects in the Western Forest this planting season

andowners and managers within the Western Forest area are being invited to explore how trees and woodland could work for their land, with free expert support available through their Better Off With Trees service.

From trees integrated into working farms and productive woodland to wildlife habitat and better management of existing woods, the opportunities are designed around each landholding and what its owner or manager wants to achieve. The Western Forest is a new 1,400 sq mile wooded mosaic spanning Gloucestershire, the West of England and Wiltshire – and the first national forest

to be created in England for a generation. Rather than creating one continuous forest, it will bring together trees, woodland and other wooded habitats across farms, estates and other land to create a more connected landscape. Their Woodland Creation Partnership brings together Farming & Wildlife Advisory Group (FWAG) South West, wildlife trusts and community forest and conservation organisations to deliver woodland creation and agroforestry. Through the Forest's Better Off With Trees programme, landowners and managers can access free expert support to identify where trees could add value and resilience to their land, explore suitable funding and take projects forward, while remaining in control of every decision. "Making an enquiry does not commit anyone to planting trees or changing how their land is used," says Jack McCrickard, Woodland and Nature Recovery Manager at The Western Forest. "You don't need to know what you want to plant or come to us with a plan. Our job is to listen first and understand your land, priorities and long-term objectives, then explore what could work for your particular situation. "If there is an opportunity you want to take forward, we can help with everything from site assessment

Farming

| Forestry Woodland Management helps qualifying landowners make more of woodland they already have with expert management planning. Existing, neglected or under-managed woodland have potential to create income from timber, improve biodiversity, mitigate flooding and provide forage and shelter to livestock. Whaddon Grove Farm: putting trees to work

and project design to funding applications, planning, approvals and practical delivery – all free to the landowner." Funding and paperwork without the headache A major benefit of the Better Off With Trees offer is helping people navigate what can otherwise be a complicated funding and approvals landscape. The Western Forest now has up to £500,000 available in funding grants for projects looking to plant trees, bring woodland into management, improve access, and to help promote the offer to other landowners. This funding is for projects that can take place this planting season.

At Whaddon Grove Farm in Wiltshire, Richard and Helen Allan have spent two decades integrating trees and other woody habitats into their organic livestock business. Hedgerows, orchards, riverside planting and scattered in-field trees now work alongside grazing, to provide shade, shelter and additional forage for livestock, while supporting soils, water management and wildlife. The approach has enabled the farm to increase overall farm production by around 35%. The trees also provide woodchip for animal bedding and soil improvement, while the farm's orchards produce apples for juice and cider. "For us, it has never been about choosing between farming and trees," explains Richard. "It's about putting trees in the right places so they work with the farm.

Depending on the project, other grants and funding routes can contribute towards the establishment and ongoing management of trees and woodland. A local Tree Advisor can help identify suitable options, as well as navigate applications and approvals. Trees that work for your land Better Off With Trees supports different approaches depending on the land and what its owner or manager wants to achieve: Trees for Farms helps integrate trees into existing farming systems, including wooded pasture, trees within crops, orchard restoration and hedges or shelterbelts. Depending on the farm and its goals, trees could provide shelter for livestock and crops, support wildlife, diversify income and help build resilience to extreme weather like flooding and heatwaves. Productive Forestry establishes new woodland with a commercial purpose, creating income streams through long-term timber production, carbon income and woodland creation funding, potentially serving as part of a wider land or legacy strategy. Wildlife Woodlands puts nature recovery at the heart of woodland creation. A more nature-first approach, these projects also reconnect fragmented habitats across the wider landscape – making an individual holding part of a much bigger ecosystem.

Part of something bigger Each project supported through Better Off With Trees will be shaped around what works for the individual farm, estate or landholding. Together, those decisions will help create the Western Forest, connecting trees and woodland across the region and building a lasting legacy for local communities and future generations. Landowners and managers can use the Western Forest's interactive map to explore the region and find out whether their land is within the Western Forest. To find out whether your land is within the Western Forest or how to access funds, visit westernforest. org.uk/better-off-with-trees and fill in the enquiry form with absolutely no obligation.

Farming

| Livestock

Devon breeders claim success at the Dairy Show

lmost 300 cattle competed for top honours at the Dairy Show on 7 October, with last year’s interbreed champion heifer stepping up to claim the supreme title.

Rivermead Lambda Missy VG89, owned by the Davis family from Westcott Farm near Tiverton, Devon, caught the judges’ eyes, with the panel scoring her 191 out of 200. A homebred by Farnear Delta-Lambda and out of Willsboro Milestone Missy EX90, this second calver is yielding 53kg/day having calved six weeks ago. “What makes her stand out is her frame, power and mammary system,” said owner Emily Davis. Shown by Will Horsley, Missy was also second at the National Holstein Show at UK Dairy Day in 2025.

Higher Besley Farm, Holcombe Rogus, just down the road from the Davis’ in Devon.

“The judges liked her number of lactations, her power and her general dairyness,” said Anita. The family also claimed the reserve champion Any Other Dairy Breed calf as well as top junior cow. Seminars Meanwhile, over 5,000 visitors flocked to the show to watch the cattle competitions, listen to the expert seminar speakers and catch up with exhibitors. In the Mole Valley Farmers breakfast seminar, visitors heard how dairy producers are facing a challenging winter due to tight margins, lack of forage and huge variability in silage quality. But by taking a holistic farm approach to forage, feed and minerals, producers could boost returns by up to 5p/litre of milk, said Dr Chris Bartram, head of nutrition at Mole Feed Solution. For those facing forage shortages, a new moist feed featuring TraffordGold, cider yeast and straights is a very useful substitute, he added. “It increases dry matter intakes and offers very costeffective energy and protein with a very low carbon footprint – so it fits wonderfully with environmental incentives from milk buyers.”

The Davis family milk 200 pedigree Jerseys and 25 Holsteins at home, and also celebrated winning the interbreed heifer championship with their Jersey, Rivermead Victory Pixie. Born in March 2024, this River Valley Victorious daughter is out of the well-known homebred cow, Verdi Pixie. In reserve was Kevin and Sian Rickard’s Holstein heifer, Starlet Has It All Rae, from their farm in Gwent. Scooping the reserve interbreed championship was Robert, Henry and Anita Cornish’s senior Ayrshire cow, Butterbesley Precison Daffodil. This homebred fifth calver is by Tristar Precision and out of Butterbesley Winston Daffodil. Having calved in July, she’s giving 42kg/day having peaked at 50kg, and builds on her interbreed championship at Honiton Show last year. “She’s a herd cow,” said Robert Cornish. “She gets no special treatment and is just picked out ready to go. It’s a very special feeling – I’m almost choking up.” The family milk 57 pedigree Ayrshires at Farming

Bradley Causey, Rural Adviser at Old Mill, said the combination of increased input costs and the hot, dry summer means cash flow could be tight this winter. “If you are moving towards overdraft limits, using up cash reserves, and struggling to meet any loan agreement, it is crucial to take action,” he warned Bradley. “Volatile trading conditions can quickly tighten cashflow, so taking action early can help producers remain in control of their finances and make informed decisions about the future.” In the longer term, many farmers remain concerned about the Inheritance Tax changes brought in by Rachel Reeves – and one seminar panel considered the impacts of this. “The government has no idea on the impact of these changes,” stressed Mike Butler, agricultural partner at PKF Francis Clark. However, seeking advice on how to prepare for succession and subsequent tax can help mitigate the issue. “Farm businesses are feeding our country at a time of global uncertainty,” he added. “I would actively encourage people to look at planning sooner rather than later. There are a number of options on the table that can help protect your farming future.” For more information visit www.bathandwest.com

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

Planning ahead is key to navigating dairy sector pressures

challenging autumn and winter should not cause dairy producers to feel pessimistic about the future of the sector, provided they plan ahead to manage potential difficulties. That was the key message from Bradley Causey, Rural Adviser at Kinbrook Group’s Old Mill, speaking at the Dairy Show on 7 October.

“The accounts for the year ending 31 March 2026 were strong for many clients, but this was built on a year of two halves. The second half was much more difficult, and fertility and yield issues this summer have meant many are now possibly experiencing a more challenging time,” he said. “This time of year is often when dairy farmers can build up cash reserves. However, considering the last six months cash could be tight, so that might not happen this winter. That could be a reason to look carefully at your financial situation and in particular be mindful that a big tax bill could be due in January 2027.” Farmers should be conscious of financial warning signs and act before these become bigger issues that are more difficult to resolve. “If you are moving towards overdraft limits, using up cash reserves, eating into forage reserves and struggling to meet any loan agreement or hire purchase payments, then it is crucial to take action,” warned Mr Causey. “Volatile trading

conditions can quickly tighten cash flow, so taking financial advice ahead of these times could be beneficial.” Many pressures on farm businesses cannot be considered in isolation. Feed shortages, labour, cash flow, environmental compliance and milk price pressure all shape business decisions. And each can be better managed through practical action, including robust budgeting and improved communication. Understanding the detail of milk contracts is an important part of this approach. Farmers should regularly review their contract terms and ensure they understand the opportunities and obligations involved – and address areas of concern early, Mr Causey explained. An important part of running a sustainable dairy business is awareness of the wider market and how it influences profitability, including commodity prices and input costs. “It is so important that farmers take the time to understand their finances; it’s easy to put it off but it could be an essential job for future success,” he added. “While dairy businesses may face a challenging period, taking action early can help producers remain in control of their finances and make informed decisions about the future.” For more information visit www.om.uk

Bluetongue outbreak: MPs demand explanation for lack of preparedness he EFRA Committee has called for a detailed explanation from the Veterinary Medicines Directorate (VMD) and the Animal and Plant Health Agency (APHA) for the UK's lack of preparedness and their response to the ongoing bluetongue outbreak.

In a letter (PDF attached) sent to the two agencies' Chief Executives on 8 September, the Committee asks a series of questions relating to three main themes: Vaccine availability and access How information and advice have been communicated with farmers, veterinarians and livestock markets Testing capacity and delays in providing results. EFRA Committee Chair Alistair Carmichael MP said: "This has been a summer of heartbreak and anxiety for farmers and livestock keepers who fear for the wellbeing of their animals as much as the viability of their businesses. "These sectors were already feeling immense pressure from droughts, heatwaves Farming

and wildfires as this disease began to spread. There is widespread sentiment that our state agencies have been asleep at the wheel, and that more could and should have been done before and during this outbreak. "The National Audit Office published a report in June 2025 that warned our country would be caught off guard if an event like this occurred. We now want to understand what was done in response to that report, what plans were in place, why vaccine and testing capacity have been so limited, and what lessons have been learnt along the way." As of 7 September, cases of Bluetongue had been reported on 942 premises in England, Scotland and Wales, with more reported cases yet to be confirmed. The latest data on new cases is provided on the government's website. The potentially fatal disease is spread by midges to animals including sheep, cattle, goats, deer, llamas and alpacas. There are concerns that the outbreak will continue until the midge season comes to an end as temperatures cool in autumn and winter.

| Livestock

Farming

Turning Data Into Better Dairy Decisions Modern dairy farming demands more than good stockmanship. With increasing pressure on efficiency, labour and profitability, access to timely and reliable information has become an essential part of herd management. For Michael Gowing of Scorduﬀ Farm in Ireland, the journey began with milk measurement. As the farm expanded, additional Aﬁmilk technologies were introduced, creating a connected system that now supports fertility management, health monitoring and feeding decisions across the herd. Today, information from milk yield, conductivity, temperature, rumination and activity monitoring helps provide a clearer picture of cow performance and wellbeing. By identifying potential issues earlier and highlighting cows that require attention, the system supports faster and more informed decision-making. Feed-to-Yield has become another valuable management

tool, allowing feeding strategies to be tailored to individual

animals and groups according to production requirements. The result is greater control, more targeted feeding and improved management ﬂexibility. As technology continues to evolve, ongoing software updates and remote support

Danny O'Connor - Sales Manager UK & Ireland | +353 85 8621280 Farming Bostock - Country Manager UK & Ireland | +447806728790 Richard

ensure the system continues to deliver value while adapting to changing farm needs. Importantly, farmers can implement solutions progressively, starting with the areas that matter most to their operation and expanding over time as requirements grow. For Michael, this ability to build capability step by step has been one of the key advantages of working with Aﬁmilk. What started with milk meters has evolved into a broader herd management platform that supports everyday decisions throughout the farm.



Afimilk has been a good fit. We have grown together. The technology is great. The backup is great and it has delivered a definite economic return



Today, Scorduﬀ Farm continues to build on that foundation, using data-driven insights to support cow health, reproductive performance and long-term proﬁtability.

Churchill Dairy & Parlour Services Ltd Goddards Farm, Sturminster Newton, Dorset, DT10 2AZ Tel:07885371731 - 01258 818 233 office@churchillsdairyandparlour.co.uk

MMT Services Ltd

Mid-Ulster Dairy Services

BoQuip

Lukers Farm, Grittenham, Wiltshire, SN15 4JR Tel:01666 511100 - 07717781103 www.mmtservicesltd.co.uk

21a Donaghrisk Road Tullyhogue, Cookstown, Tyrone, BT80 8UU Tel:028 8676 5098 midulsterdairyservices.co.uk

Ballynolan, Stradbally, Laois, Ireland Tel:00 353 87 687 7344 info@boquip.com www.boquip.ie

Scott Henshaw- Sales Manager UK | 07394 198 613

Afimilk.com

Farming

| Livestock

Dry summer could increase animal feed demand this winter, says Amcor

Agricultural supply chain experts urge feed manufacturers to plan ahead as forage stocks come under pressure

fter one of the driest summers on record in parts of the UK, concerns are growing that reduced forage availability may place additional pressure on livestock producers heading into the winter feeding

season. Provisional Met Office figures suggest England and Wales may have experienced their driest July in almost 190 years, while drought conditions and heat stress have affected agricultural production across many parts of Europe. According to the Environment Agency, ongoing dry conditions have already led to concerns around forage availability, with some livestock farmers reportedly drawing on winter reserves earlier than normal. While the full impact on feed demand remains uncertain, the Agriculture and Horticulture Development Board (AHDB) has forecast UK cereal use for animal feed at approximately 13.3 million tonnes during the 2025/26 marketing year, with increased cereal feeding expected in some livestock systems to compensate for forage shortages. "Dairy, beef and sheep producers are particularly sensitive to grazing conditions and forage availability," said Lorcan Mekitarian, sales director at Amcor.

Farming

"While every farm's situation is different, periods of prolonged drought can increase reliance on purchased feed, particularly where forage stocks have been depleted or quality has been affected." For feed manufacturers, this uncertainty can create planning challenges as customer requirements become less predictable. "If forage availability remains tight during autumn, manufacturers may need to respond quickly to shifts in demand across multiple products and markets," Lorcan Mekitarian added. "Forward planning across the supply chain becomes increasingly important under these conditions." Amcor says feed packaging procurement should also form part of contingency planning discussions. Alongside ingredients, production capacity and logistics, feed manufacturers need confidence that packaging supply can respond if market demand changes rapidly during the winter season. Amcor supports animal feed manufacturers through its European industrial packaging manufacturing network, including facilities in Scotland, the Netherlands and Germany. You can find more information on Amcor’s Animal Feed packaging solutions here Animal Feed and Bedding Bags and Film | Amcor.

| INTRODUCING |

TOMAHAWK The UK’s market leading bale processor range.

Models to suit every farm: Up to 30% straw saved | As reported by users of our TOMAHAWK bale processors.

Value for money | Proven to reduce waste, improve TMR and boost yield.

Consistently even chop | Proven to reduce waste, improve TMR and boost yield.

2 year warranty* | Comes standard with all Teagle manufactured products.

Improved cow health and happiness | Uniformly chopped straw in TMR supports rumen activity, fertility, and butterfat production. Biomass pre-processing | Reliable, efficient performance for biofuel applications.

Bruce Hopkins Ltd

RVW Pugh

TR Machinery Ltd

Shenington Airfield, Banbury, Oxon, OX15 6NW Tel: 01295 680711 www.brucehopkins.co.uk

Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH Tel: 01952 936900 Farming www.trmachinery.co.uk

| Livestock

CowToilet Launch in UK Could Cut Farm Ammonia Emissions by a Third

groundbreaking new technology, the CowToilet, made its UK debut at Lamma 2026, offering dairy farmers a practical way to reduce ammonia emissions by up to a third, improve nutrient use, and enhance sustainability on-farm.

Developed by Dutch agri-tech company Hanskamp, the CowToilet offers a unique solution for reducing on-farm emissions by separating cow urine and faeces, which, when combined, produce ammonia. Using the simple fact that cows never urinate and defecate at the same time, the CowToilet collects urine directly from under the cow’s tail before it mixes with solid manure. Farming

The CowToilet integrates seamlessly into a free-access out-of-parlour feeding station which can be installed in most cattle sheds. As a cow enters to eat, the CowToilet gently rubs against the suspensory ligament of the udder, triggering a natural nerve reflex that encourages urination. The urine is then collected in a sealed receptacle, removed by suction, and stored in an airtight tank. Research by Wageningen Livestock Research shows that keeping urine and manure separate can reduce ammonia emissions by up to 38%, total nitrogen by 33%, and nitrous oxide by 18% compared with conventional housing systems “Ammonia is one of the biggest

| Livestock

environmental challenges facing the livestock sector,” explains Hanskamp founder Henk Hanskamp. “We wanted to create a system that works with nature, not against it – improving animal welfare and helping farmers meet environmental targets without adding to their workload. The CowToilet achieves this in a simple, natural, and effective way.” In addition to reducing emissions, the CowToilet transforms waste into a resource. Nitrogen-rich urine can be reused as a natural fertiliser or even sold, while the remaining solid manure retains phosphate and organic matter for soil health. This separation allows farmers to apply nutrients more precisely, improving crop performance and reducing reliance on artificial fertilisers. Separating cow faeces and urine also keeps housing cleaner and improves air quality, contributing to improved animal health and hygiene.

Developed in close collaboration with Dutch livestock farmers, engineers, and researchers – including Wageningen University’s Paul Galama – the CowToilet is already successfully operating on over 35 dairy farms in the Netherlands, delivering strong results and positive farmer feedback. Each CowToilet unit is designed to serve 25 cows, and costs approximately £28,000 per unit (excluding installation). “This technology is about more than compliance,” adds Mr Hanskamp. “It’s about giving farmers tools that make sense – improving the environment, animal health, and profitability. The CowToilet shows that innovation and sustainability can go hand in hand.” To see the CowToilet in action, visit: https://hanskamp.com/en/solutions/ cowtoilet/ Watch the demo video: https://www. youtube.com/watch?v=c7duvrYtEmk

Mid-Ulster Dairy Services 21a Donaghrisk Road, Tullyhogue Cookstown, County Tyrone, BT80 8UU Tel: 028 8676 5098 www.midulsterdairyservices.co.uk

Mcknight Dairy Services Ltd Glenmaquin, Letterkenny, Co. Donegal, Ireland, Eir F92 X8C1 Tel: +353 8764 81124 www.mcknightdairyservices.com

Clarkson Dairy Services East Witton, Leyburn, North Yorkshire, DL8 4SQ Tel: 01969 623522 / 07703 535043 www.clarksondairyservices.co.uk

Wessex Farm Installations Ltd www.hanskamp.com The Old Cobblers,Langport, TA10 9DJ

info@hanskamp.com Tel: 07867 507711 31314393797 www.hanskamp.com Farming

| Livestock

Nutrient lock up threat following drought

ollowing extreme weather conditions and one of the driest summers on record, farmers are being advised to test soil for potential nutrient lock up. For farms considering what level of investment is feasible for the 2027 harvest, soil testing also offers the opportunity to better manage nutrient use efficiency (NUE) at a time when fertiliser prices show no sign of reducing.

“A lack of moisture in soil disrupts the movement of minerals and severely reduces microbial activity. Following this year’s drought, many areas in the UK will have soils that are in lock up and will need significant rainfall to recover. Knowing how much fertiliser will be needed for both soil health and plant uptake could enable growers to save thousands this year,” says Eurofins Agro specialist Shane Brewer.

Mr Brewer suggests that knowing the plant available nutrients, soil stock nutrients and the supply capacity in soil, can provide the benchmarks needed to more accurately prescribe inputs such as N,P and K. “Our Fertilisation Manager test report can provide a crop-based fertiliser recommendation for over 300 crops and can be calibrated for specific crop varieties too. This is achieved by measuring the microbial biomass, microbial activity and fungal-toFarming

bacteria ratio, to provide a kilos per hectare analysis of a field,” he adds.

Establishing this data at the point of planting, especially in dry soils with nutrient lock up, will enable growers to better forecast fertilisation which will help with budgeting and NUE throughout the growing season. In some areas of the UK, salinity and the build up of elements such as aluminium and hydrogen can also negatively affect soil health and are more common after drought. Mr Brewer suggests that rather than using previous years as a benchmark to estimate fertiliser requirements, growers may need to start afresh. “We have not seen such weather extremes in recent history and our soils are being damaged by conditions like flooding, drought and prolonged frosts. Using soil health data, we often see that balancing pH, optimising soil fertility and improving soil structure are just as important as simply applying more fertiliser. In short, our soils are working hard to withstand nature and we are just investing in the next crop rather than the future of our soil,” he says. Over the summer months, as water has evaporated from UK soils, fertiliser has been locked up and will remain dormant until triggered by rain. These fertiliser minerals have become concentrated to the point of forming salt crystals that can change soil pH and make growing conditions less stable for newly planted crops. “Plants establishing in drought-stricken soils will not be able to access the nutrients that have been locked up through mineralisation and sodification. Only through soil testing, to establish what plant available nutrients are present, will growers be able to save time and money during the growing season,” concludes Mr Brewer.

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

New GEA solution uses computer vision and machine learning for real-time cow recognition in rotary parlors EA is launching DairyNet Cow Verification, a new camera-based solution for cow identification. The system combines computer vision and machine learning to verify each cow's identity directly in the stall and automatically correct RFID recognition errors. This expands GEA's portfolio with a system that gives farms operating rotary parlors an even more reliable data basis for their management.

Reliable identification directly in the stall Unlike RFID-only solutions, DairyNet Cow Verification also identifies each cow based on its visual signature. After the animals enter the rotary platform, several cameras capture each cow from defined angles directly in the stall. The system analyzes body shape, structural traits, and individual coat pattern, comparing these parameters with historical image data. Based on this, Cow Verification confirms or corrects the animal identification number with high accuracy. If RFID data is missing or incorrect, the system corrects it in real time. It works entirely in the background, is selflearning, and continuously improves its recognition accuracy. The application integrates seamlessly with the GEA DairyNet herd management system, ensuring precise and reliable data capture. Target group: farms facing RFID challenges The solution is designed for all farms operating GEA rotary parlors that place high value on data quality, automation, and reliability – particularly those with recurring RFID challenges such as limited read range, Farming

unfavorable ear-tag orientation, signal interference from metal or water, multiple animals in the antenna area at the same time, and missing or defective RFID transponders. Using DairyNet Cow Verification requires an existing RFID recognition system and a walk-through antenna for the learning phase and for new animals. It also requires the DairyNet herd management system; accordingly, the system can be retrofitted on all DairyNetcompatible GEA rotary parlors. Higher data integrity for well-founded management decisions DairyNet Cow Verification significantly reduces operational errors in the milking process. Reliable verification prevents typical mistakes such as incorrect feed allocation or assigning milking data to the wrong animal – even during high animal traffic at the rotary entrance and regardless of the cow's head position. Another advantage becomes apparent with animals that have lost a transponder or ear tag: after the learning phase, the system can continue to reliably recognize these animals temporarily. This preserves valuable data and gives farms time to replace the transponder or ear tag. With consistently validated data, farmers can analyze and manage feeding, animal health, and herd management more precisely. At the same time, accurate records improve traceability and support compliance with operational and regulatory documentation requirements. GEA will present DairyNet Cow Verification at this year's EuroTier, taking place November 10–13, 2026, in Hanover, Germany (Hall 13, booth C25).

| Livestock

New GEA Digital Flow Meter measures milk yield directly in the milk flow EA is launching the Digital Flow Meter, a new generation of milk yield measurement for conventional rotary milking parlors. The sensor captures actual milk yield directly in the milk flow, supports high flow rates, and integrates the measurement data into GEA’s digital system architecture. In doing so, GEA is responding to the increasing performance requirements of modern dairy farms and the growing importance of precise, digitally available data for the milking process, herd management and milk recording. The Digital Flow Meter replaces GEA’s Metatron milk meter.

transmission via CAN cable create the basis for setting milking parameters faster and more precisely and for optimizing the milking process for each animal. This also supports more accurate detaching at low milk flows. In addition to milk yield, the sensor captures conductivity and temperature. In combination with sampling, it supports monthly milk recording and provides a data basis for performance tracking, breeding decisions and herd management.

Precise measurement data for modern milking processes Measuring directly in the milk flow keeps the milk path consistent and supports a stable, gentle milking process. Thanks to its design and measurement principle, the sensor can accurately capture both low and high milk flows. Its free-flow design avoids bottlenecks in the milk path and keeps the milk moving freely. Flow rates of up to 18 kg per minute, determined under controlled laboratory conditions, demonstrate the sensor’s high performance potential compared with previous systems and its suitability for high-yielding herds. At the same time, its design supports excellent vacuum stability by reliably guiding air and milk volumes throughout the milking process. This contributes to a smooth milking routine and can help prevent disruptions in milk flow. With only a few static, long-lasting seals, the service-friendly design also reduces routine maintenance requirements during ongoing operation. Digital integration for herd management and milk recording The Digital Flow Meter provides measurement data for control, herd management and, in the future, additional digital applications. Continuous, highfrequency measurement and data

Availability and presentation at EuroTier 2026 The Digital Flow Meter is currently undergoing the ICAR certification process and is initially available for the GEA DairyRotor T8600 and T8900 models. Customers who operate one of these GEA rotary milking parlors or are planning a corresponding system can use the sensor in combination with the GEA Digital Control Unit. GEA will also present the Digital Flow Meter at EuroTier 2026. The world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming will take place from November 10 to 13, 2026, in Hanover, Germany. Visitors will find GEA in Hall 13, Booth C25. Farming

| Livestock

Revolutionary four-way milking technology he GEA IQ's revolutionary fourway technology ensures that you always have maximum milk quality, quantity and udder health. Using it is incomparably easy! Easier attaching, milking and maintenance.

The new milk guide piece has been designed following the natural structure of a cows udder. It is sub-divided into four guide chambers. The milk flows directly and quarter individual to the outlet. Thanks to the incline in the respective cluster chamber this process is faster and much more gentle.

Features & Benefits

clean your milk filters are with the IQ Milking Unit.

Maximum milk quality - smarter vacuum control significantly reduces milk contamination. Vacuum is greatly reduced when the liner is not attached, which means less manure and other soil/debris is sucked into the milk line. You won't believe how

Improved udder health - with four separate guide chambers there is no threat of teat-to-teat cross contamination of mastitis-causing bacteria. Unlike conventional milking units, the new IQ unit is subdivided into four quarters, and milk from each

Farming

| Livestock quarter is kept separate. Holds on any shaped udder the short milk tubes are longer which allows proper placement on virtually any udder shape. The unit weight is ideally distributed 80% on the teat and 20% in the claw. Plus, better unit alignment means fewer unit slips and squawks. Easy maintenance - unique and patented liner connection makes liner changes quick and easy. Shells, liners, and air dividers can be preassembled to allow liner changes in minutes instead of hours. Faster milk-out times - improved vacuum stability

unique in that it is fitted individually onto the IQ cluster! Take advantage of the optimum adhesion and flexibility on the udder! The well thought-out benefits of our IQLiner ensure animal-friendly milking together with the best possible teat conditions and the well proven rubber and silicone material works as reliably as ever. GEA and local GEA Dealers are offering a special offer on the IQ Milking Cluster this Autumn until 31st October 2025. Benefits from four-way technology to ensure you always have maximum milk quality, quantity and udder health by contacting GEA today for the special offer price. Contact your local GEA Dealer or visit www.gea. com for further information.

increases flow rates and the sharper angle of the milk chamber speeds flow to the milk line. Quieter operation - the automatic vacuum shifting system makes for virtually noise-free milking - even during attachment or during a kick-off. More reliable performance the slim profile of this unit is harder for cows to kick-off.

Components for IQ Milking Cluster For the milkers of today and tomorrow: The GEA IQLiner is Farming

| Livestock

Pearson Milking Technology The Smart Dairy Choice

stablished in 1948, Pearson Milking Technology is a third-generation Irish engineering company with over 76 years of experience designing and manufacturing milking parlours and dairy automation systems. From its headquarters in Athy, Co. Kildare, Pearson supplies herringbone, double-up, rotary, and rapidexit parlours to dairy farms in over 20 countries worldwide.

latest smart technology and data-driven innovation to help farmers improve herd performance, reduce labour, and enhance overall dairy efficiency.

At the heart of every Pearson system is a commitment to engineering excellence, cow comfort, and milking efficiency. The company combines decades of craftsmanship with the

Built on heritage, powered by innovation, and trusted by farmers globally, Pearson remains the farmer’s partner of choice — and The Smart Dairy Choice.

Farming

Through continuous product development and close collaboration with farmers, Pearson ensures that each system is tailored to meet the demands of modern dairy farming — balancing technology with reliability in every design.

| Livestock

James Holding Dairy Engineering Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN Tel: 01904 400449 www.jamesholdingengineering.com

Farming

| Livestock

Dairy producers stay resilient amid turmoil

airy producers faced significant turmoil in 2025/26, but a strong first half of the year meant they managed to secure record margins before markets turned south.

Kingshay’s annual Dairy Costings Focus Report demonstrates how the year evolved into two halves. High milk prices and record production led to plummeting milk prices in the latter half the year. Drought over the summer switched to flooding over the winter. Input costs soared amid political tensions in the Middle East – and looking ahead there appears to be more of the same.

by 3% year-on-year, to £2,708/cow, says Emma Puddy, Farm Services Specialist at Kingshay. “However, this increase in margin is much needed to cover ever-rising costs of other inputs, particularly labour and machinery.” Indeed, input prices started rising at the turn of the calendar year, triggered by the war in the Middle East and subsequent closure of the Strait of Hormuz. At the same time, milk prices were in freefall, meaning milk price to input cost ratios increased sharply. March 2026 brought a big spike in diesel values due to the Iran conflict, with red diesel rising from 75ppl to 118ppl in April, before easing to 91ppl in July. Fertiliser values also rocketed, from £402/t in February (UK bagged ammonium nitrate) to £529/t in April, before steadying to £439/t by July.

“Producers have faced forage shortages amid the summer drought this year, and with forecasters predicting the strongest El Nino effect since the 19th century, there will likely be more extreme weather ahead,” says Richard Simpson, Development Director at Kingshay. “But farmers are nothing if not resilient, and many will have made the most of strong margins in 2025/26 to weather the downturn.” Overall, milk yields averaged a record 8,848 litres/ cow among conventional Holstein / Friesian herds – up 6%, year-on-year. This can be attributed to the relatively strong milk price in the first half of the year, combined with lower concentrate costs, making for an attractive milk: feed price ratio of 1.40 – the highest since 2006. As a result, farmers fed 4% more concentrates (at a record 2,997kg/cow), while also successfully increasing milk from forage (up 9% on the year, to 2,652 litres/cow). With butterfat and protein also rising, the margin over purchased feed increased Farming

“Labour is another key cost, rising to 19.99/hour (including national insurance and pension) for a senior skilled worker,” says Ms Puddy. “That has risen steeply over the past three years in particular, bringing the increase to 44% over the past five years.” Health trends continue to move in the right direction overall, with marginal improvements in most calving-related issues. “Unfortunately, the gap between the top 25% of herds and the average has not narrowed – and the higher cost of replacements means the cost of health issues has increased,” she notes. Overall, across the herd, health issues cost an average of £30,307, whereas the top quartile has this down to £16,907. “Lameness, mastitis and abortions offer the biggest wins, with gaps of £5,526, £3,773 and £1,203, respectively. The opportunities to reduce costs through improved health therefore remain significant.” The full report can be downloaded at www. kingshay.co.uk

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

Scottish pig sector faces continued mounting cost and global market pressures cotland's pig sector remains under significant pressure as rising costs and weak prices continue to squeeze producer margins. These challenges are not isolated to Scotland or the UK, with pig producers across Europe and global markets facing similarly difficult conditions.

GB pig prices edged higher in September, but this modest improvement has not translated into better producer returns. Prices remained 10% to 12% below last year, while higher feed, fuel and borrowing costs have increased losses and placed further pressure on margins. Commenting on the latest position, Iain Macdonald, Quality Meat Scotland's Market Intelligence Manager, said: "The September price lift is welcome, but it has not changed the underlying pressure on the pig sector. Prices remain well below last year, feed costs have moved higher, and producer margins are likely to have tightened further. "The increase in carcase weights between August and September has been unusually strong for the time of year. While, in theory, heavier pigs have supported overall carcase value, increased production volumes have also contributed to the market imbalance, reinforcing the need to monitor supply closely over the coming months." In Scotland, pig movement data shows a sharp increase in the number of pigs leaving farms for slaughter destinations, signalling improved productivity. Abattoir slaughter has also moved higher after a subdued period, although a sharp rise in sow slaughter is a concern for the sector's future scale and critical mass. "Sow slaughter at Scottish abattoirs has risen by 52% compared with 2025, pointing to a much smaller Scottish pig supply base in 2027, with knock-on implications for the wider pig meat supply chain and its associated economic impact." At GB level, pig availability has increased significantly through 2026, with English pig numbers in the June census stronger than expected. This suggests that market rebalancing could take longer than anticipated, particularly Farming

against a backdrop of heavier carcase weights, weak pricing and fragile demand. The difficult outlook also reflects a wider EU and global market imbalance rather than a problem confined to the domestic sector. Pig prices are down year-on-year across major markets, including the USA, China and Brazil, while increased EU availability and competitively priced EU pork continue to weigh on UK trade. In the final week of September, GB pig prices were 37.5% higher than EU pig prices, underlining the scale of the competitive challenge. UK processors have found additional pork export opportunities overseas in 2026, but average prices achieved in sales to EU customers have fallen significantly. Prices in nonEU markets have also eased after a brighter start to the year, while pig offal exports have declined in both volume and value. Although UK pork production has increased by around 5% this year, overall market supplies have been lower due to reduced imports and a surge in exports. With lower available supplies still failing to lift prices, the market continues to point to underlying softness in demand and pressure on producer returns. However, it should be noted that against this backdrop of an overall softness of demand for pigmeat, Worldpanel by Numerator figures show that fresh pork retail sales have continued to grow in Scotland. Iain added: "The short-term outlook remains difficult for Scottish producers. The slight improvement in pig prices has been more than offset by higher feed, fuel and borrowing costs, leaving margins under even greater pressure. Increased pig availability, fragile demand and continued competition from low EU pricing are also weighing on confidence. "There may be some support if production falls back and demand improves, but the global pork market remains well supplied and export values have softened. The elevated sow kill seen this year means Scottish production is expected to fall sharply in 2027, and the sector will need sustained improvement in returns before confidence can rebuild, especially as this is the second crisis for the sector in the last five years."

| Livestock

Take control of your dairy

Automate

Smart, Simple, Powerful ElectroMech Agri Limited 7 Tulnagall Rd, Donaghmore, Dungannon, Co, Tyrone BT70 3LR tel: 028 8776 7376 - www.electromechagri.com

boumatic.com Farming

| Livestock

The modern calf feeder with individual calf feeding, whole milk system, intuitive control of the graphic display and many other features alfExpert is a calf feeder that has been developed to meet the latest standards in calf feeding. State-of-the-art feeding technology ensures that the milk for the calves is always freshly mixed. It does not matter whether milk replacer or pasteurised whole milk is used. CalfExpert prepares the milk automatically and individually for each animal.

modern feeding programmes (e.g. metabolic programming) require a higher CMR concentration (e.g. 160 g/l) at the beginning of rearing to stimulate performance. However, a lower milk replacer powder concentration (130 g/l) is necessary in the weaning phase. This individual animal feeding can only be achieved if the mix is prepared individually for each calf, as is the case with CalfExpert.

You, as farmer, remain completely flexible in your work schedule while calves are fed 24/7. The calf feeder takes your calf rearing management to a whole new level.

QuickChange logic for greater performance

Intuitive operation via the graphic display and the link to the CalfGuide mobile app make it easier for you and your team to monitor your animals. All the information about your calves, status reports and alerts are at your fingertips in the app and directly on the calf feeder at all times. Different feeding programmes form the basis of successful and performance-oriented calf rearing in automatic calf feeding. Labour savings and complete supervision included. Individual animal feeding Feeding a large number of calves with a fresh mix adapted to each individual calf is a major challenge. CalfExpert makes it child's play. Always freshly mixed The CalfExpert calf feeder mixes the milk fresh for each calf. Any residual milk is kept warm and flushed out of the system following longer drinking breaks. Other calf feeders work with a central milk supply. In milk stored this way at 40 °C, the bacterial count doubles every 20 minutes. In contrast, the CalfExpert guarantees maximum hygiene and feeding suitable for every individual animal. Individual adaptation

Milk is mixed quickly and can be called up at the feeding station after just 3 seconds. Once the milk meal is finished, a switch is immediately made to the second feeding station. Here, a second calf can be fed immediately while the first is still satisfying its need to suckle. In addition, priorities can be specified in the CalfExpert menu so that young or sick calves are given preferential treatment. The tried and tested flexitime programme ensures that meals are distributed very evenly throughout the day without clusters of visits to the stations. The result is reduced waiting times with high animal occupancy and a positive "visiting experience" for the calves. Enjoy calm and compliant calves Since CalfExpert does not restrict feeding to certain times of day, calves can come and feed at any time. Your calves will no longer see you as a nurse and will therefore remain calm when people enter the barn. Younger and weaker calves have all the time they need to consume their full ration. As the CalfExpert also works with an intelligent credit logic, all calves have a feeding credit at a different time. As a result, fewer animals crowd around the station. The anti-pirate milk valve ensures that stronger calves do not steal milk. The result: extremely uniform, relaxed groups of calves.

Puckington TA19 9JD Ilminster, UK +44 7714 846987∙colin@rumitechs.co.uk www.rumitechs.co.uk

A central milk supply has another major disadvantage:

We have accelerated the mixing process and the change of calves in the CalfExpert, thereby optimising utilisation of the HygieneStations.

Feed calves automatically. Organise feed changes gently: milk mixed freshly and precisely matched to the calf. For healthy and productive calves.

Clarkson Dairy Services

K&M Dairy and Refrigeration

East Witton, DL8 4SQ Leyburn, North Yorkshire

Trench, SY12 0LR, Ellesmere, Shropshire

Phone: 01969 623522 / 07703 535043 e-mail: info@clarksondairyservices.co.uk www.clarksondairyservices.co.uk

Phone: 07912 763051 e-mail: karlmarkdairy@gmail.com Mark mobile: 07895 341595

•

Farming

| Livestock QuadroFlex: simultaneous and yet flexible feeding With the new QuadroFlex system, four calves can feed at the same time at two PowerMixers. The CalfExpert mixes the milk freshly when calves wish to drink. This means no tank supply system is required. The feeding quantity is determined precisely for each calf by maintenance-free sensors. If a calf requires a special mix e.g. including medicine or electrolytes, only the sister stall at the same PowerMixer is switched off. Feeding continues at the second Power Mixer at both stations. This allows 120 calves to be fed at 4 HygieneStations. Thus the capacity of the CalfExpert has been increased by approx. 20 – 30 % compared to its predecessor H&L 100. Flexible feeding programmes Modern feeding programmes should always adapt to the age and breed, personally set rearing goals and state of health of the calves. CalfExpert allows you to do all this in the optimum way. Weaning process CalfExpert prepares your calves in a particularly gentle way for the intake of concentrate and roughage. It reduces the amount of feed at the end of rearing in small steps of 0.1 l per day and thus stimulates the development of the forestomach system. 8 feeding curves CalfExpert can be used to turn any feeding programme into reality. Feeding curves can be adjusted very flexibly in each of the 8 groups. Up to 16 "turning points" allow you to fine-tune your personal feeding concept down to the last detail. Or you decide in favour of one of the proven and pre-set CalfExpert feeding programmes. Metabolic programming Intensive feeding in the first few weeks of a calf's life will usually lead to significantly higher milk production later. However, the correct weaning of calves, for example after an ad libitum phase, poses particular challenges for every calf breeder. With CalfExpert, each calf is slowly weaned off high milk intake, in terms of volume as well as concentration. Effective mixing of milk replacer powder Flexible feeding also means that a wide range of CMRs and additives have to be prepared in an optimum and lump-free way. The continuously variable PowerMixer ensures a soft start to avoid splashing and then stirs the milk replacer powder thoroughly. This means the calf receives its freshly mixed milk directly at the teat in just 3 seconds. The feeding process can sometimes take longer where young or weak calves are involved. We prevent the separation of the milk replacer powder by slow permanent stirring. And if it gets colder, the heater in the mixer always ensures the mix is kept at a constant temperature, for no matter how long the calf needs. Second milk powder chamber The new option allows the CalfExpert to feed two different types of milk replacer (CMR). The milk powder compartment is at a 90° angle to the CalfExpert and feeds milk powder into the PowerMixer

of the machine via a dosing augur on the side. The volume of 50 kg of CMR can be supplemented by a further 25 kg via the additional powder chamber. This gives the CalfExpert the largest milk powder storage capacity of any automatic feeder on the market, with a maximum powder storage capacity of 150 kg (2 x (50 + 25 kg)). Ideally, this is done in such a way that one type of milk replacer slowly takes the place of the other. This can make sense, for example, if a high-quality skimmed milk replacer is to be used in the first few weeks of life in order to promote the early development of the calves with highly digestible CMR. Later, cheaper milk replacers can be used, whose ingredients (e.g. certain proportions of high-quality vegetable proteins) are intended to support the transition to ruminant. Specific additive feeding Minimal doses of feed additives can be added to the milk diet in order to stabilise the gastrointestinal system. Sick calves can be treated with medicines in the milk. You can use two powder dosing units and two liquid dosing units. As with the milk programme, you can set different feeding curves for these additives as well. This means maximum flexibility for top calf health. EvenMilk: intelligent whole milk feeding Whole milk is digested perfectly by the calf and results in the best performance. With the CalfExpert whole milk programme you can set whole milk proportions or supplement the whole milk in the feeing programme flexibly. What happens with your feeder when the whole milk supply has been used up? Does it then feed powdered milk? This causes changeover stress with your calves and is likely to cause digestion problems. "EvenMilk", our intelligent whole milk control, knows how much whole milk is available and how much is to be fed. It makes sure that whole milk and CMR are mixed in balanced proportions even when whole milk quantities fluctuate daily. Clean and reliable A calf feeder is designed to make your work easier and perform continually for 24 hours. To achieve this it has to work reliably under the rough conditions of a calf stall, like the CalfExpert does. Hose cleaning including the teat All hose systems used to have deposits of contaminated milk because they had not been cleaned often enough or thoroughly enough. The HygieneStation rinses the entire milk hose through to the teat during longer drinking breaks. In addition, the complete milk system is cleaned several times every day. If the DoubleJug milk tank is used, the supply line to the CalfExpert is also cleaned automatically. This will reduce a calf’s exposure to bacteria, improve the health of the calves and save on manual cleaning. Two cleaning agents To optimise cleaning even further, the CalfExpert can use two different cleaning agents: either alternate with each cleaning cycle or combine in one cleaning cycle (alkaline, rinse, acid, rinse). The cleaning agent pumps are fitted on the outside. They can thus draw directly from the tanks. This is safe and convenient. In addition, the CalfExpert generates automatic messages as soon Farming

| Livestock always sure that the calves have been fed correctly. Smarter work – better performance Kill two birds with one stone: CalfExpert not only frees you up from tedious and strenuous work. Intelligent software and smart operation also increase feeding quality. SmartKeys

as a canister is empty. Fly shield as standard Two large doors protect the critical area where the mixer bowls are located. This keeps flies away from the milk and avoids problems in the milk system. The doors can be locked so children cannot be harmed or injured. Integrated operating instructions The 7″ graphic display not only allows all calf data to be conveniently viewed. Pressing the key with the book icon opens help texts and information from the operating instructions at every level of the application. Ready to work whatever the weather Calves love the outdoor climate, your CalfExpert does too. It comes with a frost protection programme that is activated automatically as soon as there is a risk of frost. Sensors in every HygieneStation and in the CalfExpert mixing chamber measure the ambient temperature and then adapt the mixing temperature and intensity of the frost protection programme accordingly. You can clean the outer surfaces of the automatic feeder with water, since all the sensitive components are water spray-proof. Simple maintenance Regular inspection of the technology is easy: you can test all the important CalfExpert components quickly and easily in the maintenance menu. You can also carry out calibration quickly yourself, because the software always tells you exactly what to do. We recommend that you have your CalfExpert serviced by a qualified technician at least once a year. This provides you with the peace of mind that the automatic feeder will be ready for the next rearing cycle. Automatic calibration The CalfExpert checks the flow rate of milk and water at regular intervals. ensuring a consistent amount of water for the calves without your needing to actively worry about it. Although this unfortunately does not apply to the amount of powder, the machine will remind you as soon as calibration needs to be performed. However, with its Brix-TS option, CalfExpert compensates for deviations in the mix concentration, so that you are Farming

We deliberately avoid the use of touch technology and rely instead on the use of SmartKeys, meaning that a CalfExpert can be operated reliably even in frost, rain, with gloves or even dirty fingers. The illuminated SmartKeys guide you through the programme. The completely new control software offers maximum clarity and simple CalfExpert operation. All calf data with individual feeding curve, alarm lists, technical parameters etc. can be viewed on the 7" display. The Wi-Fi connection also allows you to retrieve individual items of data on mobile devices and to receive push notifications in the event of error messages. Higher income thanks to improved performance Calves supplied with a lot of energy start lactation at an earlier age and produce more milk later on. CalfExpert also provides you with the best prerequisites for optimum animal health. This means a lower death rate and more animals in the herd reared from your herd offspring. This in turn gives you the opportunity to select the offspring in a targeted manner and to sell surplus heifers at a profit. And last but not least: by saving working time, you are freeing up capacities on your farm that can be used profitably. CalfGuide app CalfExpert comes with a WiFi interface as standard. The CalfGuide app allows you to access important information directly on your mobile phone. This includes the general calf feeder data and details of the calf lists with the entire calf history. You can easily modify calf information and feeding curves in the app. The CalfExpert also sends messages when the cleaning containers are empty, for example. A particularly practical feature is a health check, which allows you to objectively assess the health of your calves. AmmoniaDetect Ammonia irritates the mucous membranes of calves, even in small doses. This can lead to bronchitis in the long run, which can soon turn into pneumonia. Ammonia is only perceived as an odour when it is already in the harmful range. AmmoniaDetect is an electrochemical sensor that permanently measures ammonia levels in the barn air. It is installed directly in the lying area, protected from the calves by a pipe. CalfExpert analyses the measured values continuously and documents them in a chart. This enables you to optimise the ventilation of the calf barn and determine the best time for mucking out.

James Holding Dairy Engineering

Wessex Farm Installations Ltd

Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN

The Old Cobblers, Langport, TA10 9DJ

Office Tel: 01904 400449 James: 07807 704884

Tel: 07867 507711

Farming

| Livestock

Scottish cattle supplies edge closer to stability

cotland's beef sector showed further signs of stabilising during the third quarter of 2026, as continued low slaughter levels helped build prime cattle numbers on farms and the decline in the breeding herd slowed

again. Latest cattle population figures show a modest but positive improvement in Scotland's prime cattle supply. Numbers of males and beef-sired females aged 12 to 30 months were 1.8% higher year-onyear in July, compared with a 1.6% increase in April. The key 18 to 24-month age group rose by

yet been the case in 2026. Auction volumes have remained tight, and prices have stayed close to 2025 levels. This may reflect changes in production, with suckler-bred calves still in short supply and many beef-sired dairy calves moving through dedicated supply chains rather than traditional store markets. July population data points to good availability of longer keep stores at autumn sales, although yearlings may be tighter following lower calf registrations in the second half of 2025.

Iain continued: "Lower-than-expected slaughter remains one of the main features of the market. Under-30-month slaughter fell much faster than expected in 2025 and Scotland's slaughter rate has shown little sign of recovery so far in 2026. A reduced heifer kill, possibly as producers look to stabilise herds, is continuing to limit throughput, alongside the combination of a slower volume of demand from the market and heavier carcase weights. "Comparisons with last year are also affected by the timing of cattle marketing in 2025. Slaughter was slightly higher year-on-year in summer 2026 but only compared with very low levels in summer 2025, and overall throughput remains subdued."

2.2%, while cattle aged 24 to 30 months moved 3.4% above year-earlier levels. A 1.1% rise in the 12 to 18-month group helped support young bull slaughter over the summer and should continue to support availability through autumn and winter. Commenting on the latest position, Iain Macdonald, Quality Meat Scotland's Market Intelligence Manager, said: "The latest Scottish data points to a more stable supply position than we have seen for several years, although the market remains finely balanced. Prime cattle availability has been supported by slaughter levels staying lower than expected, while higher numbers of younger cattle should help supplies through the rest of the year. "Across GB, cattle numbers aged 12 to 30 months moved into slight year-on-year growth in July after two years of decline. However, cattle in the main slaughter age group of 24 to 30 months remained tight, down 3%. The decline in the 18 to 24-month group eased to just 0.3%, while a 1.5% increase in cattle aged 12 to 18 months should bring some support as the year progresses." Higher calf numbers might normally be expected to ease competition at store sales, but that has not Farming

In 2025, a small reduction in the net movement of Scottish-born cattle out of Scotland helped limit the fall in kill at Scottish abattoirs. However, these movements remained well above pre-2022 levels and increased again in the first half of 2026, driven by a 36% rise in cattle moving directly to slaughter elsewhere compared with 2025. Moves to English farms and auctions continued to fall from their 2022 peak but remained elevated, while slaughter of cattle born in England and Wales at Scottish abattoirs fell to a new low. There were also further encouraging signs for Scotland's breeding herd. In July 2026, there were 379,300 beef-sired females aged 30 months and over on Scottish holdings, down 0.6% on the year, the smallest fall since the beginning of 2022. Early September ScotEID cattle population data suggests the rate of decline has eased further, to around 0.3%. Iain said: "The stronger seasonal change in numbers seen between spring and summer could lead to a small expansion in the herd during 2027 if it is maintained through the second half of this year. The rise in beef-sired females aged 24 to 30 months began to support the herd in April and continued into July.

| Livestock "The suckler herd in England and Wales is also declining more slowly, but the fall remains sharper than in Scotland, with beef-sired females aged over 30 months down 1.6% year-on-year in July. Scotland's dairy herd moved into decline at the start of 2026 after two years of growth, but the pace slowed in July, suggesting the downturn could be shorter-lived than previously expected. In England and Wales, the dairy herd decline has accelerated, which could affect prime cattle supplies at GB level in 2028." UK beef trade also reflected a challenging demand backdrop in the first half of 2026. Import volumes were broadly stable against year-earlier levels, while exports increased significantly. Non-EU suppliers accounted for close to 30% of UK beef imports, averaging 5,700 tonnes per month between July 2025 and June 2026. Iain added: "Despite the change in where imports are coming from, the Irish Republic remained the dominant supplier in the first half of 2026, accounting for 64% of deliveries. This was down from 74% a year earlier and 77% in 2024. New Zealand has become the second-largest supplier, accounting for around 11% of imports at the start of 2026, ahead of Australia on 8.5%. Trade

agreements have supported further market share growth from Australia and New Zealand, while Brazil's gains have been more limited. "Looking at the key Meating Our Potential measures, beef cow numbers have moved from red to amber as the herd moves closer to stabilisation. Productivity is rated green, while the outflow of cattle is rated amber. Beef cow numbers and productivity appear to have improved further in 2026, but the increased movement of cattle directly to slaughter outside Scotland remains an area to watch. "Overall, the Scottish beef sector is moving closer to stability. Prime cattle availability has improved modestly, the decline in the breeding herd has slowed, and productivity signals continue to look positive. However, finished cattle throughput remains limited, store cattle finishing margins are squeezed, and the volume of consumer demand remains under pressure. The direction of travel is encouraging, but sustained confidence and continued herd retention will be needed before the sector can be considered to be on a firmer growth path."

FRESH FACES AT THE TOP AS TIM DOWNES TAKES RABDF CHAIR

hropshire dairy farmer Tim Downes has been elected chair of the Royal Association of British Dairy Farmers (RABDF), taking over from Cumbria dairy farmer Robert Craig for a threeyear term.

Former vice chair Tim formally took up the role at the Association's October meeting on 7 October, alongside the appointment of four new trustees to the board. Tim farms at Longnor, near Shrewsbury, with his wife Louise and parents John and Chris. The family has farmed organically since 2000 and milks around 300 crossbred cows across more than 330 hectares (815 acres). Tim is a Nuffield Scholar, supports the Nuffield Dairy Scholars team and sits on the Dairy Science Forum. Looking ahead to his three-year term, Tim said: "I am excited to take the helm of RABDF at such an important time for the organisation and the wider dairy sector. I am particularly looking forward to the forthcoming launch of RABDF's new strategy and membership offer and to working with the team, trustees, office holders and members to really deliver for dairy farmers over the next three years. "I would also like to thank Robert for the fantastic job he has done during his term. He has led RABDF through a period of significant change, including the development of a new team, the

continued development of Dairy-Tech and the celebration of RABDF's 150th year, leaving the organisation in a strong position with solid foundations for the future." Robert Craig said: "It has been the privilege of my life to lead RABDF over the past few years. The new team has settled in extremely well under the very capable leadership of Hayley, who is approaching her second anniversary as CEO. "With a new strategy firmly in place, there are some exciting projects ahead which will strengthen RABDF's position as the only charity dedicated specifically to supporting dairy farmers, while facilitating important conversations around the future size and capacity of UK dairy. I wish Tim every success in his new role." The meeting also saw four new trustees appointed: dairy consultant Jo Speed, who has more than 30 years' sector experience; David Craven, farm manager at Grosvenor Farms; first-generation dairy farmer Howell Richards; and Scottish dairy industry professional Richard Beattie. They join existing trustees Rob Hitch, Wil Armitage and Sarah Tomlinson. Allan Wilkinson, HSBC Head of Agrifoods, remains as RABDF President. The appointments come as RABDF prepares to launch its new strategy and membership offer this autumn, setting the direction for the next phase of the organisation's development. Farming

| Livestock

The Engineering Angle

ow Bespoke Engineering Overcame Complex Challenges in a Dairy Parlour Overhaul.

1. This was your largest BouMatic installation to date. Can you tell us about the project and what made it so significant? While this wasn't actually our largest rotary installation we have completed 72-point rotary projects including the full parlour, racework and backing gate it was certainly one of the most demanding projects we've undertaken. What made this installation significant was the requirement to replace an existing rotary parlour within an extremely tight six-week deadline. Unlike a new-build project, we were retrofitting our INDY 360EX 60-point rotary platform into an existing structure and onto concrete groundworks that were already in place. That presented a number of engineering challenges. he basement levels were shallower than we normally design for and we had to develop bespoke solutions for pipework, drainage and services integration while ensuring the new platform operated exactly as intended. Every aspect of the design had to be carefully engineered around the existing infrastructure, Farming

making this a highly customised installation rather than a standard rotary build. 2. The installation took around six weeks. What were the biggest challenges, and how did your team overcome them? The project was scheduled for six weeks from start to finish, so precision and planning were critical from day one. One of the biggest priorities was ensuring the rotary platform was installed perfectly level. The rotary it replaced had suffered from alignment issues throughout its life, resulting in multiple replacements of tracks, drive components, Ibeams and rollers over a 19-year period. We understand how important accurate installation is to the long-term reliability of a rotary, so extensive laser levelling checks were carried out throughout the build process. Drainage was another challenge. We identified early on that the existing system wasn't capable of handling the volume of wash water required for the new installation. To resolve this, we removed part of the existing concrete and installed a bespoke 2m x 1.5m x 0.5m collection tank beneath the wash vat to provide additional capacity.

| Livestock

Take control of your dairy

Automate

Smart, Simple, Powerful ElectroMech Agri Limited

Wessex Farm Installations Ltd

7 Tulnagall Rd, Donaghmore, Dungannon, Co, Tyrone BT70 3LR tel: 028 8776 7376 www.electromechagri.com

The Old Cobblers, Langport, TA10 9DJ tel: 07867 507 711

boumatic.com Farming

| Livestock

Cow flow was also carefully reviewed. We felt the existing exit bridge was too narrow to allow cows to leave the platform as comfortably and efficiently as possible, so we widened the exit area by the equivalent of one and a half stalls. Because this was a retrofit project, cable routing also required a different approach. Rather than traditional underground routes, we designed an overhead trunking system around the perimeter of the rotary to safely and efficiently bring services into the parlour. 3. What BouMatic equipment and Apollo technologies were installed, and how do they work together to improve the day-to-day running of the farm? The rotary platform itself was designed, manufactured and installed by ElectroMech Agri, while the milking and herd management systems were supplied through our partnership with BouMatic. The installation features BouMatic's latest Apollo herd management software, providing real-time animal monitoring and management information to support informed decision-making on farm. Milking equipment installed included ICARapproved milk meters, Pulse MD technology, EVO pulsators, FloStar Xtreme clusters, OptiFlo CF, cluster flushing, a Guardian automatic plant washer and twin AirStar oil-free vacuum pumps supporting the rotary operation. The strength of the system lies in how these technologies work together. Farmers have access to accurate milk production data, cow health information, milking performance monitoring and automated cleaning systems, all integrated into a single management platform. As a cloud-based system, Apollo can be accessed by operators from a PC, tablet or smartphone,

Farming

allowing them to monitor herd performance and farm data wherever they are. This combination of advanced milking technology, herd management software and automated system monitoring helps improve labour efficiency, animal performance and overall herd management while ensuring consistent milking routines every day. 4. From an installer's perspective, what impressed you most about the BouMatic system? We've been BouMatic dealers for decades, and one of the main reasons for that partnership is reliability. The equipment is designed to perform consistently in demanding dairy environments, and that's something our customers value highly. As installers and service providers, we also appreciate systems that are engineered for longevity, ease of maintenance and future development. One of the latest innovations that has particularly impressed us is Pulse MD. The technology dynamically monitors each milking point during milking, providing valuable insights into system performance and helping identify potential issues before they become larger problems. We're also excited about the introduction of Apollo. Apollo is an intuitive, modular automation ecosystem designed to seamlessly integrate with dairy operations and provide farmers with a smarter, more efficient way to manage their businesses. It centralises key dairy processes including herd management, feeding, sorting and real-time performance data, all through a modern and user-friendly interface. The cloud-based platform allows farmers and managers to access information from a PC,

| Livestock

between our engineering team, workshop, installation crews and external contractors. The experience has allowed us to further refine our project management processes and identify opportunities to streamline workflows. The lessons learned from coordinating multiple teams against a fixed deadline will undoubtedly strengthen our approach to future rotary installations and other large-scale dairy projects. 7. If another dairy farmer was considering a similar investment, what would you tell them about the benefits of a complete BouMatic installation? tablet or smartphone, giving them greater visibility and control whether they're in the office, the parlour or out on the farm. It's a significant step forward in making dairy data more accessible, actionable and valuable for day-today decision-making. For us, BouMatic's continued investment in technologies such as Pulse MD and Apollo demonstrates a clear commitment to helping farmers improve efficiency, animal performance and long-term profitability while keeping the focus firmly on the cow.

Every farm is different, and not every project will require the tight timescales involved in this installation. However, what this project demonstrated is that with the right planning, engineering and support team, even highly demanding projects can be delivered successfully. For farmers considering a major investment, one

5. How has the customer responded since the installation was completed? Have you already seen any noticeable improvements or feedback? It's still very early days as the herd has only recently started milking through the new rotary, so it will take time for performance data to build up. However, the customer's initial feedback has been extremely positive. They were particularly pleased that we achieved the six-week installation deadline despite the complexity of the project. Throughout the installation we were also able to identify and implement several additional improvements beyond the original scope of work, including rewiring the backing gate and upgrading sections of the race-work. Being able to provide those solutions while maintaining the tightly scheduled project which demonstrated the value of having design, fabrication, installation and service expertise all within one team. 6. What did you and your team learn from delivering a project of this scale, and how will that experience help with future installations? Projects of this nature reinforce the importance of communication, planning and coordination across every department. From the initial design concept through to fabrication, installation and commissioning, this project required a very high level of collaboration

of the biggest advantages of choosing BouMatic is the company's commitment to cow-focused technology. Everything is designed around cow comfort, milking efficiency and long-term herd performance. At ElectroMech Agri, we share that philosophy. We focus not only on the cow, but also on the farmer and the long-term return on their investment. Because we design, manufacture, install and maintain our milking parlours, handling facilities and backing gates in-house, customers benefit from a single point of responsibility throughout the entire project. When farmers choose ElectroMech Agri and BouMatic, they're partnering with specialists who can manage every stage of the project—from concept and design through to installation, servicing and ongoing support—ensuring the investment remains productive and future-proof for years to come.

Credit: www.electromechagri.com Farming

| Livestock

Hutton researchers to hold bluetongue virus workshops for livestock keepers as Restricted Zone extended across all of Scotland esearchers at The James Hutton Institute are set to host a series of workshops to better understand the issues and threats bluetongue virus (a notifiable disease) presents to livestock keepers in Scotland.

The workshops, which are funded by the Centre of Expertise on Animal Disease Outbreaks (EPIC) and the Scottish Government, will focus on the impact bluetongue virus has on farmers, smallholders, crofters and their businesses. As of Saturday 3 October, the Bluetongue Restricted Zone was extended from covering parts of south-west Scotland to cover the whole of Scotland. The Scottish Government has detailed what the decision will mean practically for the agriculture industry at large: The change means the movement licences currently required to move susceptible livestock, such as cattle, sheep and other ruminants, into, within and out of the South West Scotland zone will no longer be necessary, as the whole of Scotland will share the same disease status. This is expected to make trading considerably more straightforward for farmers, hauliers and auction markets ahead of the busy autumn trading period. https://www.gov.scot/news/bluetongue-restrictedzone-extended-to-cover-all-of-scotland/ The decision was made after consultation and agreement with the agriculture industry. However, little is known about the perceptions of young farmers, small farmers/smallholders and crofters and how these changes might affect their businesses. Multiple cases of the disease have been found across Scotland, affecting farms from Aberdeenshire to Dumfries. Dr Claire Hardy, a social scientist at the Hutton, said, "This is a worrying time for livestock keepers across Scotland especially those who are not often consulted, the workshops and meetings are being held to give Scottish livestock keepers the opportunity to have their voices heard." The findings from these workshops will be shared with policy makers during and prior to outbreaks, Farming

helping with future decisions on disease control. Livestock keepers interested in taking part are invited to attend one of three workshops taking place across Scotland this autumn: •

The Scottish Smallholding and Countryside Festival at Ingleston, Edinburgh - Saturday 17 October

•

The crofters' workshop in Ullapool Village Hall, Market Street – Monday 2 November

•

The young farmers' meeting at Thainstone Mart in Inverurie – Monday 30 November/Tuesday 1 December

For further details or to register interest in attending, please contact research assistant Carol Kyle (carol. kyle@hutton. ac.uk) Those keen to share their thoughts but unable to attend the workshop can also complete a short survey online.

| Livestock

Farming

| Livestock

NSA urges sheep farmers to check bluetongue ram guidance before tupping ational Sheep Association (NSA) is encouraging sheep farmers to read two newly published sources of bluetongue guidance before tupping begins, and to treat unverified advice circulating on farm and online with caution. Misinformation leads to decisions that can have negative impacts on a farm business. Using information from trusted sources, ensures that farmers can make informed decisions with greater confidence.

The sources farmers can trust on ram fertility: 1. A set of fact checks by the AHDB on the Ruminant Health and Welfare bluetongue virus hub. 2. Update to the Sheep Veterinary Society guidelines on breeding soundness checks

for rams, which sets out the damage the virus can do to ram fertility and how far ahead of mating rams should be assessed. Both are free to read and neither requires membership of any organisation. The fact checks are at ruminanthw.org.uk/bluetonguevirus-hub and the ram guidance is in the knowledge hub at sheepvetsoc.org.uk Anyone buying a ram this autumn to take into Scotland faces a further change. From Thursday 10 September 2026, susceptible animals moving into Scotland to live from a bluetongue restricted zone in England, Wales, Northern Ireland or the Isle of Man must have completed an authorised bluetongue virus serotype 3 (BTV-3) vaccination course, with 21 days elapsed since completion. Vaccination therefore must be planned backwards from the sale date rather than arranged after it, and buyers should confirm the current position with the Scottish Government before travelling, as these rules have changed several times this season. Phil Stocker, NSA Chief Executive, says: "Bluetongue has moved quickly this year, and the questions coming into the NSA office show how much conflicting advice is going around. Rams are where poor information costs the most, because a fertility problem picked up in September does not show itself until scanning, and by then nothing can be done. The guidance published in the last fortnight is written by vets, it is free, and it takes 20 minutes to read. That is a good use of 20 minutes at this time of year." NSA is carrying both sets of guidance through, the NSA Weekly Email Update and NSA social media channels through the tupping period. NSA is encouraging farmers to raise vaccination, ram assessment and any planned movement into Scotland at their next vet visit rather than waiting for a problem to appear

Farming

| Livestock

NSA urges farmers to keep reporting bluetongue to protect future control ational Sheep Association (NSA) is urging sheep farmers across the UK to keep reporting suspected cases of bluetongue. Every report submitted builds the picture of where the virus is and how it is behaving. Without this how we control bluetongue in the future becomes more challenging.

Latest Defra figures show 37 new cases of bluetongue virus serotype 3 (BTV-3) confirmed in England on Sunday (11th October 2026). A fall in cases should be welcome news. But NSA is hearing that some suspected cases are going unreported, which means nobody can say with confidence to what extent the virus is slowing down or simply going unseen. Latest Defra figures show 2,812 premises in England confirmed with bluetongue this season. Bluetongue remains a notifiable disease, and anyone who suspects it is legally required to report it.

about control next season will only be as good as the evidence gathered now. "More animals have been vaccinated this year, and that is good news. But we must keep pushing to reach the protection needed for 'herd immunity'. Cooler weather will slow the virus and the midges that spread it, but bluetongue is still circulating. Please keep reporting. Talk to your vet, and if you don't have a close relationship with your vet, call APHA." Defra's current risk assessment notes temperatures in many parts of the UK remain high enough for the virus to develop inside midges, so onward transmission is still taking place. In England, the online form can only be completed by a private vet following a clinical examination on farm. Keepers cannot submit it themselves. Keepers who choose not to involve a vet must report suspicion directly to APHA on 03000 200301. In Wales, call 03003 038268. In Scotland, contact your local APHA Field Services Office. Lines are open 24 hours a day, every day of the year.

Phil Stocker, NSA Chief Executive, says: "NSA understands the impact that Bluetongue has had on farmers across the UK this year. It is however important to reiterate that reporting gives us a picture of what is happening and is also important for guarding against diseases such as Foot and Mouth. Every report submitted tells us where bluetongue is, how fast it is moving and whether the measures in place are working. Without that information we are working blind, and decisions

APHA has also reminded vets a bluetongue diagnosis does not rule out other notifiable diseases, including foot-and-mouth disease. Where the clinical picture is unusual, or the number of sick animals rises quickly, APHA must be called immediately rather than using the online form. More information at gov.uk/guidance/bluetongue

Farming

| Livestock

Bert Fowlie Butchers crowned Prime Scottish Pork Display champion

ert Fowlie Butchers has been named the inaugural Prime Scottish Pork Display Champion following a new industry competition celebrating the creativity, skill and product knowledge of Scotland's independent butchers.

The award was presented as part of a three-way partnership between the Scotch Butchers Club, run by Quality Meat Scotland (QMS), Robertsons Fine Foods and Scottish Craft Butchers. The competition was open to butchers across Scotland using Prime Scottish Pork and was designed to showcase the versatility, provenance and quality of the product at retail counter level.

Gordon Newlands, Brand Development Manager at QMS, said: "It is fantastic to see a local business use a local wholesaler, supplied by a local pork producer, to create a stand-out display that promotes Prime Scottish Pork at the butcher's counter. Pork is a hugely versatile product and a major flavour carrier, and the young team at Bert Fowlie Butchers showed real class, skill and expertise in their field. Their display was simply superb."

Gavin Fowlie, Partner at Bert Fowlie Butchers, said: "We are absolutely delighted to be named the inaugural Prime Scottish Pork Display Champion. The whole team put a great deal of thought, skill and creativity into the display, and we are proud to showcase the quality and versatility of Prime Scottish Pork to our customers. To have that work recognised with this award is a proud moment for everyone at Bert Fowlie Butchers." Stewart McClymont, Robertsons Fine Foods, said: "Robertsons Fine Foods is delighted to support this competition, which celebrates the quality and versatility of Prime Scottish Pork and the skill of Scotland's butchers. Bert Fowlie Butchers created a standout display that showed real creativity, care and pride in the product."

Entrants were assessed on the visual impact of their display, alongside innovation, tradition, craft skills and product knowledge. Bert Fowlie Butchers' winning entry stood out for its colourful and imaginative treatment of Prime Scottish Pork, supported by a branded backdrop featuring the three partner organisations and the young team behind the display. Farming

Gordon King, Scottish Craft Butchers, said: "This competition is a brilliant platform for butchers to showcase their craft, product knowledge and innovation at the counter. Bert Fowlie Butchers are worthy champions, with a display that highlighted both the versatility of Prime Scottish Pork and the talent coming through in the trade." Prime Scottish Pork is the flagship brand of the pork industry and identifies meat from pigs that have been quality assured throughout their lives, supporting consumer confidence in Scottish provenance, welfare and production standards.

| Livestock

RVW Pugh

TR Machinery Ltd

Cornish Tractors

Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery, Powys SY15 6TQ

Holmes Chapel, Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire CW4 8AX

Oak Tree Works, Ni Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH

Timberlake, Week St Mary, Holsworthy, EX22 6XG

Tel: 01588 620 545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01477 533 560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Tel: 01288 341 326 www.cornishtractors.co.uk Farming

| Muck & Slurry

LESS THAN EXPECTED FINANCIAL RESULTS

n a continued challenged agricultural machinery sector in Europe, SAMSON GROUP A/S has delivered a less than satisfactory result for the 202526 financial year.

SAMSON GROUP A/S recorded a net turnover of €119,9M for the financial year 2025-26, which represents a drop of 5,0% compared to the €126,2M achieved last year. Profit before tax was €1.9M compared to the €3,3M last year. Profit before tax is impacted negative with €1.2M in re-structuring cost. Strategic investments continued “Regardless the challenged financial results we have maintained our investment plans in both product development and manufacturing equipment keeping our facilities updated. As well as it continues to be our ambition to consolidate SAMSON GROUP A/S as Europe’s leading manufacturer of equipment for application of natural fertilizer in the field,” says Lars Henriksen CEO of SAMSON GROUP A/S. Challenged Agricultural Machinery sector The agricultural machinery sector has now for the third year in a row been declining and the outlook is challenging for 2026-27 as well.

Farming

“The good news is, that SAMSON GROUP A/S’ decline in turnover is much less than the market for application equipment of natural fertilizer in general, which gives us continued faith in our strategy and motivation to keep the course of direction” says Chairman of Board Christian Junker.

| Muck & Slurry

Farming

| Muck & Slurry

XTill offers effective post drought tillage ultivation following one the driest summers on record could be made easier using strip till technology. This, suggests Vogelsang’s Andy Hayhurst, has brought renewed interest in the company’s XTill, a strip till machine that can be used with and without slurry incorporation. “Strip till offers the opportunity to plant a variety of row crops with minimal soil disruption. This enables precious moisture to remain in the soil and be made more readily available to the establishing crop,” says Mr Hayhurst. There are seven models in the XTill range, starting at 4 rows and extending to 12. Built on a parallelogram frame, the XTill features coulter blades, star-notched disk blades and ridging disks to first cut and then establish a strip for the seed. A double press wheel forms the seed bed, and Vogelsang’s DosiMat precision distributors can be utilised to apply liquid manure. “In the still hard soils caused by this year’s drought, the XTill offers the opportunity to make fewer passes and plant crops more efficiently. More importantly, the method is less disruptive because the uncultivated land between the strips remains intact, protecting soil biology and leaving plant residues that help maintain soil structure,” he adds. The working width of the XTill extends up to 6 metres and row spacing can be adjusted from 45cm to 75cm using Vogelsang’s VarioCrop, a pneumatically pressurised system that enables precision planting at a constant tillage depth. This is coupled to a depth adjustment that provides nine depth settings that can be manually selected at the rear of the XTill to suit the crop being planted. “The stand out benefit of the XTill is its ability to incorporate slurry or digestate during the planting process. When fertiliser prices are so high, and it can be difficult to hit the best windows for planting, having the added benefit of natural fertiliser in the same pass creates substantial cost and time savings for any operator,” concludes Mr Hayhurst. Farming

| Muck & Slurry

Tillage distributor incorporates slurry ogelsang has made its SynCult slurry distributor available as a retrofittable tillage addition compatible with brands including Amazone, Horsch, and Lemken. SynCult can be mounted on to tillage equipment with working widths from 4 to 12 metres to enable liquid manure or digestate to be added to soil during cultivation. “Fewer passes means less fuel and labour, while incorporating slurry during tillage work means the nutrients will be available to the crop when it’s planted. While SynCult is not new, we hope that with the pressures many farms are under that it will be adopted as an aftermarket retrofit for tillage equipment,” says Vogelsang’s Andy Hayhurst. The SynCult features DosiMat DMX distributors for widths up to 7 metres and Vogelsang’s industry-leading ExaCut distributor for larger units from 8 to 12 metres. A specially adapted galvanised mount enables the SynCult to be attached to common tillage equipment and its 50 DN hoses provide efficient flow of slurry or digestate. “Incorporating slurry during cultivation will reduce emissions and ensure more of the valuable nutrients are secured in the soil, ready for the next crop. SynCult uses Vogelsang macerators and hoses to provide flow rates of up to 11,000 litres per minute, to provide ample coverage in all conditions,” adds Mr Hayhurst. The retrofit SynCult kits are available now in the UK and Mr Hayhurst suggests that there could be a further application for the technology. “For some enterprising operators it may be possible to cultivate, apply slurry and seed in just one pass. SynCult could potentially be fitted to a power harrow, drill combi machine to provide natural fertiliser to seeds as they are planted,” he concludes. Farming

| Muck & Slurry

PICHON expands its SV slurry tanker range with the new SV10R and SV14

ICHON continues to expand its SV slurry tanker range with the introduction of two new capacities: the 10,500-litre SV10R and the 14,500-litre SV14. These two models further strengthen the existing range, providing solutions that more closely meet the needs of farmers, machinery cooperatives and contractors, particularly in hilly and mountainous areas.

the MITAS tyres provide a wider footprint, rounded shoulders and good self-cleaning properties. The side mounted filling accelerator, which can be installed on either the left or righthand side depending on requirements, provides additional flexibility during filling operations. As an option, the grey paint finish (RAL 7037) completes these developments, helping to improve exterior resistance while making daily cleaning easier.

An increasingly comprehensive and versatile SV range

SV10R: compact dimensions for demanding environments

Built around one key principle versatility the SV range enables users to configure their slurry tanker according to their current requirements, while retaining the possibility of upgrading their equipment over time. As part of this ongoing development, PICHON continues to harmonise its range with several product updates: a standardised level gauge across all SV models, the introduction of new MITAS tyres, a new optional side -mounted filling accelerator, as well as a grey paint finish.

Positioned between the SV8R and SV12R, the new SV10R features compact overall dimensions and meets strong market demand for a slurry tanker that is compact, manoeuvrable and capable of operating in confined environments. Its short wheelbase makes manoeuvring easier in farmyards, on narrow roads and in fields with restricted access. With a wheelbase of 5.3 m, compared with 6.3 m for the SV12R, it is particularly well suited to farms located in hilly or mountainous areas.

These new features further improve day-to-day operating comfort and reliability. The level gauge replaces the previous glass tube indicator, while

The SV10R is available with two axle track widths, 1.80 m and 2.15 m, in order to meet the specific transport requirements of different

Farming

| Muck & Slurry

markets. It can be fitted with large diameter wheels of up to 38 inches while maintaining a controlled overall width for travelling on narrow roads. Depending on the approved configuration, it can also be combined with application equipment suited to its compact dimensions, including TSB1 trai ling shoe booms, 12 m TSB2 trailing shoe booms or 9 m DHB1 dri p hose booms. Approved for both European and French markets and featuring the new dual-line braking configuration (H2L), the SV10R enables PICHON to strengthen its offering in new markets where compactness, stability and manoeuvrability are key criteria. SV14: the right balance between capacity, stability and moderate power requirements The new SV14 is positioned between the SV13 and SV16. With a capacity of 14,500 litres, it is designed for farmers and machinery cooperatives looking for a slurry tanker offering an intermediate capacity while remaining suitable for tractors with moderate power requirements. Designed with hilly and mountainous areas in mind, it provides a well-balanced combination of transport capacity, stability and ease of traction, particularly for farms operating tractors below 150 hp.

Available with three different tank configurations depending on the filling solution selected, the SV14 can be equipped with a BP2 filling arm, dipping arm or turret arm. It incorporates proven technical solutions from the SV range, including the same tank diameter as the SV16 and a BPW tandem axle also used on the SV13 and SV16. Depending on the approved configuration, it can be fitted with various application implements, including TSB trailing shoe booms, DHB dribble bar booms, IDs disc injectors and CTf incorporators. Christophe Marzin, Product Manager, explains: “With the SV10R and SV14, we are expanding the SV range with two highly anticipa ted intermediate capacities. The SV10R meets the need for greater compactness and manoeuvrability, particularly in areas with difficult access, while the SV14 offers an excellent balance between capacity, versatility and power requirements. These two models reflect our commitment to providing machinery that meets real -world farming needs, is designed to last and supports the evolution of spreading practices.” The new PICHON SV10R slurry tanker will be presented at the Sommet de l’Élevage, taking place from 6 to 9 October 2026 in ClermontFerrand, France.

Farming

| Machinery

CLAAS celebrates 30 years of variable round balers with two anniversary models and attractive special financing LAAS has been developing and manufacturing balers for 95 years, 65 of which have been spent in MetzWoippy. In 1996, the company unveiled its first round baler with a variable bale chamber developed inhouse: the VARIANT 100 series. The name VARIANT has endured ever since – now in its fifth generation alongside the CEREX series, which was launched in 2025.

CLAAS is now celebrating the 30th anniversary of its variable round baler product range with two anniversary models and special financing for the 2027 financial and product year. Balers are deeply rooted in CLAAS’s DNA. 95 years ago, the family-run company began production of its first commercial baler, the PRESS-BU-BI. CLAAS had already filed its first patent 10 years earlier – the famous knotter hook, which was initially used on straw binders and later on straw balers. To date, CLAAS has built and marketed more than 400,000 balers worldwide.

Farming

•

Bomford Hawk 7T

•

Proportional Controls

•

Power Slew

•

Telescopic Oil Cooler

•

4 Point Linkage Mouting

•

Electric Rotor Reverse

•

1.5m Pro Cut Head

Whilst CLAAS balers were initially developed and manufactured exclusively at the CLAAS headquarters in Harsewinkel for decades, a dedicated factory was established in France at Metz-Woippy, Lorraine (now the Grand-Est region) from 1958 onwards. It was the first CLAAS production plant outside Germany and the first factory founded by Helmut Claas. From 1961, the first CLAAS balers rolled off the production line in Woippy, and from 1994, development was also relocated from Harsewinkel to Metz. Five generations of VARIANT and the new CEREX: three decades of evolution and innovation in variable-diameter round balers. Following the ROLLANT fixedchamber round baler in 1978 and the revolutionary ROLLATEX net binding system in 1983, CLAAS developed its first round baler with a variable bale chamber – the VARIANT 180 – which was launched in 1996. Prior to this, this segment had been served for a few years by the VARIANT 16, an OEM product. A key innovation of the new VARIANT DNA was

Bomford Kestrel 5.7 Power Plus

•

Bomford Kestrel 5.7 VFA

•

Variable Forward Reach

Proportional Electric Controls Power Slew 1.2m Head

•

Power Slew, Oil Cooler

•

3 Point Linkage Mounted

•

Electric Rotor Reverse

•

1.2m Pro Trim Head

Oil Cooler, 3 Point Linkage Mounted

| Machinery VARIANT and CEREX machines will be able to take advantage of special and individual financing for twelve months. The terms and conditions vary between sales regions. What’s more, all VARIANT and CEREX models built in Metz during those twelve months can be recognised by anniversary stickers on the side panels and the tailgate.

the active bale start and drive via the rotor, which ensures a reliable bale start even under difficult operating conditions and thus achieves high bale densities. A hydraulic soft-core function allowed for post-drying of crops such as hay, when required. Furthermore, the VARIANT 100 featured the widest pick-up on the market at 2.10 m. Over the course of three decades, the VARIANT shaped the industry with innovations such as automatic tying start, the hydraulically lowerable PRO cutting floor, the 360-degree rotor, XW net tying with edge coverage, SMART DENSITY and the MULTIFLOW HD pick-up. Since 2025, the completely newly developed CEREX 700 has complemented the range – offering even higher throughput and even greater bale density whilst optimising power requirements.

An overview of CLAAS’s product history in variable round balers: 1996: VARIANT 180 – the first round baler with a variable bale chamber and genuine CLAAS DNA •

VARIANT 180 for a maximum bale diameter of 1.80 m

•

Bale actively driven by the rotor with bale rotation in the opposite direction; this ensures a reliable bale start under all operating conditions

•

ROTO CUT cutting unit

•

ROLLATEX net binding

2002: VARIANT 200 – the second generation with increased performance and automation •

VARIANT 260 and VARIANT 280

“Balers are one of the strongest foundations of our company,” emphasises Dr Martin von Hoyningen-Huene, CTO of the CLAAS Group. “Today, we can look back with pride on 30,000 variable-diameter round balers built, the majority of which are VARIANT models. Our current range, comprising the CEREX 700 and VARIANT 500, is built on this extensive experience – the strongest range of variablediameter round balers we have ever had at CLAAS.” Two anniversary machines for Metz-Woippy and Harsewinkel, special financing for customers worldwide To mark the anniversary, Usines CLAAS France has built one CEREX and one VARIANT, each featuring a special anniversary design. They are characterised by cream-white side panels, inspired by the first two generations of the VARIANT – the VARIANT 100 and VARIANT 200 – interspersed with an oversized ‘30 Years’ logo in seed green. The ‘30’ in the logo, in turn, consists of three stylised round bales of different diameters, which graphically reflect the anniversary’s theme and the technology of variable compression chambers. For one year, one of the machines will be on display at the visitor centre in Metz-Woippy, whilst the other will be a showpiece at the Technoparc in Harsewinkel.

https://www.claas.co.uk The ARION 600 and 500 range - the new mid-range standard Assisting you, wherever it is needed. One of our most popular tractors has just got even better thanks to a host of new functions developed by our engineers in consultation with ARION drivers. After all, they work in the field every day, so they know exactly what they want.

For more information contact:

Sharnford Tractors Ltd Lodge Farm, Broughton Road, Frolesworth, Lutterworth, Leicestershire, LE17 5EH Telephone: 01455 209300 https://www.sharnfordtractors.co.uk

To mark the anniversary, CLAAS has put together a special offer for farmers and contractors. From October 2026, buyers of Farming

| Machinery •

VARIANT 460 and VARIANT 480

•

VARIANT 450 and VARIANT 470

•

PRO cutting floor

•

NEW: 4 endless belts

•

NEW: 50 km/h axle

2023: VARIANT 500 – Even more powerful and with a new look •

ROTO CUT

•

VARIANT 560 and VARIANT 580

•

Bale chamber with five endless belts

•

VARIANT 565 and VARIANT 585

•

New terminal

•

New Y-design

•

Automatic start of the binding process

•

4 endless belts

•

New rubber-coated starter and guide rollers

•

ROTO CUT or ROTO FEED

2007: VARIANT 300 A new development offering a significant leap in performance and comfort

•

MULTIFLOW or MULTIFLOW HD pick-up

•

PRO cutting floor

•

VARIANT 360 and VARIANT 380

•

Large, soil-friendly tyres up to 22.5 inches

•

VARIANT 365 and VARIANT 385 – New ‘5’ series

2025: CEREX 700 – For even higher throughput and bale density whilst maximising soil protection

•

2008: additional models VARIANT 350 and VARIANT 370

•

CEREX 780 and CEREX 760

•

NEW: Soft core adjustable from the tractor cab

•

Designed for maximum bale density at high throughput

•

NEW: COMMUNICATOR terminal

•

2 endless belts

•

New double tension arm

•

ROTO CUT with 25-blade cutting unit

•

NEW: 360° rotor

•

PRO cutting floor

•

NEW: Hydraulically lowerable PRO cutting floor

•

MULTIFLOW HD pick-up

•

NEW: 25% reduction in rotational speed for lower power requirements (DLG-tested)

•

1,000 rpm drive

2017: VARIANT 400 – Greater variety of models for a wide range of applications •

VARIANT 465 and VARIANT 485

AVAILABLE FROM

BRUCE HOPKINS LTD

Farming

| Machinery

RVW Pugh – Montgomery

RVW Pugh – Holmes Chapel

Mellington,Churchstoke, Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Oakwood Park, Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

T R Machinery Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Machinery

Ernest Doe strengthens Norfolk dealer network with expanded Case IH and New Holland dual-franchise offering

rnest Doe & Sons Ltd is pleased to announce a significant development in its Norfolk agricultural business, with its Fakenham, North Walsham and Wymondham branches now representing both Case IH and New Holland with immediate effect.

Bringing these two leading agricultural machinery brands together at each location gives farmers across the county a broader choice of tractors and harvesting equipment through their local Ernest Doe branch. Customers can explore both ranges with an experienced team, helping them select

machinery suited to their farm, workload and budget. Fakenham adds New Holland alongside its established Case IH business, while North Walsham and Wymondham introduce Case IH to complement their existing New Holland operations. All three branches offer sales, parts and service support for both brands. The development forms part of CNH’s wider strategy to consolidate its UK dealer network, supporting long-term sustainability and effective local coverage. As part of these changes, Ernest Doe will become the sole authorised Case IH dealer for Norfolk. Combined with its existing sole representation of New Holland, this will establish the business as the sole authorised dealer for both CNH agricultural brands across the county, strengthening its position in a key farming region. The move builds on Ernest Doe’s experience of successfully offering both brands at several branches and extends that choice across its Norfolk network.

Farming

| Machinery

Customer choice remains central to the approach, with farmers able to buy their preferred brand through the branch and team they wish to deal with. All three locations will support both new machinery enquiries and existing Case IH and New Holland owners, wherever their equipment was purchased. Angus Doe, Managing Director of Ernest Doe & Sons Ltd, said: “Bringing both brands together at all three locations gives customers greater choice, backed by the knowledge and experience of our

HEAD OFFICE Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery, Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620 545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

HOLMES CHAPEL Oakwood Park,Holmes Chapel,Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533 560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

teams and the strength of our aftersales support. It also strengthens our agricultural business across Norfolk, giving us greater opportunities to support both existing and new customers. “We look forward to building on our established customer relationships and welcoming farmers who may not previously have dealt with us. Our priority is to give every customer access to the machinery they need, backed by reliable local support from their preferred branch and team.”

LATHOM Unit 2, Holland Business Park Spa Lane, Lathom, Lancashire, L40 6LN Tel: 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

TR Machinery Ltd Oak Tree Works, Ni Park, Newport, Shropshire, TF10 9LH Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Farming

| Machinery

Readman Mowers The Shed, Sand Lane, Wilberfoss, YO41 5PB Tel: 01759 380 231 or 07860 684 597 www.readmanmowers.co.uk

Farming

£100 OFF!

Quote CHAP100 with your order VALID UNTIL 31/11/2026

FOCUS ON YOUR STOCK

The TF350 Trailed Stock Feeder (Sheep Snacker) features fully galvanised all-steel construction & electronic operation with high visibility digital counter ensure the right amount of feed is dispensed, exactly where you want it.

Contact Your Dealer Cornish Tractors Timberlake, Week St Mary Devon, EX22 6XG Tel: 01288 341326

Duncan Brassington Agricultural Sales & Service Ltd Banbury Lane, Burwarton,Bridgnorth, WV16 6QN Tel: 01746 787983

www.cornishtractors.co.uk

www.brassingtonagri.co.uk

AgriSource Machinery Foxberry Farm, Caldwell, Richmond, North Yorkshire, DL11 7QL Tel: 01748 352123

Youltree Agricultural Engineering Hartland, North Devon, EX39 6BY Tel: 07500 776708

www.agrisourcemachiney.com

www.youltreeagriculturalengineering.co.uk

TF350 LIVESTOCK FEEDER

www.chapman.co.uk Farming

| Machinery

Unlock Flexible Finance on Merlo Telehandlers erlo UK is making it easier than ever for businesses to invest in premium agricultural equipment with its latest Retail Finance Schemes. Designed to help spread the cost while keeping cashflow healthy, the offer includes 0% APR options on selected agricultural telehandlers, so you can fix your finance and plan for growth with confidence.

Under the new terms, customers can choose from flexible payment options such as 1 + 2 annual payments or 4 + 20 monthly payments at 0% APR, available on up to 40% of the recommended retail price (RRP) on eligible models. There’s also an alternative 3 + 33 monthly payment plan at a competitive 1.99% APR for even greater flexibility. For smaller machines like the CINGO range, the finance deal is equally attractive, with lowdeposit plans and 0% interest spread over simple instalments. Whether you’re expanding your fleet or upgrading to the latest Merlo technology, these retail finance options could make ownership more accessible and affordable than you think. Speak with your local Merlo dealer to explore the best package for your operation and see how you can benefit from this limited-time opportunity. Finance Terms & Conditions Retail customers only. Maximum balance financed is 40% of RRP, subject to DLL terms and conditions. Finance offers exclude fleet deals of three or more machines. Model eligibility: •

P27.6 and TF27.6 models are eligible only Farming

for the 4 + 20 payment plan at 0% APR. CINGO Retail Finance Schemes (0% interest): •

CINGO M500DM: £500 deposit, 50% payable after 6 months, 50% after 18 months

•

CINGO M700TD: £700 deposit, 50% payable after 6 months, 50% after 18 months

Finance for Merlo agricultural models is available through Merlo Finance, a trading style of De Lage Landen Leasing Limited (DLL). All finance is subject to status and approval. Applicants must be UK-registered businesses and aged 18 or over. VAT is excluded unless stated. Fees may apply. Finance cannot be combined with other campaigns. DLL is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority in respect of agreements regulated by the Consumer Credit Act 1974. Merlo Finance Sales Desk: Agricultural: 01923 810078 Construction: 01923 810946

| Machinery

FIX YOUR FINANCE AT 0%* OPTION 1: 1 + 2 Annual Payments*

OPTION 2: 4 + 20 Monthly Payments*

*Terms and conditions apply

Contact your local Merlo Dealer to find out more: TR Machinery Ltd Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire TF10 9LH Phone : 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

RVW Pugh, Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery Powys. SY15 6TQ Phone : 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

RVW Pugh Unit 2, Holland Business Park, Spa Lane, Lathom, Lancashire, L40 6LN Phone : 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Brian Robinson Machinery Ltd

Birkby Lane East Cowton, Northallerton

North Yorkshire DL7 0DX Phone : 01325 378552 www.brianrobinson.co.uk

D.A.Forgie Co Londonderry, BT49 9DW Phone : 02877722375 www.forige.com

RVW Pugh, Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire CW4 8AX

D.A.Forgie Lisburn, BT27 5QB

Phone : 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Phone : 02892677736 www.forige.com

Dealer Locator

Farming

| Machinery

Over 650 Bobcat Employees Support Communities Across Europe, the Middle East and Africa

obcat employees across Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) have joined colleagues around the world to support local communities through Doosan Bobcat Community Days, the company’s global volunteering

initiative. Over 650 employees participated in 20 activities across eight EMEA countries, supporting projects focused on environmental protection, biodiversity, responsible resource use and assistance for people in need. The activities reflected Bobcat’s commitment to creating a positive and lasting impact in the communities where its employees live and work. “At Bobcat, we believe strong communities are built through action,” said Sonny Kim, Vice President of HR, Doosan Bobcat. “Doosan Bobcat Community Days brings our employees together around a shared purpose, creating a positive impact in the places where we live and work while demonstrating our commitment to being a responsible community partner.”

Doosan Bobcat Community Days Employees contributed their time, expertise and practical support to a wide range of projects in Czechia, France, Belgium, Germany, South Africa, the United Arab Emirates, Ireland and the United Kingdom. These ranged from improving public and recreational spaces to creating wildlife habitats, sharing environmental knowledge and collecting essential items for local charities. In Dobříš, Czechia, where Bobcat’s European manufacturing, R&D, testing and training facilities are based, more than 130 employees helped revitalize public infrastructure, sports facilities and recreational areas around the town. Additional teams planted fruit trees, shrubs and perennials, improved the Bobcat community garden and installed nesting sites for swallows around the company’s production facilities. Bobcat equipment, including excavators, loaders, a tandem roller and a rammer, supported several of the projects. Employees in Pontchâteau, France, participated in a series of environmental activities, including waste

www.brucehopkins.co.uk

Mobile: 07435 609580

Shenington air�eld, Banbury, Oxon OX15 6NW Farming

| Machinery

collection around the Bobcat telehandler plant and workshops covering energy efficiency, photovoltaic technology, composting, biodiversity, bees and the management of invasive Asian hornets. In Belgium, employees created insect houses from recycled materials, maintained an organic pond and surrounding flower beds, and collected clothing, toys, books, school supplies and hygiene products for underprivileged children. Across Germany, Bobcat teams improved green spaces at several company locations, supported a charity run and transformed used oil barrels into functional furniture to benefit local organizations. In Halle, volunteers renovated outdoor facilities at a kindergarten and created new habitats for wildlife by building a pond, planting a lavender hedge for

pollinators and maintaining trees. Elsewhere in the region, employees in South Africa collected essential items for children in need, while a team in Dubai supported local bee populations by creating water stations within their communities. In Ireland, volunteers carried out landscaping work at a local Down’s Syndrome centre, and employees in the United Kingdom organized a donation drive supporting two local food banks. In several locations, Bobcat equipment and employees’ technical expertise helped teams complete projects more effectively, demonstrating how the company’s people and products can work together to support local communities.

Farming

| Machinery

Case IH Advanced Vehicle Suspension Receives EIMA Technical Evolution Award

ase IH has earned an EIMA Technical Evolution award for Case IH Optum® 360-440 series tractors equipped with Advanced Vehicle Suspension, reinforcing its commitment to advancing agricultural technology with a clear practical purpose. The achievement was celebrated at Palazzo Re Enzo in Bologna during the EIMA Technical Innovation Contest ceremony. The award recognizes a suspension system that responds automatically to changing conditions, putting advanced engineering to work for operator comfort and tractor stability.

A fixture at every EIMA since 1986, the contest, organized by FederUnacoma – the Italian Agricultural Machinery Manufacturers Federation – recognizes developments that improve agricultural production and the quality of operators' work. The "Evoluzione Tecnica" distinction is awarded to products that introduce original improvements to solutions already manufactured or patented. Automatic control for changing conditions From demanding field work to road transport, suspension requirements change throughout the working day. Advanced Vehicle Suspension (AVS), available on Optum 360, 390 and 440 models, responds continuously, adjusting how the suspension absorbs shocks and controls movement without requiring manual adjustment. Sensors monitor vibrations transmitted from the tractor chassis to the cab, enabling the system to adjust suspension damping in real time. The control

Farming

logic prioritizes comfort at lower speeds and stability as speed increases. It also adapts to factors such as lower tire pressures, adjusting its response when the tires absorb more of the initial shock.

The engineering is advanced; the operation remains straightforward. As tasks, speeds and conditions change, AVS manages the suspension response in the background, leaving the operator free to focus on the work ahead. "Pioneering technology must earn its place in the working day," said Richard Hollins, Optum series tractors Global Product Manager. "Farmers and contractors judge an investment by what it delivers: manageable ownership costs, dependable uptime and the versatility to tackle different jobs. Those priorities guide our development. With Advanced Vehicle Suspension, we are putting intelligent control to work for comfort and stability, without giving the operator another setting to manage. That is the kind of practical progress Case IH is committed to delivering". Purposeful innovation shaped around farmers The EIMA recognition reinforces the Case IH farmerfocused philosophy: understanding the demands of agriculture and translating them into practical solutions that make operations more productive, efficient and profitable. Advanced Vehicle Suspension puts that commitment into practice, turning advanced engineering into everyday comfort and ease of operation across the changing demands of field work and road transport.

| Machinery

Barlows Farm Machinery Unit 2B, Yew Tree Works, Congleton Road (A34), Marton,Macclesfield, Cheshire, SK11 9HN Tel: 01625 422489 www.barlowsfm.co.uk

Farming

| Machinery

Greencircle Technology Ltd Grange Farm, 389 Worksop Road, Mastin Moor, Chesterfield, S43 3DH Mark: 07507 621 239 Farming

| Machinery

Massey Ferguson introduces FarmEngage management platform assey Ferguson and AGCO’s digital solutions provider, PTx, has introduced PTx FarmEngage for farmers and contractors to manage Massey Ferguson and mixed fleets through a single, connected digital farm operations management platform.

The platform will help farmers to generate, share and manage their data more efficiently and simplify mixed-fleet management to make faster, betterinformed decisions. The new Massey Ferguson 7S MARK 2 will be fitted with the PTx FarmEngage platform and users of some existing models will have a retrofit option. PTx FarmENGAGE connects direct to terminals from Massey Ferguson as well as other brand machines of any age equipped with PTx Trimble GFX displays. Users managing work through John Deere Operations Centre can now run new Massey Ferguson tractors and benefit from seamless data sharing to the platform. Using API, PTx FarmENGAGE also offers compatibility with other farm management systems, simplifying its adoption within mixed branded fleets. PTx FarmENGAGE View your entire farm or work locations in real-time from anywhere with an internet connection. Whatever the size and type of farm or contracting business, check machine status, monitor task progress and record every operation through a single farm management platform. Create tasks in advance in the farm office, including machine and implement, location, field information such as

gateways and boundaries, working strategies as well as variable rates for targeted applications and seeding. More flexibility. Wherever tasks are created or amended, including through compatible MF or PTx terminals in the tractor cab, the information is automatically shared with other users on the same PTx FarmENGAGE system, increasing timeliness and convenience. Data is automatically collected and centralised, helping farmers spend less time compiling records and more time reviewing results for performance analysis, compliance and planning. Instead of data remaining scattered across multiple devices and systems, farmers can build a complete picture of field activity in one location. Easily import and handle multiple data sources simultaneously, including soil and yield maps to create tasks such as variable rate seeding or applications. Automatic data transfer between the farm office and machine avoids the need for machines to return to the yard to transfer data manually. Improved planning and response. Updates are possible while work is in progress when weather or other factors mean plans must be changed. Improved teamwork results from enhanced fleet management through better monitoring and real-time sharing of task data. PTx FarmENGAGE brings your entire farming operation together in one userfriendly platform, helping you work more efficiently, make better decisions and stay in control all year.

Farming

G B Farm Services Ltd

Celtic Mowers Limited

Clarke 4x4 Ltd

| Machinery

Alvanley Agricultural Services Church House Farm, Manley Road, Alvanley, Cheshire, WA6 9DD Tel: 07860 530861

Robert Lee Plant Ltd Unit 10, New Road Industrial Estate, Hixon, Staffordshire, ST18 OPJ Tel: 01889 271 727

www.alvanleyagricservices.co.uk

www.robertleeplant.co.uk

J M Coles Ltd Brent House Farm Works, Edingworth Rd, Edingworth, Weston-Super-Mare, Somerset, BS24 0JA Tel: 01934 750104 www.jmcoles.co.uk Farming

| Machinery

ISEKI SXG327 185x131mm.pdf

08/01/2025

05:21

Cut and Collect

whatever the weather C

CMY

Whether you are mowing your lawn, an estate or numerous contracts, the new ISEKI SXG324 and SXG327 ride-on mowers cut and collect superbly in wet or dry conditions leaving a superior finish. Designed and engineered to offer the most reliable, high quality diesel mower on the markert for the most demanding of users.

Contact your local dealer to book a demo on your premises today!

RVW Pugh Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery, Powys, SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545

RVW Pugh Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560

RVW Pugh Unit 2, Holland Business Park, Spa Lane, Lathom Lancashire, L40 6LN Tel: 01695 816444

Web: www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Web: www.rvwpugh.co.uk Farming

| Machinery

John Deere returns to LAMMA with major machinery line-up for 2027 ohn Deere will make a welcome return to LAMMA in January 2027, bringing a substantial lineup of its latest tractors, forage harvesting and baling machinery to the NEC Birmingham.

The return marks the first time John Deere has exhibited at LAMMA since the show moved to the NEC, with the global agricultural machinery manufacturer set to bring some of its latest launches to the UK's leading agricultural machinery, equipment and technology event. Taking place on 20–21 January 2027, LAMMA will provide farmers, contractors and agricultural professionals with the opportunity to experience John Deere's latest machinery at close quarters, including the operator environments of its new tractors and foragers, alongside the new C442R wrapping baler designed for the UK and Ireland market. The John Deere stand will feature the new 6R and 6M tractors, an F8 600 forage harvester and the C442R variable chamber wrapping baler, alongside the company's latest precision agriculture technology and finance solutions. Philippa Christer, Director of Events at LAMMA, said: "We are delighted to welcome John Deere back to LAMMA for 2027. Its return is a significant addition to an already strong exhibitor line-up and is particularly exciting as this will be the first time John Deere has exhibited with us since LAMMA moved to the NEC Birmingham. "LAMMA is all about bringing farmers and manufacturers together to experience the latest machinery, technology and innovation first-hand, and John Deere's extensive line-up of recent launches is a fantastic fit for the show. We are looking forward to seeing the brand back on the LAMMA floor and giving our visitors the opportunity to get up close with some of its newest machines." Chris Wiltshire, Tactical Marketing Manager at John Deere, said: "LAMMA is the right show at the right time for us off the back of two Farming

years of major launches for the UK and Irish market. Some of the machines we will take to the NEC were only announced this summer so many farmers haven't had the opportunity to get in the cab or speak to our product specialists about them. We are planning a strong presence and are really looking forward to showing the industry what we have to offer before a busy season of fieldwork kicks off in 2027." Visitors will also be able to explore John Deere's wider suite of technology solutions, while representatives from John Deere Financial will be available to discuss how the Precision Essentials package can provide a financed entry into precision farming through the company's SmartLine facility. John Deere's return adds another major global machinery manufacturer to an already strong LAMMA 2027 exhibitor line-up, giving visitors the chance to see the latest developments in tractors, forage harvesting, baling and precision agriculture in one place. With the agricultural industry continuing to look for ways to improve productivity, efficiency and decision-making, LAMMA provides an opportunity for farmers and contractors to see new machinery first-hand, speak directly with product specialists and compare the latest technologies ahead of the 2027 season. Important information LAMMA is free if you register before midnight on 4th January 2026. From 5th January: £8 + VAT online, rising to £12 + VAT from the opening day (20th January). Under 16s, students and press go FREE. Students and press should contact events@agriconnect.com to arrange a pass. Under 16s don't need a pass but must be accompanied by a registered adult. Card payments only onsite. SECURE YOUR FREE EARLY BIRD TICKET TODAY! LAMMA, CropTec & Low Carbon Agriculture 2027 takes place on 20–21 January 2027 at the NEC Birmingham.

| Machinery

THE BOSS Think big. Think smart. With the sixth generation Valtra S Series, no task is too big, no detail too small. The S pushes, lifts, and pulls through the toughest workdays with ease and does it with precision and intelligence. This is power and performance that reaps rewards.

valtra.co.uk/sseries

SCAN HERE TO GET YOUR QUOTE

Birkby Lane, East Cowton, Northallerton, N. Yorkshire DL7 0DX T: 01325 378552 enquiries@brmltd.co.uk

Chatford, Bayston Hill, Shrewsbury, Shropshire SY3 0AY T: 01743 718762 sales@edwardsandfarmer.co.uk

Henderson House, Acomb, Hexham, Northumberland NE46 4SA T: 01434 601966 valtra@hendersontractors.co.uk

Farming

| Machinery

KUHN introduces the trailed APEX direct drill UHN Farm Machinery has revealed the new APEX trailed disc drill for operators requiring direct and min-till drilling versatility. Initially, two models will be available, a 6m APEX 6000 RC and an 8m APEX 8000 RC, both with a 5,600-litre split seed hopper.

“The APEX has been designed with feedback from farmers and contractors to deliver the highest quality crop establishment and precise seed placement for even germination and crop emergence,” says Ed Loder, KUHN’s arable product specialist. “It completes KUHN’s range of high-quality drills, offering a dedicated direct drill with superb seed delivery and placement that can also sow in cultivated ground.” KUHN has introduced new ISOFLEX seeding units on the APEX range, spaced at either 16.7cm or 20cm, for precise control of the seeding depth and seed delivery. A narrow angle single disc opener is positioned alongside a large gauge wheel, offering accurate depth control and holding debris in place to prevent it entering the seed furrow. The ISOFLEX units are set on a parallelogram linkage, with a 330mm range for consistent seed placement regardless of terrain, and manual depth control via a T lever on each unit. A high front clearance of 460mm allows cover crops to pass under the drill without the risk of blocking. A maximum of 250kg of hydraulic pressure is possible, which is adjustable via ISOBUS down to 80kg, to maintain furrow opening and seeding depth. The seed is delivered into the furrow via a unique seed boot, positioned alongside the opening disc, which is tapered to its base to prevent the furrow becoming wider. Seed is blown to the front of the boot to ensure accurate placement and prevent seeds being blown out of

Farming

the furrow on entry. The seed boot has been designed to maintain good contact with the disc to avoid blockages and improve the lifespan of the two parts.

At the rear of the ISOFLEX units is a large diameter notched closing wheel with an adjustable angle to maintain seed to soil contact for uniformed germination and emergence in different soil types. Forward speeds of 12kph are possible whilst maintaining seed placement. The pressurised hopper is split into two 2,600-litre sections, with dual OPTISEED metering units per side, leading to four distribution heads feeding two seeding lines. This allows half width shut-off as standard but also the option to place two products on alternate rows; two products mixed in to the same seeding lines, or one product on alternate rows for wider spacings. This is useful for placing fertiliser alongside seed, intercropping or cover crop seeding, all while reducing overlaps to save seed costs. An additional 400-litre hopper with OPTISEED can be integrated into the drill’s design. KUHN’s OPTISEED metering units, as fitted to its TF 2300 C front tank, provide up to 20 different metering cassettes, changed tool-free at ground level, depending on the seed. Control of the drill is through ISOBUS operation from the tractor’s terminal or a CCI screen for versatility with other tractors. A side platform for hopper access improves filling safety and there’s an integrated emptying system to transfer unused seed from the hopper into a bag rather than unloading onto the floor. Interested UK users can expect to see the drill for the first time at Cereals 2027 and there will be limited units available from first production.

| Machinery

John Deere returns to LAMMA with new machinery line-up

ohn Deere will return to LAMMA in January 2027 with its substantial lineup of key launches into the grassland and contracting sectors over the past two years.

The show will give visitors the chance to experience the operator environment of the company’s new tractors and foragers, as well as seeing a key wrapping baler for the UK and Ireland market. The event comes at an ideal time for the company to bring together a fleet of machines and latest innovations, including the new 6M and 6R tractors which were launched in June 2026. Chris Wiltshire, Tactical Marketing Manager at John Deere, said: “LAMMA is the right show at the right time for us off the back of two years of major launches for the UK and Irish market. “Some of the machines we will take to the NEC were only announced this summer so many farmers haven’t had the opportunity to get in the cab or speak to our product specialists about them. “We are planning a strong presence and are really looking forward to showing the industry what we have to offer before a busy season of fieldwork kicks off in 2027.” The John Deere stand will feature the new 6R and 6M tractors, as well as an F8 forager along with the new C442R wrapping baler. The John Deere 6R is engineered for fast transport, confident handling, and premium driving comfort, both on the road and in the field. The 6R 240 will be a key model for many farmers and contractors attending LAMMA as it adds a new, higher horsepower model to the large-frame line up.

There are a whole host of features on the new 6M to explore too. With a top speed of 50 km/h, transmission options now include the unique e19™ full powershift transmission in addition to stepless AutoPowr™, while a whole array of technology options allow customers to specify exactly what level of functionality they need for daily operations. Farmers can choose from 17 versatile 6M models across five wheelbases. The F8 600 forager provides world-leading driver comfort with the power and performance that operators have come to expect from John Deere. The cab has been designed to automotive industry standards, providing more space than in its 8000 and 9000 Series predecessors while at the same time being up to 6db quieter with less vibration during harvesting. Balers are now part of John Deere’s precision ag family, aiding productivity in the field, better record keeping in the office, and more data to inform future business decisions. The John Deere C442R is a high-performance variable chamber wrapping baler engineered for speed, efficiency, and operator comfort. With features such as an optional moisture indicator and bale weighing can be combined with a location pin and counter to build a live picture of where bales are, how many have been made, and the parameters of the material inside them, aiding contractors in their own record keeping and boosting productivity. The suite of John Deere technology options will be on show, and colleagues from John Deere Financial will be on hand to explain how the Precision Essentials package can provide a financed entry into precision farming using the company’s SmartLine facility.

Farming

| Machinery

Massey Ferguson launches new MF 7S MARK 2 tractors

assey Ferguson has announced the addition of the new MF 7S MARK 2 series to its tractor line-up, featuring six models from 170-245hp, which slot between the current MF 7S range and the larger MF 8S Xtra models.

The highly anticipated new MF 7S MARK 2 range delivers significant changes from the current MF 7S models, which will remain in the MF range. The new tractors include an AGCO Power six-cylinder, 7.5-litre engine; Dyna-VT transmission as standard on all models; a brand-new cab featuring MF’s Protect-U design; the latest MF technology options and fleet management software; and a new Datatronic 6 12in touchscreen. All six models feature ‘MARK’ nomenclature, which first appeared on historical MF models – MF 65 MARK I and MARK II and the MF 165 MARK III – and will now be used for indicating series updates across the full MF product line-up. Engine The new AGCO Power engine features a single turbo and 25% fewer parts than its predecessors for improved long-term reliability. Stage V emissions are met without the need for exhaust gas recirculation. Maximum power is available across a wide engine speed band, while the torque curve remains flat between 800 and 1,500rpm for all models. The efficient power and torque characteristics of the new engines means EPM isn’t required and early field tests have shown improved fuel efficiency compared with the previous engine. A larger 410-litre fuel tank (+25% compared to MF 7S) and a 56.5-litre AdBlue tank (+88% compared to MF 7S) are both standard on the new models. The 2.95m wheelbase (2.88m on MF 7S) offers excellent manoeuvrability with impressive stability while reducing the front ballast requirement for large rear implements. A new front axle contributes to an ultratight 5.3m turning radius, while a 14t GVW allows legal transport of the heaviest implements. Two brand-new 2m diameter rear tyre sizes from the BKT AGRIMAX V-FLECTO range have been designed for these new models. Both new sizes, VF 650/70 R42 and VF 710/60 R44, are matched with VF 600/65 R30 front tyres, to deliver efficient grip, a large footprint and minimal soil compaction for tractors of this power and weight. Dyna-VT on all models All MF 7S MARK 2 models are fitted with the two-range MF Dyna-VT transmission, offering a maximum speed of 57kph and new ParkLock and emergency brake features as standard. A four-speed PTO is standard, as are high-capacity hydraulics, including multiple closed-centre, loadsensing pump options delivering 110, 150 or up to 190 litres/min maximum hydraulic oil flow. Efficient and Exclusive spec levels are available. Efficient versions are equipped with up to four hydraulic valves: either four mechanical or, in a configuration exclusive to Massey Ferguson, a mixed package of mechanical and electro-hydraulic valves with decompression levers for easy connection. Exclusive specification tractors can have up to five Farming

electric valves, each capable of delivering up to 120 litres/min of flow and all with decompression levers as standard. The transmission and hydraulic oil reservoirs are separate, allowing 96-litres of capacity for the largest trailers and implements, while a 9.6t rear lift is standard on all models. New cab and Datatronic 6 interface The new MF 7S MARK 2 tractors feature a redesigned version of the spacious MF 8S cab which has proved popular with operators since its introduction. It retains the large 3.4m3 of interior space and a 6.6m2 glass area for excellent visibility. Massey Ferguson’s exclusive ProtectU design, with a 15cm gap physically separating the cab from the engine, reduces noise, vibration and heat transmission to the operator while also allowing the front wiper to fully clean the inclined windscreen, unlike main competitors. Inside the cab, a new Datatronic 6 12in touchscreen terminal has a redesigned user interface to simplify navigation to key machine settings. This is twice as large as the previous screen fitted to this size of MF tractor, with a higher resolution for controls, guidance and data management, and customisable viewing ‘tiles’ in three sizes. LED lighting as standard, with four upgrade packages, including a maximum 27 LED lights, positioning eight on the bonnet and 19 on the cab. Four digital cameras can be displayed at the same time, including front and rear units along with two additional cameras for positioning on the tractor or in trailers or implements. Operators will also benefit from a new side wiper covering 72% of the window. A combination of 14 vents maintains the correct cab temperature, while the optional Category 4 filtration system provides protection during spraying tasks. There’s generous in-cab storage, an optional fridge, and a factory installed mobile phone holder for mounting on the armrest or terminal rail. Further options include large diameter speakers and a base speaker that creates its sound via the front window. An optional Professional package includes an external toolbox, inspection light, an air supply outlet and air gun plus additional options through MF By You. Remote locking from the key fob deactivates the start/stop button for added security. New PTx FarmENGAGE smart farming New MF 7S MARK 2 tractors will be the first with PTx FarmENGAGE supplied from the factory. The nextgeneration farm operations management software is compatible with all farm machinery brands to wirelessly transfer data for precise management and monitoring through the integrated telemetry system. In addition, all tractor, machinery, field, cropping and task management data can be shared by USB or through the Cloud, thanks to the Connectivity Centre included in PTx FarmENGAGE. All models have access to Massey Ferguson’s full technology package, a comprehensive range of MF By You options, and dedicated customer services including MF Care, AGCO Finance, AGCO Parts, the MF Always Running courtesy fleet, and MF How To online video tutorials. Full production and first deliveries of the new MF 7S MARK 2 will begin in spring 2027.

| Machinery

170 - 245 HP

BORN FROM EXPERIENCE. BUILT FOR THE FUTURE. EXCLUSIVE MF PROTECT-U DESIGN & BIGGEST-IN-CLASS CAB Less noise, heat and vibration, with outstanding comfort and 360° visibility THE PERFECT BALANCE OF AGILITY AND STABILITY 2.95 m wheelbase and a tight 5.3 m turning radius PTx FarmENGAGE Connects your farm, fleet and data to improve decisions and maximise productivity RVW Pugh Ltd

RVW Pugh Ltd

Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel

Mellington, Churchstoke

Cheshire,

Montgomery, Powys

CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

is a global brand of AGCO Corporation.

Farming

| Machinery

New Holland Zedelgem Plant Celebrates 120th Anniversary: Advancing Next-generation Harvesting Technology ew Holland is celebrating the 120th anniversary of the Zedelgem Global Centre of Harvesting Excellence in Belgium, a strategic hub for the development and production of combines, forage harvesters and balers exported worldwide.

For 120 years, every generation of harvesting equipment built in Zedelgem has answered the challenges of its time: increasing productivity, improving grain quality and operator comfort. Today, that journey continues. New Holland is accelerating investments in advanced manufacturing, automation and next-generation harvesting technologies, to deliver the industry's most advanced harvesting lineup. Today’s flagship CR11 Twin Rotor Combines increase productivity, reduce grain loses to near zero and deliver up to a 15% improvement in Total Cost of Ownership. After 120 seasons, New Holland’s commitment to helping farmers maximise crop yields and quality through the expertise and technologies that continue to shape the future of harvesting remains steadfast.

120 years of harvesting innovation The Zedelgem facility traces its roots to 1906, when Leon Claeys founded an engineering business on the site, and started to build threshing machines, beginning a harvest equipment legacy that endures today. In 1952, Claeys launched the MZ, Europe’s first selfpropelled combine harvester, and 12 years later the Claeys business was purchased by Sperry Rand, the then owner of New Holland. In 1991, New Holland came under Fiat ownership, and the current New Holland brand was formed. Today, the Zedelgem facility is New Holland’s Global Centre of Excellence for Harvesting Technology, and its heritage is at the heart of its continued strength in harvesting expertise and innovation. Across 36 hectares, the Zedelgem team of 3,000 employees design, test, manufacture and market Farming

CX conventional and CR Twin Rotor combines, FR Forage Cruiser self-propelled forage harvesters and the New Holland BigBaler range. The site has a strategic role within New Holland’s focus on the global harvest needs of agriculture, exporting to some 130 countries. Zedelgem is also the global production site for the world’s highest capacity combines, the New Holland CR10 and CR11 Twin Rotor flagship models, with up to 775hp and 20,000 litres’ grain tank capacity, plus electronic monitoring and connectivity that incorporate the very latest in AI and automation technology to maximise performance and efficiency and deliver outstand productivity. Advancing next-generation harvesting technology Today in Zedelgem, New Holland develops harvest technologies that blend mechanical performance with digital intelligence to meet agriculture’s growing demands. A €150m five-year investment to expand the site’s R&D and production capabilities began with the complete redesign of the assembly line and logistics area to support CR10/11 production. New automatic guided vehicles (AGVs) have enhanced manufacturing flexibility and efficiency, enabling machines to be configured to customers’ specific requirements. These developments allow the plant to manage increasingly complex products while responding more precisely to individual customer needs. An advanced virtual engineering environment also enables new machine concepts and solutions to be evaluated before physical implementation. In this immersive setting, engineers can assess functionality, ergonomics and user interaction, while involving customers early in the development process to gather feedback and validate solutions. This helps accelerate innovation and improve the overall user experience. The scale and complexity of Zedelgem’s operations are reflected in the figures. Each year, the plant processes 157,000 tonnes of steel to manufacture New Holland combines, forage harvesters and BigBalers. Behind every machine are thousands of components, specialist skills and advanced technologies: a CR11 combine alone comprises approximately 11,000 individual components, incorporates 75 newly patented technologies and requires around 500 production hours to build. These figures demonstrate the manufacturing scale, engineering expertise and capacity for innovation that Zedelgem brings to farmers worldwide.

| Machinery

STEYR HIGHLIGHTS DEDICATED FORESTRY SOLUTIONS AND CLIMATE EDUCATION PARTNERSHIP AT INTERFORST 2026

t Interforst 2026, the international trade fair for forestry and forest technology taking place in Munich, Germany, from October 15-18, 2026, STEYR® will showcase tractors for a wide range of forestry applications, from compact utility models to high-horsepower machines for demanding operations at stand FS.1109/1. The exhibition will also highlight STEYR's commitment to the future of forestry through its collaboration with AGDW – Die Waldeigentümer and its cooperation with FPT, a global leader manufacturer of powertrain solutions, focusing on education, community engagement and sustainable forest management.

Forestry Solutions from Compact to HighHorsepower Models Visitors to the STEYR stand will see a broad cross-section of the brand's current product portfolio, including the Plus, Expert CVT, Profi CVT, Impuls CVT and Cervus CVT, all equipped with FPT Stage V engines ranging from 3.6 to 8.7 litres. Together, these models demonstrate how STEYR supports forestry businesses, contractors, municipalities and landowners with solutions tailored to different operating requirements. Three tractors will participate in the Action Area, performing real-world forestry tasks. A municipalspecification tractor equipped with a MekraLang AIassisted camera system will also be on display. The system uses AI-based vehicle and pedestrian detection to identify objects around the tractor and highlights them on the operator's screen with clearly marked visual indicators, helping to improve situational awareness, operational efficiency and safety. Dedicated Forestry Equipment Takes Centre Stage Among the key exhibits will be a Cervus CVT demonstrating its suitability for demanding forestry applications, including operations such as wood chipping that can benefit from a reverse-drive system. A forestry cab demonstrator will illustrate this future capability. The line-up is further strengthened by an Impuls CVT, highlighting STEYR's versatility across a broad range of forestry applications and customer requirements. "Forestry professionals require tractors that combine robustness, operator comfort, versatility and productivity. Interforst provides the ideal platform to showcase how STEYR solutions support modern forestry operations and reinforce STEYR's position as a trusted specialist partner for professional forestry customers," says Jona

Hormann, Key Account Manager Municipality and Forestry at STEYR.

Promoting Climate Awareness Through the Wald Klima-Klasse Initiative Alongside its product presentation, STEYR will highlight the progress of the Wald Klima-Klasse initiative, delivered together with the German Forest Owners Association AGDW – Die Waldeigentümer and FPT. The initiative demonstrates how cooperation between forestry, industry and education can support climate-resilient forests while inspiring young people to engage with sustainable forest management. Following the successful and widely appreciated planting activities in 2025, which saw 75 students from three schools across Germany plant 1,800 trees, the project is entering its next phase in 2026, focusing on long-term implementation and broader adoption across Germany. Representatives of AGDW and the Initiative Group of Forestry Cooperatives (IK) within AGDW will present the project's achievements at Interforst 2026 and discuss biodiversity protection and environmental education. "The Wald Klima-Klasse brings young people into the forest, where they experience first-hand sustainable forest management. By connecting education, forestry and innovative partners, we are investing in climate-resilient forests and in the next generation that will value and help shape our environment and its sustainable management," states Andreas Täger, Speaker of the Initiative Group of Forestry Cooperatives (IK) of AGDW. Welcoming the Next Generation of Forestry Professionals As part of the initiative, student groups from FOS Lindau and Realschule Lindenberg, which have already successfully completed tree-planting activities through the Wald.Klima-Klasse project during the course of the year, will visit Interforst 2026. The experience will provide students with direct insight into modern forestry technology and sustainable forest management. By combining advanced machinery, educational engagement and strong partnerships, STEYR demonstrates how innovation and collaboration can help shape the future of sustainable forestry. The continued trust of forestry professionals reflects the brand's strong commitment to the sector and the versatility of its tractor portfolio. Farming

| Machinery

TNS Invests £500,000 in New Specialist Sprayer Workshop T

hurlow Nunn Standen (TNS) has invested £500,000 in a new purpose-built sprayer workshop at its Littleport branch, following increased demand for its sprayer sales and aftersales services across East Anglia. The new workshop, which is due to open at the end of October, has been built to support the growing number of sprayers being sold and serviced by TNS, following the addition of the Amazone franchise in December 2025.

As a key partner for both Fendt Rogator selfpropelled sprayers and Amazone crop protection machinery, TNS is seeing growing demand for specialist sprayer servicing, repairs and diagnostics. The new facility strengthens aftersales support for both Fendt and Amazone brands and enables TNS to provide backup for all other major sprayer makes. The purpose-built workshop measures 40.25m long by 18m wide, with a 6m eaves height, and can accommodate up to four sprayers at once or a single large 36m boom sprayer with its booms fully extended.

We can now accommodate some of the largest sprayers on the market, while also providing servicing and repairs across multiple brands.” The workshop can be accessed through seven insulated vehicle doors, allowing machines of different sizes to be moved in and out of the building. The building is fully insulated with steel composite cladding and features a concrete floor slab with underfloor insulation. The project was delivered by TNS’s Specialist Installations Division (SID), which managed the project from planning permission and design through to tendering and construction. Local contractors were used to complete the main elements of the build. J K Construction of Bury St Edmunds carried out the groundworks, including the foundations, floor slab, drainage and external aprons. M D Anthony of Ely completed the steelwork and cladding, while Rollins Group of Spalding was responsible for the electrical installation. The building design also had to take account of local flood risk requirements. The finished floor level was raised above the surrounding ground level to meet requirements from the local authority and Environment Agency. A fire hydrant was also installed in the road as part of the building's fire strategy and to meet Building Regulations.

Adam Cuttridge, Head of Service & Branch Operations at TNS, said:

Construction took approximately six months, with the workshop scheduled to open at the end of October 2026.

"The growth of our sprayer business, particularly since taking on the Amazone franchise, has increased demand for specialist aftersales support. We have invested in this new workshop to give our technicians the facilities and capacity they need to support our customers regardless of weather conditions.

The investment strengthens TNS’s specialist sprayer aftersales operation. It will help the team support farmers across Suffolk, Norfolk and Cambridgeshire with dedicated technicians and purpose-built facilities for a wide range of modern spraying equipment.

Farming

| Machinery

New Holland Recognized with Three Awards at EIMA Technical Innovations 2026

ew Holland has won three EIMA Technical Innovation Awards in 2026, for technologies designed to make agricultural operations more productive, efficient and easier to manage.

The recognitions span specialty tractors, large square balers and combine harvesters, reflecting the brand's focus on practical innovation across the farming cycle. The T4F eSource™ Mild Hybrid System: integrated power for tractor and implements Recognized with an EIMA Technical Innovation Award 2026, the T4F eSource™ Mild Hybrid System is a prototype specialty tractor that combines mild-hybrid powertrain assistance with the electrification and coordinated control of front and rear implements. It provides practical and accessible electric power tailored to the needs of vineyard and orchard owners. This innovation goes beyond replacing mechanical or hydraulic power with electricity: the tractor and its implements share information and energy to optimize complete operations. At the core of this approach is the Intelligent Power Flow Management System, a New Holland-developed and patented energy management system that enables seamless power and data exchange between tractor and implement. This allows multiple tasks to be completed in a single pass, while maintaining the individual settings and work quality of each individual implement. At EIMA 2026, New Holland will showcase the T4F Mild Hybrid eSource with a rear-mounted Nobili eBV 16 mulcher and a front-mounted Tecnovict 111E leaf stripper. The combined system delivers fuel savings of up to 52%, lower emissions and noise, reduced maintenance and operating costs, and higher productivity through optimized energy use and greater field efficiency. BigBaler Enhanced Baler Productivity: smoother crop flow and higher throuhput The second EIMA Technical Innovation Award recognizes a new technology designed to increase the productivity and ease of operation of large square balers.

BigBaler Enhanced Baler Productivity combines a hydraulically controlled slip-clutch driveline with realtime sensing and AI-based controls. The system continuously monitors torque and crop flow to optimize baler performance, stability and throughput while reducing the need for operator intervention. Unlike conventional overload clutches that abruptly stop crop flow, it allows controlled slip to absorb peak loads and maintain smooth operation. Auto-tuning, self-calibration and predictive driveline protection automatically adapt to changing crop conditions, wear and temperature, while tractor-baler automation adjusts travel speed to maximize performance. The result is higher daily throughput and bale output, improved operator experience and more consistent performance across varying field conditions.

Combine Smart Traction Control: automatic traction management for difficult harvesting conditions An EIMA Technical Evolution award goes to a prototype system for combine harvesters that dynamically balances traction between the front and rear axles. Using real-time information on terrain, machine load and operating conditions, the technology is designed to reduce wheel slip, fuel wastage and soil damage while helping operators maintain productivity in wet, muddy or sloping fields. Smart Traction Control dynamically distributes torque between front and rear axles based on terrain, load and slope, using real-time data from multiple inputs including slope inclination, grain tank, fuel levels, and gear selection. The operator sets the desired traction balance using the Shift and Reel Up/ Down controls. The hydrostatic system then responds automatically and instantly to changing field conditions, such as muddy areas or inclines, optimizing traction across the front and rear axles while minimizing wheel slip, soil damage and fuel consumption. As a result, Smart Traction Control enhances operator confidence while reducing fatigue, thereby maximizing safety and productivity, even in the most demanding harvesting conditions. It also helps alleviate downtime, by reducing the likelihood of the combine becoming stuck in challenging conditions. The three award-winning technologies will be presented by New Holland at EIMA 2026 in Bologna. Farming

CALL YOUR LOCAL DEALER TODAY CFMOTO.CO.UK/FIND-A-DEALER

Highland Leisure Sport Unit 20, Cromarty Firth Business Park Invergordon, IV18 0LT Tel: 01349 854620 www.highlandleisuresport.co.uk

Duncan Brassington Agricultural Sales & Service Ltd CFORCE C4 from £4,700 + VAT

THE NEXT GENERATION: CFMOTO C PLATFORM AVAILABLE NOW, TALK TO YOUR DEALER

CFORCE C5 from £6,250 + VAT

THE UK’s BEST-SELLING ATV & UTV BRAND* *Based on UK market share Farming

Banbury Lane, Burwarton, Bridgnorth, WV16 6QN Tel: 01746 787983 www.brassingtonagri.co.uk

| ATV

FREE DUAL SECURITY PACKAGE WITH YOUR NEW CFMOTO

FMOTO is stepping up your ATV and UTV security. Every eligible new CFMOTO machine* comes with our complimentary Dual Security Package. Simply ask your dealer to include it with your purchase. Fitting costs may apply and should be discussed directly with your dealer.

This package combines ATVTrac GPS tracking + 1 year subscription and VIN Chip data marking, offering double layer protection for your vehicle. That’s serious security, and serious savings. What’s included in your Dual Security Package ATVTrac - Thatcham approved tracking (Category S7) •

Tracks your ATV or UTV in real time to within 3 to 5 metres (GPS) or just 1 metre (RF).

Rural crime is still costing farmers and landowners across the UK millions of pounds every year. The NFU Mutual Rural Crime Report 2025 revealed that ATV and quad bike thefts totalled more than £2.7 million in claims in 2024 alone. As reported by Farmers Weekly, “Policing and crime minister Sarah Jones said an estimated 900 to 1,200 quad bikes and ATVs were stolen in England and Wales each year”.

Organised gangs are targeting farms, estates, and rural businesses, often moving machines within minutes. And while the government recently scrapped the proposed immobiliser mandate for ATVs, there is growing discussion around a new national database requiring all ATVs to include GPS tracking and forensic marking. At CFMOTO UK + Ireland, we’re not waiting for regulations to catch up. We’re acting now by giving our customers the technology and protection that future legislation is likely to require, free of charge.

•

Live monitoring through the ATVTrac app.

•

A Theft Recovery Team works directly with police to recover stolen vehicles quickly.

Leading the field, not following it

Rollover alerts automatically notify your chosen emergency contact.

While some brands are still waiting to see what comes next, CFMOTO is already there.

•

VIN Chip - Advanced forensic data marking •

Unique RFID microchips and visible warning decals deter theft.

•

Police can scan within 30 metres to instantly confirm your vehicle’s identity.

•

Your details are recorded on the national CRiS database for 24/7 verification.

•

A dedicated police liaison team speeds up recovery and identification.

This Dual Security Package means every new CFMOTO can be protected by industry leading GPS tracking and forensic marking right from the start. *Offer not available on CFORCE 110 Youth ATV. Fitting can be subject to a charge at the dealers discretion.

Together, these systems give your CFMOTO unbeatable traceability and theft deterrence. Simply ask your dealer to include the Dual Security Package when you order your new machine. Why theft protection matters more than ever

Farming

| ATV

Corvus adds a MAX platform to its professional 4x4 Terrain range, in diesel and electric orvus, the first European manufacturer of UTV (Utility Task Vehicle) vehicles, is extending its Terrain range with the new MAX platform, available with two powertrains: the Terrain DX4 Max, with a Yanmar diesel engine, and the fully electric Terrain EX4 Max. Both add a second row of seats and are homologated for four occupants with three-point seatbelts, on the same 4x4 platform as the rest of the Terrain range.

The MAX versions are not a load-carrying vehicle with seats added to it. They are conceived from the design stage for the professional transport of people — the requirement that comes up daily in maintenance crews, forestry teams, construction gangs, municipal services and industrial plants: moving a complete team, with its working tools, to the point of work along tracks, lanes and surfaces a conventional vehicle cannot cross, and doing it shift after shift. The same need arises for staff working on vineyards, golf courses and estates, who move between different parts of the site every day.

cabin so the vehicle still behaves like a working 4x4 with all four occupants on board, without giving up the ground clearance, the suspension travel or the weight distribution that underpin its off-road capability. The 3,048 mm wheelbase, the 285 mm ground clearance and the double-wishbone independent suspension with 287 mm of travel are carried over unchanged from the rest of the range. It is, ultimately, what the range’s positioning comes down to: the new Corvus Terrain MAX range is not about carrying more people. It’s about carrying responsibility. The same reasoning applies to the powertrains. Rather than the petrol option common in this segment, Corvus stays with diesel and electric: the first for its low-end torque and its range over long shifts, the second for its zero emissions and low noise, which make it suitable for indoor use, residential and industrial environments and noisesensitive spaces. Two powertrains for professional work

Four seats and genuine 4x4 capability The MAX versions keep the four seats of the Terrain range. That is a design decision: Corvus sizes the

Terrain DX4 Max. Three-cylinder, 1,000cc Yanmar diesel engine delivering 24 hp (18 kW) and 52.1 Nm of torque at 2,400 rpm, liquid-cooled, with a 40-litre fuel tank. Automatic LHNR transmission, switchable 4x2 / 4x4 drive with rear differential lock and electric power steering (EPS). Homologated EU T1a at 40 km/h and T1b at 60 km/h. Curb weight of 950 kg, maximum authorised mass of 1,400 kg, 450 kg of payload and 900 kg of towing capacity. Steel tipping cargo bed measuring 1,185 × 1,305 × 300 mm. Hydraulic disc brakes. Terrain EX4 Max. 48V AC induction motor delivering 13 kW nominal and 25 kW peak, with 52.1 Nm of torque. 15 kWh LFP battery with a 3 kW charger and a range of up to 80 km depending on use. Homologated EU T1a at 40 km/h, with 4x2 / 4x4 drive, rear differential lock and electric power steering. Curb weight of 1,100 kg, maximum authorised mass of 1,400 kg, 400 kg of payload and a towing capacity of 450 kg unbraked and 900 kg braked. Both models share the same dimensions — 4,121 × 1,650 × 1,993 mm — a 3,048 mm wheelbase, 285 mm of ground clearance and a 5.68-metre turning radius. They are offered in three trim levels, BASE, PRO and CAB, the latter with an optional CAB HEATER. The MAX versions share the approach that defines the brand: vehicles conceived as working tools, manufactured in Europe to European quality standards and designed for intensive, long-term use. Professional off-road for real teams.

Farming

LONCIN X-WOLF Work-ready ATVs. Serious spec. Serious value.

LONCIN X-WOLF BUILT FOR REAL FARM WORK Loncin’s X-Wolf ATV range has built strong momentum across Ireland and the UK (2024–2026), with growing dealer uptake, repeat orders, and consistently positive farm feedback. Dealers report steady enquiries and strong conversion once customers compare spec and pricing, backed by an aftersales setup that’s now mature and reliable.

FARMERS ARE BUYING FOR THREE REASONS SERIOUS VALUE FOR MONEY

WORK-READY SETUP

DEALER CONFIDENCE

Serious value for money

Work-ready setup that suits real farm

Dealers describe the range as “easy to

use, & confidence in parts and warranty

stand over,” with strong word-of-mouth

support.

driving follow-on sales locally.

UK DEALER:

Edwards ATV Sales 50 Cullion Road, Tempo, Enniskillen Tel: 07908 512321 Farming

| ATV

Taylors Tools (KL) Limited 43 Hempstead Road, Kings Langley, WD4 8BS Tel 01923 268 355 www.taylorstools.co.uk Farming

Lindstead Farm & Garden Machinery The Garage, Linstead Parva, Halesworth, IP19 0AA Tel 01986 785272 www.polaris-halesworth.co.uk

Bruce Hopkins Limited Shenington Airfield Oxon, OX15 6NW Tel 01295 680 711 www.brucehopkins.co.uk

| ATV

Built for the Farm: Kawasaki's Brute Force ATV Line-up awasaki’s UK ATV line-up consists of four Brute Force models, offering two engine sizes and a choice of specifications for riders who need capability, off-road performance and versatility. The range consists of the Brute Force 450 T-CAT, Brute Force 450 EPS TCAT, Brute Force 750 and Brute Force 750 SE.

The Brute Force 450 T-CAT provides a compact and capable option for riders looking for a versatile machine. Its 443cc liquid-cooled, single-cylinder engine produces 17 PS, while the automatic CVT transmission and selectable 2WD/4WD system provide flexibility across different conditions. Front and rear racks, a 730kg towing capacity and 235mm of ground clearance make it suitable for practical work as well as recreational riding. Its TCAT specification also brings European T3b certification, allowing the ATV to be registered for road use. The Brute Force 450 EPS T-CAT adds Kawasaki’s two-mode Electronic Power Steering as standard. The system is designed to reduce steering effort at lower speeds while providing appropriate assistance as speed increases. It retains the 443cc engine, automatic transmission and selectable 2WD/4WD system, combining the compact dimensions of the 450 with additional steering assistance for demanding work and longer rides. Moving to the larger machines, the Brute Force 750 uses a 749cc liquid-cooled V-twin engine producing 51 PS and 58.1Nm of torque. Electronic power steering, selectable 2WD/4WD and doublewishbone suspension are designed to provide a balance of strength, traction and control. With a 567kg towing capacity, the 750 is equipped for demanding jobs while remaining capable on challenging off-road terrain. At the top of the UK line-up is the Brute Force 750 SE. It shares the 749cc V-twin platform but adds equipment aimed at riders seeking greater protection and practicality. A front brush guard, protective handguards and a WARN VRX 25-S winch with 15 metres of synthetic rope are fitted as standard. The SE also features Kawasaki’s 4.3inch TFT instrumentation, LED lighting and rugged front and rear carriers.

defined ATV range. The 450 models provide a manageable and versatile platform, while the 750 models offer greater engine capacity and additional performance. With road-registerable TCAT models alongside the larger Brute Force 750 and 750 SE, Kawasaki’s UK 2026 ATV line-up focuses on practical utility, dependable performance and off-road capability, giving riders a choice of machines suited to different requirements and riding environments

Together, these machines give Kawasaki UK a

Farming

| ATV

Honda Unveils Special Edition Colours to its TRX520 ATV Range

onda has added a touch of exclusivity to its popular TRX520 ATV range with the launch of two brand new striking Special Edition colour options, both arriving in September and available in strictly limited numbers.

The first colour addition is on the TRX520FA6, Honda's 518cc ATV featuring Automatic Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), Electric Power Steering (EPS) and Independent Rear Suspension (IRS). This popular machine will be offered in Special Edition TrueTimber Atera Camouflage, designed to blend seamlessly into rural environments and perfect for gamekeepers and large estate owners. The second colour addition is available on the TRX520FM6, a trusted favourite among farmers and industry professionals who demand durability and dependability. Built for serious work, it combines Honda's proven manual transmission with Electric Power Steering (EPS) and Independent Rear Suspension (IRS) for exceptional capability and comfort. This model will be available in an eye-catching Matt Timberwolf Grey Metallic finish.

Honda says each Special Edition colour variant will be limited to just 180 units across the UK, with every machine carrying its own individually numbered special edition plaque. The limited-run models will be available exclusively through Honda Authorised Dealers, with deliveries expected to commence later this month. The announcement builds on the strong reputation the TRX520 platform has earned among livestock and hill farmers, where reliability and sure-footed performance remain essential attributes. Featuring Farming

Honda's proven 518cc fuel-injected engine, the range is designed for demanding agricultural work, whether that involves towing, gathering stock or navigating challenging terrain. That reputation is echoed by Highland farmer David Colhart Appin, who currently operates three TRX520 ATVs on his farm. "I went back to the Honda TRX520, and I now have three of these models. We run three for lambing and our farming operations and change them every three years. Our ground is very rough and steep in areas of our farm, but they're always stable on the hill and start every time. They've got plenty of power, especially for towing, and the manual and automatic options make a real difference when you've got weight on the back. They're tough, reliable, and just get on with the job. If they didn't do the job, I'd have changed machines, but for an ATV I won't go past Honda." With limited numbers available and a longestablished reputation among working farms, Honda's latest Special Edition TRX520 models are likely to attract attention from both existing Honda users and those looking for a dependable ATV capable of tackling demanding agricultural conditions.

TRX520 FA6

INVEST IN THE BEST ON EARTH

Taylors Tools (KL) Limited

Push-button Diff. Lock

Manual Override

Skip Switch

Allows you to simply lock the front differential, driving full power to all wheels - a real benefit in loose rocky terrain or deep muddy, boggy conditions.

Instantly switch gears on DCT models with handlebar mounted controls for complete control.

Forward/Reverse Skip Switch allows the rider to bypass neutral and go directly from drive to reverse.

Automatic 5-speed transmission

Shift Map

Utility Box Front mounted 1.9L water resistant utility box allows the rider to store essentials in all weathers.

Fuel efficient Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) provides smooth automatic shifting.

Double-Wishbone Front suspension Independant double-wishbone front suspension with increased travel to 185mm and adjustable pre-load to cover rough terrain with complete control, even when laden.

Hydraulic Disc Brakes Impressive stopping power in all conditions with front and rear hydraulic disc brakes.

Monitors RPM in real time and adjusts accordingly for smoother and more responsive performance.

Powerful and Efficient Easy starting liquid-cooled, fuel-injected 518cc OHV 4-stroke engine is fuel efficient, yet delivers responsive power - ideal for pulling away with heavy loads.

Independent Rear Suspension (IRS) 216mm travel with pre-load adjustable twin shock absorber to give a smoother, more controlled over harsh terrain.

Also available in green and camo

Farminguse. *Subject to following the service schedule, 2 year warranty applies to domestic and non-competitive

| ATV

Highland Leisure Sport Named New Yamaha ATV Dealer for the Scottish Highlands

amaha Motor UK has strengthened its dealer network in northern Scotland with the appointment of Highland Leisure Sport Ltd as an authorised ATV dealership serving customers across the Highlands.

Based at Unit 20, Cromarty Firth Industrial Park in Invergordon, the new dealership will provide a full range of Yamaha ATV services, including vehicle sales, workshop facilities, genuine parts supply and accessories. The move is intended to ensure continued support for existing Yamaha owners, while also improving access to the manufacturer's latest utility ATV models. The dealership appointment reflects Yamaha's ongoing commitment to supporting the agricultural, estate management and commercial sectors throughout the region. Owners will continue to benefit from local warranty support, servicing and maintenance, as well as ready access to replacement components. Highland Leisure Sport brings strong links to the local farming community and already operates established servicing facilities. Yamaha believes this local knowledge and infrastructure will help

deliver responsive customer support and maintain high standards of dealer service throughout the Highlands. Farmers, contractors, estate managers and fleet operators interested in viewing Yamaha's ATV range, arranging a demonstration, booking servicing work or sourcing genuine parts can contact Highland Leisure Sport on 01349 854620 or visit its premises at Cromarty Firth Industrial Park, Invergordon.

Kodiak 700 – A force of nature. From £11.520.00 Kodiak 450 – The beauty of work. From £8,640.00 RVW Pugh Ltd Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel Cheshire, CW4 8AX Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Stirling's Powersports East Fulton House, Darluith Road, Paisley, Linwood, PA3 3TP Tel: 01505 382222 www.stirlingspowersports.com

RVW Pugh Ltd Mellington, Churchstoke Montgomery, Powys SY15 6TQ Tel: 01588 620545

#DRIVENBYRESULTS Farming

Choose the Pathcross ATV 525/650/800/1000cc

PATHCROSS ATVS AND WORKCROSS UTVS Discover the exceptional from a global leading powersports manufacturer.

Unleash the power with V-Twin engines. Tackle the most rugged trails and rough terrain. Enhance your ride with advanced suspension and electronic fuel injection. Enjoy the comfort with a cab, heating and air conditioning.

Satisfy all your expectations with the Workcross 525/650/800/1000cc

GO BEYOND ROADS. GO TO YOUR DEALER Readman Mowers

Curtis & Shaw (Sussex) ltd

The Shed, Sand Lane, Wilberfoss, North Yorkshire. YO41 5PB Tel: 01759 380 231 www.readmanmowers.co.uk

Cowbeech, Hailsham East Sussex, BN27 4JE Tel: 01323 833441 / 07483 334448 www.curtisandshaw.co.uk

Distributed by: Farming

| ATV

One Tracker, Five Stolen Quads, and SE a Recovery That Made the Difference

he theft of agricultural vehicles continues to be a growing concern for rural businesses across the UK, but a recent incident at the Royal Welsh Agricultural Show demonstrates how modern tracking technology can make the difference between losing a machine forever and recovering it within hours.

the tracked quad helped police identify a location connected to other stolen machines. Although those vehicles were not fitted with ATVTrac systems, the discovery of the site ultimately led to additional recoveries.

During this year's show, thieves targeted multiple exhibitors overnight, stealing five quad bikes from display stands. Among them was a CFMOTO ATV belonging to D G Thomas Agri, a leading machinery dealer based in Mid Wales.

"I would be mad not to be an ATVTrac dealer," he said. "ATVTrac comes as standard on agricultural ATVs. If we didn't fit these trackers, how embarrassing would that be?"

For Will Thomas, the discovery that the machine had disappeared came as a major blow in the middle of one of the agricultural calendar's biggest events. "Somebody broke into the show," he explained. "Multiple people were involved, and they went for multiple machines. They ripped the ignition barrel off ours but clearly hadn't worked out how to get it going. It's a massive pain to deal with in the middle of a show like that." Yet, remarkably, D G Thomas Agri's machine would become the only one of the stolen quads to be recovered quickly, thanks to one crucial piece of technology: an ATVTrac tracker. As soon as the theft was discovered, Will contacted ATVTrac, which immediately supplied tracking information showing a breadcrumb trail of the ATV's movements during the hours following its theft. Armed with the live location data, Dyfed-Powys Police were able to trace the vehicle to a wooded area nearby.

For Will, the experience reinforced something he already believed.

The incident also highlights a reality that many farmers are increasingly facing. Traditional security measures such as locks, chains and immobilisers remain important, but determined thieves are often prepared to overcome them. Recovery has become just as important as prevention. "We don't need this happening to farmers all over the UK," said Will. "That's exactly why we keep the recovered bike on site at shows, so people can see it and it raises a bit of awareness. Bottom line: get a tracker on your bike."

ATVTrac's appeal lies not only in its tracking capability but in the support behind it. The system combines GPS tracking, capable of locating a machine to within three to five metres, with RF technology that can narrow the search area to around one metre. Owners can monitor vehicle location and status in real time through the app, while a dedicated recovery team works alongside police in the event of theft. Additional features include rollover alerts sent to nominated emergency contacts, insurer recognition and a lifetime warranty on the hardware. At a starting subscription cost of £82.50 per year, ATVTrac's Rupert believes the investment is an easy one to justify.

"We track every single bike we sell, so ours was found and recovered thanks to Dyfed-Powys Police and the ATVTrac tracker," said Will. "Really good to get it back that quickly."

"Let's face it," he says, "that's less than most memberships these days."

The recovered ATV was far from untouched. Thieves had ripped out the ignition barrel and somehow managed to remove the parking lock mechanism as well. Nevertheless, the machine was back in its owner's possession, something that cannot be said for many stolen agricultural vehicles.

The events at the Royal Welsh Show provided a timely reminder that theft remains a threat wherever valuable machinery is found. But they also demonstrated that when the worst happens, the right tracker can mean the difference between writing off a loss and getting a machine home where it belongs. As Will puts it: "Get a tracker on your bike. It's the difference between getting it back quickly and not getting it back at all."

After just five to ten minutes of searching a copse, officers located the missing quad bike.

Perhaps even more significantly, the recovery of Farming

| ATV

TAKE MACHINERY ECURITY www.atv INTOtrac.co.uk YOUR OWN HANDS TAKE MACHINERY SECURITY INTO YOUR OWN HANDS

SEE YOUR ASSET ANYWHERE, ANYTIME 24/7

24/7 Real-Time GPS & RF Theft Response Monitoring Tracking Team 24/7 Real-Time GPS & RF Theft Response Monitoring

Tracking

Team

Recognised By Insurers Recognised

Lifetime Unlimited Notifications Lifetime Warranty Unlimited

By Insurers

Notifications

Warranty

NFU Mutual NFU MutualDiscount Discount

Customers who insure theirtheir vehicle Mutual Agricultural Vehicle Policy have a Thatcham Customers who insure vehicleon onan an NFU NFU Mutual Agricultural Vehicle Policy and have aand Thatcham CategoryCategory ST tracker suchsuch as ATVTrac getup uptoto 10% discount on their insurance policy. If customers have ST tracker as ATVTraccan can get 10% discount on their insurance policy. If customers have agricultural and construction securityequipment equipment registration, (marking scheme) they can get up can to 12.5% agricultural and construction security registration, (marking scheme) they get up to 12.5% discount on their NFU Mutual Agricultural Vehicle insurance policy NFL] Mutual too. These can be combined to discount on their NFU Mutual Agricultural Vehicle insurance policy NFL] Mutual too. These can be combined to receive up to 22.5% discount. Talk to us about your insurance today. Find out more at nfumutual.co.uk receive up to 22.5% discount. Talk to us about your insurance today. Find out more at nfumutual.co.uk The National Farmers Union Mutual Insurance Society Limited (No 1 11982)

The National Farmers Union Mutual Insurance Society Limited (No 1 11982)

Radio Frequency Tracking (RF)

ATVTrac uses GPS mainly which gives accuracy down Radio Frequency Tracking (RF)

to 3 metres. ATVTrac can also use RF (Radio Frequency)

ATVTrac uses GPS mainly givestoaccuracy down which allows us towhich locate down 1 metre in garages,

is accurate enough to gain warrants. o 3 metres.this ATVTrac can also use RFsearch (Radio Frequency)

which allows us to locate down to 1 metre in garages,

his is accurate enough to gain search warrants.

D G Thomas Agri Ltd Clarke 4x4 Ltd

GPS 3M

RADIO FREQUENCY 1M

GPS 3M

GPSWe 3M canRADIO FREQUENCY 1M see your ATV, UTV, 4x4,

GPS 3M

Dorn Hill Machine Services Ltd Farming Equipment and more

Old RAF camp Sprinks Barn Farm, Unit 1, Dorn Hill Farm, Moreton In Marsh, We can seeGL56 your ATV, UTV, 4x4, Llanbedr, LL45 2LS Dunstall, Burton Upon Trent Gloucestershire, 9QG TEL: 01341 241319 DE13 8BG Tel: 01608 239437 / 652653 To find your nearest ATVTrac dealer go toFarming www.atvtrac.co.uk Equipment and more www.dgtagri.co.uk TEL: 01283 711 610 www.dornhillmachineservices.com www.clarke4x4.co.uk

 hello@alltrac.co.uk |  +44 (0) 1327 317 980 (Lines open 9am - 5:30pm) Farming To find your nearest ATVTrac dealer go to www.atvtrac.co.uk

| ATV

Can-Am Unveils 2027 Side-by-Sides and All-Terrain Vehicles: The Evolution of Off-Road Performance an-Am, iconic brand of BRP Inc. (TSX/NASDAQ: DOO), proudly introduces its 2027 range of sideby-side vehicles (SSV) and allterrain vehicles (ATV). From the unstoppable Traxter to the ground-breaking Maverick R and the iconic Outlander, the CanAm lineup features a host of advancements designed to deliver a riding experience unlike any other machine.

Simply put, the 2027 Can-Am lineup is all about refinement and value, said Carlos Alvarez-Valls, Product Analyst, Global Product Strategy at BRP. At Can-Am, we never rest on our laurels. We are always striving for the ultimate rider experience. From the hardworking Traxter XU package to the updated Maverick lineup, the advancements made across our platforms showcase our commitment to delivering greater value for every rider. The 2027 Can-Am Traxter Lineup The Can-Am Traxter embodies the grit, determination and unstoppable spirit of the farmers, land managers and riders who rely on it daily. Following the success of the 2026 Traxter HD11, Can-Am is bringing the same innovation, comfort and performance to its midhorsepower offering, the Traxter HD10. Equipped with a new best-in-class 80horsepower (58.8 kW) Rotax triple-cylinder

Farming

engine, the second-generation HD10 lineup boasts quiet, hardworking power to knock out the toughest jobs. In addition to its revamped powertrain, the new-generation HD10 also benefits from an updated chassis and suspension design, state-of-the-art technology and premium interior comfort, all while working harder and smarter than ever before. Additionally, 2027 sees the introduction of the Can-Am Traxter X mr HD11 in Europe. This machine takes mud performance to the next level, combining class-leading capability, purpose-built mud-ready features, and relentless power for riders eager to tackle the toughest terrain with confidence. The all-new 2027 Traxter HD11 will also be equipped with BRP’s latest 10.25-inch Wireless Touch display, featuring embedded navigation

| ATV

powered by BRP GO!. The advanced display delivers an enhanced riding experience with a high-quality digital camera offering crisp image clarity, FM radio, improved digital audio for clearer sound, greater customization options, and full-screen functionality for seamless access to key information and entertainment. In addition, for the new Traxter lineup, a new 5inch color instrument display positioned behind the steering wheel will provide improved visibility and a more intuitive interface. Designed to keep essential vehicle and riding information clearly within view, the display enables riders to monitor key metrics at a glance for a more confident and connected driving experience. The Traxter 6X6 legacy continues its evolution The Can-Am Traxter 6x6 XU HD10 - the ultimate workhorse with heavy-duty Rotax engines - is now available with an XU package that comes with Tractor homologation for onroad use, giving professionals greater flexibility to travel efficiently between job sites, fields, forests, and worksites. Built for demanding applications, it combines exceptional versatility, capability, and productivity, delivering uncompromising performance both on and off the road. The 2027 Can-Am Maverick Lineup Through its race-bred DNA, the Can-Am Maverick R has earned a reputation for all-out performance. For 2027, all Maverick R models are equipped with the second-generation Rotax dual-clutch transmission. Initially

debuted in the Maverick R X rc and the Maverick R MAX, the second-generation Rotax transmission features an extra low gear for optimal power delivery in low-speed terrain, and reinforced components to support the additional torque. All 2027 Maverick R and Maverick models come equipped with integrated window nets for a race-inspired look and better protection from the elements. Plus, all 2027 Maverick models come equipped with door fillers for improved cabin sealing, while the RS and DS iterations receive a full roof. The 2027 Can-Am Outlander Lineup From the game-changing Can-Am Outlander Electric to the industry-leading Outlander 1000R, the Outlander family builds on consecutive years of momentum and innovation. The 2027 model year sees the addition of a new MAX configuration for the Outlander X mr models, designed for solo riders who seek high comfort and stability levels thanks to a longer chassis. Offering more connectivity packages than ever before, the high-horsepower Outlander XT and Backcountry models are now available with a 10.25-inch Touch display. The intuitive infotainment system offers a built-in GPS for access to offline mapping and group ride features, while also offering convenient ride settings adjustments on the fly. Can-Am expands its 2027 lineup of Can-Am SSVs and ATVs with 105 new accessories that unlock more capability and confidence in demanding conditions. Farming

Richard Jones ATV

Range and Road LTD

Unit 5 The Old Foundry, Victoria Road, Kington, HR5 3DA TEL: 01544 350256 www.richardjonesatv.co.uk

Neaton Business Park Norwich Road, Watton IP25 6JB TEL: 01953 528053 www.rangeandroad.co.uk

Some call it premium. We call it standard. MADE FOR DIFFICULT CONDITIONS. BUILD THE PERFECT VEHICLE FOR YOUR LAND. • 95 hp, a 95 Nm Rotax engine • 454 kg Cargo Box Capacity • 1,111 kg Towing Capacity

THE 2026 TRAXTER MAX HD11 T

5% DISCOUNT for NFU members*

AVAILABLE ON ALL CAN-AM OFF ROAD VEHICLES MY23 AND UP (EXCL. OUTLANDER ELE

* Valid until 31st of January 2027. 5% discount off suggested retail price (excl. VAT & transport costs) for the purchase of a Can-Am Traxter MY23 and up. 5% discount off suggested retail price (excl. VAT & transport costs) for the purchase of a Can-Am Outlander MY23 and up (excluding Outlander Electric). This promotion cannot be substituted and only for NFU members. Offer valid at participating local dealers. © 2026 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc (BRP). All rights reserved. The BRP logos are registered trademarks of BRP or its affiliates.

ECTRIC).

Your Ultimate Ride for the Everyday Journey Discover the world of Segway Where innovative mobility Solutions meet your every day journey

| T YRES

BKT and Massey Ferguson V-FLECTO tire combination T

hree new VF tire sizes and two world-premiere combinations, developed through a technical collaboration focused on the real operating needs of modern farming.

When developing the new MF 7S Mark 2, Massey Ferguson set BKT a very specific challenge: identify a tire solution that could support the tractor’s performance while remaining fully aligned with its technical architecture. The target was to go beyond the conventional rear tire diameter of around 1.93 m and reach a 2.0 m configuration, without compromising the tractor’s engineering constraints or the correct balance between rear and front axle fitment. BKT responded by developing three new AGRIMAX V-FLECTO VF tire sizes specifically tailored for Massey Ferguson: •

VF 650/70 R 42 rear tire

•

VF 710/60 R 44 rear tire

•

VF 600/65 R 30 front tire

Together, these sizes make two worldpremiere tire combinations available for the MF 7S Mark 2. In both cases, the rear tire is paired with the VF 600/65 R 30 front tire, selected to maintain the correct fitment balance and make the most of the new rear dimensions. This is more than a standard tire supply arrangement. The new combinations were developed around the tractor’s architecture, power range, typical applications and expected field performance. The VF 650/70 R 42 rear tire, combined with the VF 600/65 R 30 front tire, provides a versatile setup for farmers and contractors working across different applications. With its 2.0 m rear diameter and balanced 650 mm width, it is intended to support a large footprint, Farming

good maneuverability and efficient performance in plowing, transport and daily field operations. The VF 710/60 R 44 rear tire, also combined with the VF 600/65 R 30 front tire, is the most distinctive configuration in the project.

By introducing an industry-first VF 710/60 R 44 rear tire size in this tractor category, the solution is designed to support a large contact area, lowpressure field work and strong stability, especially in demanding applications, on slopes and during transport.

| T YRES

co-engineer new AGRIMAX ns for the MF 7S Mark 2 The match between the MF 7S Mark 2 and the new AGRIMAX V-FLECTO combinations is also clear from a design perspective. The updated sidewall gives the tire a more technical and purposeful appearance, in line with the tractor’s own visual identity.

Both combinations move in the same direction: a larger footprint, improved traction potential, reduced soil impact and better operating efficiency. For BKT, the project confirms the role of tires as an integral part of tractor performance. Diameter, footprint, inflation pressure, traction, rolling

resistance and stability all influence how effectively a tractor works in the field and on the road. “Our collaboration with Massey Ferguson reflects the way we support OEM projects: as a technical exchange from the earliest development stages, not simply as a fitment exercise” said Silvia Busnelli, Head OEM Agriculture Europe, BKT Europe. “The new AGRIMAX V-FLECTO combinations for the MF 7S Mark 2 started from a precise engineering requirement and clearly demonstrate how tire development can contribute directly to the performance of a tractor platform.”

Beyond engineering, the project also reflects a strong focus on design. The new AGRIMAX V-FLECTO sidewall, designed in collaboration with Pininfarina, contributes to a tire that combines technical performance with a distinctive visual identity, complementing the bold and purposeful design language of the MF 7S Mark 2. On the MF 7S Mark 2, the new AGRIMAX V-FLECTO setup supports the 2.0 m rear tire configuration by combining lower-pressure operation, a large footprint, traction and stability across demanding field and transport applications. AGRIMAX V-FLECTO has also received the DLG-APPROVED quality mark in specific tested sizes for the test modules “Resources Protection” and “User friendliness”, supporting the performance credentials of the pattern in relation to soil preservation, fuel saving and user-oriented operation. With the MF 7S Mark 2 project, BKT and Massey Ferguson have transformed a specific engineering requirement into a tire solution that combines engineering excellence, performance and design, demonstrating the value of early OEM collaboration in product development. Three new VF sizes. Two worldpremiere combinations. One technical partnership. Developed around the machine they are made for.

Farming

| T YRES

Trelleborg Tires brings stunnin uilt on proven performance and decades of engineering expertise, the latest Trelleborg agricultural tires will be on display at EIMA International 2026 in Bologna, Italy (November 10–14), showcasing solutions engineered to deliver superior traction, extended tire life and unmatched productivity — live from Hall 14, Stand B2.

ensuring consistent performance and reducing downtime. The advantages continue the road, where the TM800 PowerFlex showed a 6% reduction in rolling resistance, directly translating into lower fuel consumption. Drivers also benefit from improved handling and up to 20% longer tire life, bringing greater cost optimization and enhancing daily working comfort.

Two new tire solutions delivering the next evolution in agricultural tire performance will be unveiled during a press conference on November 10 at 5:00 p.m., directly at the Trelleborg Tires stand.

•

Stunning tire innovations driving the future of agricultural productivity At EIMA 2026, Trelleborg Tires will present its high-performance solutions designed to meet the demands of modern agricultural machinery, from high-horsepower tractors to large-capacity spreaders and sprayers. Combining advanced tire technology with application-specific design, these tires help agricultural professionals maximize productivity in the field and on the road. On display at Hall 14, Stand B2, visitors will discover Trelleborg Tires' latest highlights: •

TM800 PowerFlex – ready for the road, proven in the field

The TM800 PowerFlex sets a new benchmark in versatility and performance for mid- to high-powered tractors. Combining VF-PFO (Very High Flexion – Pressure Field Operations) technology with Trelleborg Tires' patented ProgressiveTraction® lug design, it delivers outstanding grip and flotation in the field, while a newly developed central rib - derived from road tire geometry - ensures stability, steering precision and comfort during longdistance transport. Field tests have shown up to 17% more traction compared to premium competitors, reducing slippage and enhancing overall field performance. Its 5% wider footprint reduces soil compaction, helping to preserve crop yield. In wet conditions, the redesigned interlug terraces improve self-cleaning, Farming

TM3000 VF 1250/50R32 – bigger machines, greater productivity

Built for the new generation of spreaders and sprayers, the TM3000 VF 1250/50R32 combines a wide footprint with VF (Very High Flexion) technology, allowing up to 40% more load at the same pressure or up to 40% lower pressure while carrying the same load. Its lowsoil compaction footprint and rounded shoulders help preserve soil health and crop yield, while ProgressiveTraction® technology delivers superior grip, enhanced self-cleaning and regular wear even under demanding operating conditions.

| T YRES

ng tire innovation to EIMA 2026 Designed to meet the demands of larger machines and increasing load requirements, the TM3000 combines high flotation, exceptional carrying capacity and stunning strength. Field evaluations showed a 19% larger footprint compared with premium competitors, further enhancing flotation and reducing soil compaction. Extended durability and an optimized tread pattern enable farmers and OEMs to operate larger machines with enhanced comfort, supporting longterm performance and greater productivity throughout demanding field operations. •

TM1000 ProgressiveTraction® – proven performance for unmatched productivity

The TM1000 ProgressiveTraction® is Trelleborg's premium VF-PFO tire solution for high-horsepower tractors, engineered to deliver superior traction, maximum flotation and extended tire life. Combining advanced VF-PFO (Very High Flexion – Pressure Field Operations) technology with Trelleborg's ProgressiveTraction® lug design, it supports higher load capacity at lower inflation pressures, helping maximize field performance while minimizing soil compaction.

Designed for demanding farming operations, it delivers up to 10% more traction and enables operators to work up to 12% more hectares per hour compared to premium competitors. Its extended footprint spreads the load more evenly, helping protect soil structure while enhancing flotation and field productivity. Independent testing has shown up to 30% higher durability. With proven field performance and up to 5,000 hours of certified tread wear performance, TM1000 ProgressiveTraction® helps farmers maximize productivity season after season. •

5,000-hour certified tread wear performance – long-lasting value

Agri professionals can count on up to 5,000 certified working hours with selected rear Trelleborg tires, including the TM1060, TM1000, TM900 and TM800 ranges, all powered by ProgressiveTraction® technology. The performance warranty, offered through the Premium Care program, provides measurable value: if tread depth falls below 20% before 5,000 hours, customers receive a credit calculated on the unused hours, to be applied toward the purchase of a new tire of the same model and size. More than just a warranty, this is a tangible assurance, built on solid engineering and field-proven durability, to reduce total cost of ownership and maximize productivity. At the same time, it gives farmers and contractors added confidence in demanding operating conditions, helping them maintain efficiency in environments where premature tire wear can otherwise result in higher costs, downtime, and logistical challenges. "Stunning tire innovation means turning advanced engineering into tangible benefits for agricultural professionals," said Luca Sabelli, Brand Director Trelleborg Tires. "Our focus is on developing high-performance tire solutions that help farmers and contractors get the most out of their machinery, delivering superior traction, extended tire life and unmatched productivity. At EIMA 2026, we look forward to showcasing our latest innovations and demonstrating how Trelleborg tires are driving the future of agricultural productivity."

Farming

| Motors

THE NEW ISUZU D-MAX 2.2

suzu UK presents the new Isuzu D-Max 2.2, with a new powertrain, design enhancements and capability on road and off, marking the new pick-up’s arrival in the UK.

An all-new 2.2-litre turbo diesel engine delivers improved efficiency and performance with the durability and reliability expected from the D-Max. A new cylinder head improves coolant flow, and the new turbocharger supports pulling away particularly with heavy loads - and an improved acceleration curve. Alongside the six-speed manual transmission is a new eight-speed automatic option delivering wider overall gear ratios for highly capable towing and smoother, quieter gearshifts at higher speeds, supporting improved fuel economy from 31.4 to 32.8 mpg (WLTP). The Isuzu D-Max 2.2 produces 400 Nm maximum torque for on-road driving and towing performance as well as off-road capability, with 255 Nm available at just 1,000 rpm for stronger, low-end responsiveness. The D-Max 2.2 outputs 163 PS at maximum 3,600 rpm from its new turbocharged four-cylinder engine, with an electronically controlled fuel injection pump, intercooler and double overhead camshaft. Heading off-road to more challenging surfaces, a Farming

shift-on-the-fly system allows switching between high gear two- and four-wheel drive at speeds of up to 62 mph. Selectable rear differential lock (in 4WD Low) and Rough Terrain Mode (RTM) are standard across the range, as is Hill Start Assist (HSA) and Hill Descent Control (HDC). With ground clearance of 220 mm, the new Isuzu D-Max has a wading depth of up to 800 mm and tackles steep terrain with 29 to 30.5° approach, 22.3 to 22.9° departure and 21.4 to 22.9° ramp breakover angles. New design, cab layouts and commercial options The streamlined range of cabs is comprised of Single Cab, Extended Cab and Double Cab configurations. The entry-level Utility model is available in Single and Extended Cab, while the DL20 specification comes exclusively as a Double Cab. The DL40 specification can now be ordered as an Extended Cab and Double Cab, while the top-ofthe-range V-Cross is offered as a Double Cab. A Commercial variant of all Double Cab configurations is available, qualifying for flat rate Benefit-in-Kind and 100% capital allowance. The Isuzu D-Max 2.2 is defined by redesigned external features enhancing its rugged presence. A

| Motors new front radiator grille distinguishes the new DMax, including a new fully black design for the Single Cab Utility and various colour options across other models. A new grey LED headlight accent colour features on DL40 and V-Cross, and DL20, DL40 and V-Cross specifications include updated front fog lamp bezels as standard, with new colours for the rear LED combination lamp. A new bezel houses the optional rear camera. New-style sidesteps are included on DL40 and VCross, and an Urban Moss metallic paint joins the eight-strong exterior colour palette. DL40 and V-Cross specifications include a new 360-degree Surround View Camera that deploys digital cameras on the front radiator grille, tailgate and wing mirrors, displaying images on the infotainment screen when moving or parking. The D-Max 2.2 Utility Single Cab and Double Cab specifications include 16” and 18” steel wheels respectively. Other models feature new 18” alloy designs with variations in silver (DL20), grey metallic (DL40) and a rugged dark grey metallic (V-Cross). New Dunlop 265/60R18 low-rolling resistance tyres incorporate a revised rubber compound, delivering a 7% improvement in fuel efficiency as well as a 7% improvement in friction on wet surfaces.

include new seat designs, with enhanced cloth and leather trims. High-grade textured cloth is offered as standard on the DL20, and leather is standard on DL40 and V-Cross. New standard features for the D-Max 2026 model year include EU-compliant Advanced Driver Distraction (ADD) warning and Emergency Lane Keeping systems as part of a new Driver Monitoring System (DMS): located on the steering column, it uses an infra-red camera and imageprocessing ECU to alert drivers to safety hazards or concentration lapses. The new Isuzu D-Max 2.2 comes with a fiveyear, 125,000-mile warranty, UK and EU roadside assistance, and will be available from the official Isuzu dealer network from July 2026. Prices start from £33,495.00 CVOTR. Managing Director of Isuzu UK, Alan Able, said: “The new Isuzu DMax 2.2 is continuing DMax's success in the UK market, appealing to both owner-driver and fleet customers across multiple commercial and rural environments. The new pick- up delivers a larger engine for smoother and torque-enhanced driveability with the load-carrying, towing and reliability expected from the Isuzu D-Max. The new 2.2 model also returns strong fuel economy and emissions figures, with the commercial variant delivering Benefit in Kind (BiK) and capital allowance tax efficiencies.”

Internal changes to the new Isuzu D-Max 2.2 model

Farming

| Motors

The all-new Hyundai TUCSON Blends Bold Design, Intelligent Hybrid and Next-Generation Connectivity

yundai Motor today unveiled the allnew TUCSON, a bold C-segment SUV combining advanced electrified powertrains with a next-generation infotainment system, Pleos Connect, for enhanced comfort and versatile

capability.

Guided by Hyundai Motor’s ‘Art of Steel’ design philosophy, the all-new TUCSON blends muscular exterior styling with a purposeful, organised interior that simplifies daily driving while supporting various lifestyles and life stages. With increased dimensions, a spacious and flexible cabin and Hyundai’s advanced electrified powertrains, the new TUCSON has been developed to meet a broad range of customer needs – from everyday commuting and family use to longer journeys and leisure activities. For European markets, the all-new TUCSON is produced at Hyundai Motor Manufacturing Czech in the Czech Republic. Since the launch of the first generation in 2004, TUCSON has established itself as one of Hyundai's most successful models in Europe, with more than 2 million units sold across the region. In 2025, it ranked as the number one model in the private C-SUV segment in Europe*. "Renewing an icon is never easy“, says Xavier Martinet, President and CEO of Hyundai Motor Farming

Europe. “We could have played it safe and simply evolved a successful model. But that is not Hyundai’s style. We challenged ourselves to move TUCSON forward in every area that matters to customers, from design and comfort to technology and efficiency. The result is not simply the next TUCSON. It is the best TUCSON we have ever made." How does ‘Art of Steel’ influence the all-new TUCSON’s bold look? The all-new TUCSON embodies ‘The Boldest SUV’ concept through Hyundai Motor’s ‘Art of Steel’ design language, combining structural strength with a commanding road presence. Every element, from muscular exterior proportions to refined interior spaces, reflects purposeful engineering and aesthetic vision. The exterior design centres on pronounced, muscular fenders that showcase the inherent tension and strength of steel. This aesthetic is balanced by restrained door surfaces and crisp body lines, reinforcing the all-new TUCSON’s bold SUV image. The all-new TUCSON measures 4,560 mm in length, 1,900 mm in width and 1,670 mm in height. Compared with its predecessor, it is 35 mm longer, 35 mm wider and 20 mm taller, contributing to a stronger road presence while creating additional interior space.

| Motors The front overhang has increased by 20 mm, supporting pedestrian-protection requirements, while the door opening angle has increased from 73 to 83 degrees to make access easier.

on regional specification.

New exterior colours introduced for Europe include Moonlake Blue Metallic and Moonlake Blue Matte, Rich Walnut Metallic and Rich Walnut Matte, as well as Ignite Red.

The all-new TUCSON’s interior design creates a furnished space that prioritizes visual refinement and thoughtfulness through furniture-inspired comfort and intuitive controls, delivering a premium user experience. Every surface, from soft cushioning to ergonomically positioned displays, supports stress reduction, relaxation and a calmer cabin environment.

A further dynamically styled version of the all-new TUCSON will be unveiled at the Paris Motor Show on 12 October 2026. What new lighting signatures define the all-new TUCSON? At the front, H-Edge lighting combines indirect central illumination with edge lighting to emphasise the vehicle’s horizontal proportions and create a wider, more stable appearance. The lighting is integrated into the front design to provide a distinctive signature by day and night. At the rear, the sculptural Prism Rear Lamp sharpens the vehicle’s volume and outline. Its three-dimensional internal structure creates a distinctive lighting signature and reinforces the precise, technical character of the rear design. Depending on specification, the all-new TUCSON is also available with Micro Pixel Lighting (MPL). Using 25,600 individual LED pixels, the system enables precisely controlled beam patterns as well as welcome and farewell animations. LED rear lamps are standard across the European range, while availability in other markets varies depending

How does the all-new TUCSON redefine cabin comfort and versatility?

The cabin redefines minimalism for SUVs through purposeful design. The two-layered dashboard design separates form and function: a horizontal upper layer provides visual comfort and clarity, while a deep open tray below provides storage space. Soft, voluminous cushioning applied across the top of the instrument panel, doors and console armrest create a premium and relaxing interior, scaling home-based, furniture-like comfort for the automotive environment. To help minimise driver distraction, frequently used information and controls are positioned within the driver’s natural field of view. A slim 9.9-inch digital instrument display sits above the steering wheel, while an available Head-Up Display projects key driving information directly onto the windscreen, allowing drivers to stay informed without taking their eyes off the road. For enhanced comfort and ergonomics, an electrically adjustable steering wheel allows drivers to easily fine-tune their ideal driving position.

Farming

| Motors Physical buttons below the central infotainment display provide direct access to key functions. The extended centre-console armrest is designed to provide additional support when operating the central display, and two 15 W wireless charging pads are integrated into the console, together with concealed storage for smaller personal items. Class-leading device charging convenience is further supported by four 100 W USB-C ports, enabling rapid charging of laptops, tablets and other compatible devices throughout the cabin. A steering-column-mounted shift-by-wire selector frees up additional space in the centre console. An illuminated gear indicator and one-button park engagement simplify driving dynamics while strengthening the ‘Eyes on the Road, Hands on the Wheel’ design philosophy. The all-new TUCSON offers generous passenger space, including 1,038 mm of front headroom, 1,002 mm of rear legroom and 1,470 mm of front shoulder room.

summer, the glass’s 60 percent solar energy rejection keeps the interior 2 degrees cooler, reducing air conditioning strain and fuel consumption. This transparent conductive coating technology integrates more than 20 layers of metal, dielectric and ceramic materials to provide functionality without visible wire patterns, preserving the cabin’s visual purity. Practical details throughout the cabin further enhance daily usability, with concealed umbrella holders integrated into both front door panels and dedicated cup holders incorporated into the rear door trim for added convenience. The AddGear port in the second row supports Hyundai’s open AddGear ecosystem, allowing occupants to seamlessly integrate accessories such as smartphone holders, tablet mounts, fragrance diffusers and other lifestyle-focused solutions for a more personalized interior environment. European interior colour combinations include Black, Dark Blue Gray/Dove Gray and Misty Plum. Available materials include cloth, cloth/ leather and leather. How do TUCSON’s technologies support connected and confident driving? The all-new TUCSON introduces a broad range of connectivity, infotainment and driverassistance technologies designed to make everyday journeys simpler and more intuitive.

Depending on specification, comfort features include the driver’s Ergo Motion Seat, which uses a seven-cell pneumatic system to provide lumbar and bolster support as well as massage functions, as well as a driver and passenger Relaxation Comfort Seat offering a one-touch recline function for added comfort during breaks. The Multi-Air Mode System provides sophisticated climate comfort by routing conditioned air through main vents, multi-vents, and floor-level distribution with active management, effectively eliminating uncomfortable direct airflow. A three-zone climatecontrol system allows temperature settings to be adjusted separately for different areas of the cabin. The available 13.5V Metal-Coated Heated Glass windscreen offers a 15-minute full de-icing capability for harsh winter conditions. In the Farming

Pleos Connect, based on Android Automotive OS (AAOS), combines a central infotainment display available in 12.9-inch and 17-inch sizes with the slim 9.9-inch driver display. The AI-enhanced Gleo AI voice recognition system can access live data from the internet, allowing drivers to access functions and information without navigating through multiple on-screen menus. The Android Automotive OS platform also enables integrated access to compatible apps and connected services. Over-the-air (OTA) software updates allow selected vehicle systems and infotainment functions to be updated remotely. For an enhanced in-car audio experience, the all-new TUCSON is also available with a 12-speaker Bang & Olufsen premium audio system, while interactive ambient lighting with Smart Mood Lamp further enhances the cabin experience. Convenience features also include Hyundai Digital Key 2, enabling compatible smartphones and smartwatches to unlock and start the vehicle.

| Motors Memory Reverse Assist (MRA) can record up to 50 metres of forward manoeuvring at speeds of up to 30 km/h and subsequently support the driver by controlling the steering while reversing along the recorded route. Ground View Monitor (GVM) on 4WD models provides an enhanced view of the area directly around and beneath the vehicle to assist when manoeuvring in challenging conditions. Parking convenience is further enhanced by Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA), which can help move the vehicle into and out of parking spaces remotely, while Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist helps reduce the risk of low-speed parking impacts. An available Digital Centre Mirror provides a clear, unobstructed rearward view, even when the rear window is blocked by passengers or luggage.

driver-assistance systems is also available. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist 2 and Highway Driving Assist 2 complement technologies including Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) and Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control. ISLA supports drivers in complying with detected speed limits, while Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control uses navigation information to adapt vehicle speed to selected road conditions.

Depending on powertrain, the all-new TUCSON offers a class-leading towing capacity of up to 1,910 kg on the hybrid variant, while the plug-in hybrid can tow up to 1,810 kg (12% slope). Trailer Reverse Assist (TRA) is designed to support steering control when reversing with a trailer, helping simplify low-speed manoeuvres.

The all-new TUCSON is equipped with seven airbags, including driver and front-passenger airbags, front-side airbags, a centre-side airbag and full-length curtain airbags. The body structure uses hot-stamped high-strength steel and reinforced centre pillars to help manage impact forces in the event of a collision.

How does TUCSON support occupant safety? The all-new TUCSON combines an enhanced body structure with Hyundai SmartSense safety and driver-assistance technologies to support occupant protection and driver confidence in everyday use.

How does TUCSON’s advanced hybrid system balance performance, efficiency and comfort? At the heart of the all-new TUCSON’s electrified powertrain line-up is Hyundai’s advanced hybrid system, developed to combine responsive performance with efficient and refined everyday driving. HEV Stay Mode allows selected vehicle functions, including climate control, audio and device charging to remain available while the combustion engine is switched off, providing a quieter and more comfortable cabin environment during stops or breaks. The powertrain line-up includes a 150 PS 1.6 TGDI petrol engine, offered with either a six-speed manual transmission or a 48V mild hybrid system and seven-speed dual-clutch transmission (7DCT), alongside hybrid and plug-in hybrid variants. The hybrid delivers 245 PS and 380 Nm of torque, while the plug-in hybrid TUCSON PHEV combines a 1.6litre turbocharged petrol engine with a plug-in hybrid system producing up to 292 PS and 380 Nm of torque. Its 17.1 kWh battery provides an estimated electric-only range of up to 81 km with 17-inch wheels, subject to final homologation. A 7.2 kW on-board charger supports convenient AC charging at home or at public charging points.

The In-Cabin Monitoring Unit (ICMU) uses camerabased technology to monitor driver attention and occupant conditions. The system can detect factors such as driver gaze and signs of drowsiness and provide appropriate warnings. Child Presence Detection (CPD) and Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) provide additional support by helping alert drivers when an occupant may have been left in the vehicle. Together, the all-new TUCSON’s design, electrified powertrains, connected technology, practical interior and comprehensive safety equipment build on the strengths that have established TUCSON as a core model in Hyundai’s European SUV line-up.

A comprehensive range of Hyundai SmartSense Farming

PERFORMANCE ENHANCED yields

VISIT YOUR LOCAL DEALERSHIP All fuel consumption and emission values are based on the new WLTP (Worldwide Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure) test cycle, which uses real-world driving data. Official fuel economy for the standard Isuzu D-Max range in MPG (l/100km): Low: 27.2 – 23.5 (10.4 - 12.0); Mid: 35.3 – 33.6 (8.0 – 8.4); High 39.8 – 38.2 (7.1 – 7.4); Extra-High 32.5 – 31.4 (8.7 - 9.0); Combined 34.0 – 32.5 (8.3 – 8.7). CO2 emissions (Combined) 217 – 229g/km. Visit Isuzu.co.uk for more information.

THREEWAYS GARAGE LTD 01745 825 847 threewaysgarage.co.uk/isuzu Faenol Avenue, Abergele, Conwy LL22 7HT

YORK VAN CENTRE 01904 470 170 yorkvancentre-isuzu.co.uk Station Lane, York YO30 1BS

EXPERIENCE THE NEW

2.2 ISUZU D-MAX STARTIN TRACTORS

DUCKWORTH ISUZU

ASHBURTON MOTOR WORKS

CULVERWELL CARS

01827 880 088 startintractors-isuzu.co.uk

01205 725 700 duckworth.co.uk/isuzu

01364 652 302 ashburtonmotorworks.co.uk

01580 880 567 culverwell-isuzu.co.uk

Ashby Road, Twycross CV9 3PW

London Road, Boston PE20 1JH

Peartree Cross, Ashburton TQ13 7RB

Robertsbridge, East Sussex TN32 5DG

PROVEEDA

TREK-TRUCKS DONCASTER

B&B TRUCKS

01473 210 000 proveeda-isuzu.co.uk

0114 551 2000 trek-trucks.co.uk

01283 521 522 bandbtrucks-isuzu.co.uk

London Road, Ipswich IP2 0ST

Belton, South Yorkshire, BN9 1NY

Castle Point Park, Staffordshire DE13 9BA

| Motors

KGM TORRES EVX QUALIFIES FOR ELECTRIC CAR GRANT, JOINING MUSSO EV WITH GOVERNMENT GRANT SUPPORT

GM Motors UK, formerly SsangYong, is strengthening its support for customers making the switch to electric, with both of its fully electric models now benefiting from government grant support.

The Torres EVX full-size electric SUV has become eligible for the £1,500 Electric Car Grant, reducing its starting price from £35,495, while the all-new Musso EV qualifies for the £5,000 Plug-in Van Grant and is available at £39,995 including VAT. The two schemes are designed to help reduce the upfront cost of moving to a zero-emission vehicle. For eligible vehicles, the grant is incorporated into the purchase price by the supplying retailer, making the saving straightforward for customers without the need to make a separate application. For customers looking to make the move to an electric SUV, Torres EVX combines distinctive styling, generous interior space and genuine SUV practicality with a fully electric powertrain. Powered by a 73.4kWh BYD lithium iron phosphate battery using cell-to-pack technology, Torres EVX delivers up to 287 miles of WLTP range from a single charge. It also offers 207 PS and 339 Nm of torque, a towing capacity of up to 1.5 tonnes and between 703 and 1,662 litres of load space, giving

Farming

customers the flexibility required for everyday journeys, family life and longer adventures. Vehicle-to-load technology allows compatible electrical equipment and appliances to be powered directly from the vehicle’s battery, while rapid charging can replenish the battery from 10 to 80% in approximately 28 minutes using a suitable rapid charger. The BYD battery comes with a class-leading 10year or 1,000,000km battery warranty, providing additional long-term reassurance for customers considering the move to electric. For customers looking for an electric pick-up without compromising on everyday usability, the Musso EV brings together SUV-style comfort, practical load-carrying ability and all-wheel-drive capability. Priced from £39,995 including VAT and the £5,000 Plug-in Van Grant, Musso EV is the most affordable electric pick-up currently available in the UK. Its 80.6kWh battery, also sharing the same BYD technology, provides up to 290 miles of WLTP city driving range, while a dual-motor electric drivetrain delivers full-time all-wheel drive, 207 PS and 339 Nm of torque. A 690kg payload, 2.3-tonne braked towing capacity and self-levelling rear suspension give Musso EV genuine versatility for work, leisure

| Motors and everyday use, while vehicle-to-load functionality enables customers to use the battery to power tools, equipment and compatible electrical devices away from the grid. For fleets, businesses and company car drivers, the financial case extends beyond the £5,000 grant. Musso EV attracts a 4% Benefit-in-Kind rate for the 2026/27 tax year, giving it the lowest Benefit-in-Kind charge of any commercial vehicle currently available in the UK, with personal tax costs from around £30 per month for a 20% taxpayer. Combined with the potential for lower energy and maintenance costs associated with an electric powertrain, it gives fleet operators a compelling alternative when assessing whole-life vehicle costs. Kevin Griffin, Managing Director at KGM Motors UK, said “Making the move to electric needs to work for customers financially as well as practically. With Torres EVX now benefiting from the £1,500 Electric Car Grant and Musso EV qualifying for the £5,000 Plug-in Van Grant, there is additional support available to help reduce that initial cost of switching. “Just as importantly, both vehicles have been designed around real customer requirements. Torres EVX provides the space, range and versatility expected from an SUV, while Musso EV combines electric power with the practicality, towing capability and all-wheel drive customers expect from a pick-up. “Musso EV is particularly significant because it brings a more accessible entry point to the electric

pick-up market. At £39,995 including VAT and the £5,000 Plug-in Van Grant, it offers strong value for customers looking for the space, versatility and capability of a pick-up with the benefits of an electric powertrain. For fleet and company car users, the 4% Benefit-in-Kind rate and tax costs from around £30 per month strengthen that proposition further. “At the same time, we recognise that there is no single powertrain that suits every customer, business or journey. KGM will continue to offer genuine choice across our range, from petrol and diesel to self-charging hybrid and fully electric. Our aim is to give customers the freedom to choose the vehicle and powertrain that best fits the way they live and work.” That breadth of choice remains central to KGM’s UK product strategy. Across its award-winning range of SUVs, 4x4s, pick-ups and commercial vehicles, customers can choose from petrol and diesel powertrains, KGM’s latest Dual Tech selfcharging hybrid technology and fully electric vehicles. From Tivoli and the self-charging Torres Hybrid and Actyon Hybrid, through to the seven-seat Rexton and award-winning diesel Musso range, alongside the fully electric Torres EVX and Musso EV, KGM continues to offer customers choice rather than a one-size-fits-all approach to electrification. For more information about the KGM electric vehicle range, current offers and full terms and conditions, visit www.kgm-motors.co.uk or speak to your local KGM dealer partner.

Farming

| Motors

LEPAS CUSTOMERS TO RECEIVE 30-DAY COMPLIMENTARY DRIVE-AWAY INSURANCE dding to its suite of competitive offers, LEPAS UK is offering 30 days of complimentary Drive-Away Insurance, eligible to customers of the All-New LEPAS L8 PHEV.

suits them best. Together with the £350 Excess Voucher, it is another meaningful benefit for our customers and another example of how we are looking beyond just the car to deliver a great ownership experience.”

The new initiative has been secured through LEPAS’ partnership with Car Care Plan and is designed to ensure a seamless and stress-free handover process. Rather than needing to arrange an annual policy before collecting their new car, eligible customers can activate the complimentary cover and drive away with insurance in place for 30 days.

The offer applies to eligible retail customers purchasing a new LEPAS L8 PHEV and activating their Drive-Away Insurance on or before 31 October 2026. Customers will be invited to activate the complimentary insurance through the LEPAS insurance programme operated in partnership with Car Care Plan. Following successful activation, confirmation of cover will be sent directly to the customer. After the promotional period, the standard DriveAway Insurance offer will revert to either one or five days of cover, depending on customer preference.

This offers valuable additional time to compare providers, consider different levels of cover and find the most cost-effective deal without the pressure of needing insurance in place for handover day. As an additional benefit, eligible customers will receive a £350 Excess Voucher, as well as the opportunity to receive a free, noobligation quotation for annual insurance on their LEPAS L8 PHEV. “Buying a new car should be exciting and straightforward, and we want to make the whole experience of becoming a LEPAS customer as smooth as possible,” said Ray Wang, Managing Director at LEPAS UK. “Insurance is obviously an important part of taking delivery of a new car, but finding the right policy can take time. By providing 30 days of complimentary cover, we can give customers the freedom to focus on enjoying their brand-new car, then to take the time to explore the longer-term insurance policy that

Farming

The new insurance benefit comes as LEPAS begins the next phase of its UK launch following the official unveiling of the brand in London in August. The L8 PHEV is the first model in the LEPAS UK range and is priced from £34,900 OTR for the L8 PHEV Essence, rising to £37,900 OTR for the range-topping L8 PHEV Elevate. Powered by the LEPAS Super Hybrid system, the L8 PHEV combines a 1.5-litre turbocharged petrol engine with an 18.4kWh battery, offering up to 56 miles of electric-only range and up to 745 miles of combined range. Customers can order the L8 PHEV through the growing LEPAS UK retail network now: www. lepasauto.co.uk/find-a-dealer

| Motors

TWO NEW AION MODELS IN CONTENTION FOR INTERNATIONAL ACCOLADES ION has been nominated for international car of the year prizes for the very first time, and not just once, but with three nominations. The AION V SUV and the AION UT supermini are both in the running for the 2027 World Car of the Year (WCOTY), and the AION UT is also on the judges' lists for the 2027 Car of the Year (COTY) awards, Europe’s top car trophy.

WCOTY began in 2003 and is judged by over 100 jurors representing 33 international countries. To be eligible for the top accolade, vehicles must be on sale in at least two continents, and production must exceed 10,000 units per year. Both the AION V and AION UT are contenders for the 2027 WCOTY award. The jurors will test drive each model over the coming months before voting commences at the end of December. The winners will be announced at the New York International Auto Show on March 24, 2027. COTY is decided by a panel of 60 leading journalists from 23 European countries, with 39 models under consideration for 2027. To be eligible, each vehicle must be on sale in five or more European markets by the end of 2026. The AION model competing for the 2027 COTY award, AION UT, arrived in UK dealers this month as part of its launch across Europe.

A period of testing will help the judges slim the list down to just seven finalists ahead of the awards ceremony at the Brussels Motor Show on January 8, 2027.

Jon Wakefield, Managing Director, AION Auto UK, said: “To be recognised amongst the top players in an ever-growing industry is a reflection of our commitment to driving a new standard in the UK. These Car of the Year Awards are among the highest honours in the automotive industry and I would like to thank the committees for their recognition of our products.” AION Auto UK Priced from £36,450 OTR, the luxurious AION V electric family SUV offers a spacious, premium interior and class-leading range of up to 317 miles. The AION UT starts at £28,950 OTR, and delivers premium features, comfort and a distinctly European design flair, as well as a class-leading standard range of 268 miles. For their introduction to the UK market, both cars have been extensively tuned dynamically to ensure their ride and handling are optimised for British roads, traffic and driving styles. Every AION car sold in the UK benefits from the AION Great 8 Promise, which gives customers eight years’ peace of mind across warranty, servicing, MOT and roadside assistance.

Farming

MAIDENHEAD MITSUBISHI STARTIN TRACTORS JEFFRIES OF A4 Bath Road, Littlewick Green, Maidenhead, Berkshire, SL6 3RQ Tel: 01628 822543 www.littlewick-green.co.uk

Ashby Road, Twycross, CV9 3PW Tel: 01827 880 088 www.startintractors.co.uk

Station Garage, B Stowmarket, IP14 Tel: 01449 781131 www.jeffriesofba

F BACTON YORK VAN CENTRE LTD

Broad Road, 4 4NF 1 acton.co.uk

Station Lane, Shipton by Beningbrough York, North Yorkshire, YO30 1BS Tel: 01904 470170 www.yorkvancentre.co.uk

WESTAWAY MOTORS LTD

CULVERWELL CARS

Boughton Green Road, Moulton Park, Northampton, NN2 7AH Tel: 01604 494121 www.westawaymotors.co.uk

Station Road, Robertsbridge East Sussex, TN32 5DG Tel: 01580 880 567 www.culverwells.co.uk

| Motors

NEW KGM MUSSO CONTINUES AWARDWINNING RUN WITH EDITOR’S CHOICE HONOUR IN DIESEL & ECOCAR’S DIESEL TOP 40 2026

GM Motors UK, formerly SsangYong, is delighted to announce that the Musso Rhino has been named Editor’s Choice for diesel double-cab pick-up in Diesel & EcoCar’s annual Diesel Top 40, recognising its combination of serious working capability, generous equipment and outstanding value. The latest accolade builds on an established record of recognition from the publication, with Musso previously winning Best Pick-up in the Diesel Car Top 50 in 2020 and 2021, followed by a Diesel Pick-up shortlist appearance in 2024. The latestgeneration Musso Rhino and Rhino+ carry that award-winning heritage forward, building on the strengths that have made Musso a trusted choice for business users, rural customers and leisure drivers. Ian Robertson, Editor and Publisher of Diesel & EcoCar, said “The Musso proves a pick-up needn't

embossed KGM tailgate complete the purposeful look. Purpose-built for demanding working environments, the Musso Rhino combines a 2.2-litre turbo diesel engine producing 202 PS and 400 Nm of torque coupled to an Aisin six-speed automatic transmission and selectable four-wheel drive with low range. A locking differential, hill start assist and hill descent control support its off-road capability, helping drivers negotiate challenging terrain with confidence. Both Rhino and Rhino+ offer a 3,500kg braked towing capacity, with payloads of 1,090kg and 1,200kg respectively. The longer-wheelbase Rhino+ also provides a 1,610mm load bed with 1,262 litres of cargo space, giving customers additional flexibility for tools, equipment and materials. Load bed lighting, a protective liner, tiedown hooks and rear bumper corner steps add practical benefits for everyday use. That working strength is complemented by an SUV-inspired cabin with premium nappa leather upholstery, heated and ventilated front seats, heated rear seats and dualzone climate control. Dual 12.3-inch displays, TomTom navigation, wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, wireless phone charging and a 360-degree camera system provide a comprehensive specification designed to make long working days and weekend journeys more comfortable and convenient.

break the bank to deliver serious capability. Its 2.2litre diesel engine produces 199bhp and can tow up to 3,500kg, offering genuine muscle for work or leisure. "A pleasing interior feels notably more upmarket than most rivals, while KGM's generous five year warranty adds real peace of mind. Well-equipped and hard-working, it's our Editor's Choice for diesel double cab pick-up.” The next-generation Musso Rhino also makes a strong visual statement, with a redesigned front end, bold grille and distinctive LED lighting creating a more commanding presence. Sculpted wheel arches, 18-inch brushed chrome alloy wheels and signature Rhino graphics reinforce its rugged character, while black side steps, roof rails and an Farming

Kevin Griffin, Managing Director at KGM Motors UK, said “We are extremely proud to see the Musso recognised as Editor’s Choice in Diesel & EcoCar’s Diesel Top 40. The Musso has developed a strong reputation for delivering the capability and dependability expected from a pickup, alongside excellent comfort, equipment and value. This award is a fantastic endorsement of the Musso and a reflection of the hard work of everyone across KGM and our nationwide dealer network.” The Musso Rhino is priced from £38,995 excluding VAT, with the longer-wheelbase Rhino+ available from £39,995 excluding VAT. Both models come with KGM’s five-year or 100,000-mile warranty. For more information or to book a test drive, visit www.kgm-motors.co.uk

| Motors

Farming

| Motors

SUZUKI ANNOUNCES UPDATED PRICING AND CUSTOMER SAVINGS ACROSS THE RANGE

s the trusted car brand for those who are proud to be different, Suzuki GB PLC announces even more value across the range with headline retail pricing offers and further customer savings applicable from October 1st. The new, more simplified pricing structure boosts Suzuki’s strong product pillars offering all the tech you need as standard, unexpected quality along with high efficiency.

Firstly, for Suzuki retail customers looking to go fully electric, e VITARA is now available from just £24,999 for the 49kWh Motion model with the 61kWh Motion grade priced at £27,999. For clarity, the new pricing for e VITARA supersedes the previous Suzuki Granted offer on this model and means customers see one transparent price without the need to calculate grant savings or other deductions. Swift is proving once again to be a highly popular model in the range with sales up over 30% year on year. Suzuki now aim to boost this even further by offering the Swift 1.2-litre Mild Hybrid Motion with manual transmission from just £16,499 including £3,500 customer saving. Moving up to Ultra grade with manual transmission takes the price to £17,599 and ALLGRIP four-wheel drive model to £18,849. Additionally, Swift Finance customers will benefit from £500 Finance Deposit Allowance (FDA) from Suzuki until the end of December 2026.

Farming

Retail offers for Vitara Hybrid models continue with 1.4-litre Boosterjet Motion and manual transmission available at £21,999, representing a customer saving of £5,300 across the 2WD and ALLGRIP four-wheel drive line-up. Additionally, S-Cross Hybrid now offers even greater value with an enhanced Customer Saving of £5,050 across the range, taking the price of the 1.4-litre Boosterjet Motion model with manual transmission to just £22,999.

For customers looking at finance options, Suzuki continue to offer some very attractive arrangements either by choosing fully electric with e VITARA or opting for a hybrid model from the range. e VITARA models continue to be available with four years 0% PCP which enables customers to drive away in EV silence and efficiency with a very low deposit needed or even no deposit at all with monthly payments then adjusted accordingly. Taking the 49kWh Motion grade as an example and with no customer deposit made, monthly payments are just £330 with the usual final payment required to keep the car at the end of the agreement. All Suzuki models offer up to 10 years / 100,000 miles service activated warranty and e VITARA also includes up to 10 years warranty for the main battery too.

| Motors

PRICE LIST SWIFT 1.2 Mild Hybrid Motion 1.2 Mild Hybrid Motion CVT 1.2 Mild Hybrid Ultra 1.2 Mild Hybrid Ultra CVT 1.2 Mild Hybrid Ultra ALLGRIP

Transmission Type

CO2 Emissions (from)

Customer Saving Price†††

Metallic Paint Single-tone††

Two Tone Paint††

Insurance Group**

5 Speed Manual

99 g/km

£16,499

£600

£750

27D

CVT

106 g/km

£18,249

£600

£750

28D

5 Speed Manual

99 g/km

£17,599

£600

£750

27D

CVT

106 g/km

£19,349

£600

£750

28D

5 Speed Manual 4x4

110 g/km

£18,849

£600

£750

25D

Two Tone Paint

Insurance Group**

Fuel economy and CO2 results for the Suzuki Swift 2026 range. Mpg (l/100km) (combined): 57.6 (4.9) to 64.2 (4.4). CO2 emissions: 110 to 99 g/km*. ††Additional cost of £100 for premium colours, Burning Red and Frontier Blue.

VITARA

Transmission Type

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Motion

CO2 Emissions Customer Metallic Paint (from) Saving Price† Single-tone

6 Speed Manual

119 g/km

£21,999

£535

£835

17E

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Ultra ALLGRIP

6 Speed Manual 4x4

128 g/km

£25,499

£535

£835

17E

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Kuro ALLGRIP

6 Speed Manual 4x4

139 g/km

£26,199

N/A

Standard

17E

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Motion Auto

6 Speed Auto

129 g/km

£23,599

£535

£835

20A

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Ultra ALLGRIP Auto

6 Speed Auto 4x4

139 g/km

£27,099

£535

£835

19A

1.4 boosterjet Mild Hybrid Kuro ALLGRIP Auto

6 Speed Auto 4x4

139 g/km

£27,799

N/A

Standard

20A

Fuel economy and CO2 results for Suzuki Vitara 2026 range in mpg (l/100km): Combined 47.8 (5.9) to 53.2 (5.3). CO2 emissions: 138 to 119 g/km*.

S-CROSS

Transmission Type

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Motion

CO2 Emissions Customer Metallic Paint (from) Saving Price^^ Single-tone

Two Tone Paint

Insurance Group**

6 Speed Manual

121 g/km

£22,999

£550

N/A

18E

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Ultra ALLGRIP

6 Speed Manual 4x4

131 g/km

£27,299

£550

N/A

17E

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Kuro ALLGRIP

6 Speed Manual 4x4

141 g/km

£27,699

Standard

N/A

16E

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Motion Auto

6 Speed Auto

132 g/km

£24,599

£550

N/A

20A

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Ultra ALLGRIP Auto

6 Speed Auto 4x4

141 g/km

£28,899

£550

N/A

20A

1.4 Boosterjet Mild Hybrid Kuro ALLGRIP Auto

6 Speed Auto 4x4

141 g/km

£29,299

Standard

N/A

18E

Fuel economy and CO2 results for the S-Cross 2026 range: Mpg (l/100km) (combined): 46.3 (6.1) to 52.3 (5.4). CO2 emissions: 141 to 121 g/km*.

e VITARA

Transmission Type

CO2 Emissions (from)

On the road price

Metallic Paint Single-tone

Two Tone Paint

Insurance Group**

49kWh Motion Auto

Single-speed

0 g/km

£24,999

£650

£950

20A

61kWh Motion Auto

Single-speed

0 g/km

£27,999

£650

£950

23A

61kWh Ultra Auto

Single-speed

0 g/km

£30,799

£650

£950

23A

61kWh Motion ALLGRIP-e Auto

Single-speed 4x4

0 g/km

£29,999

£650

£950

27A

61kWh Ultra ALLGRIP-e Auto

Single-speed 4x4

0 g/km

£32,799

£650

£950

28A

Fuel economy and CO2 results for the Suzuki e Vitara 2026 range. Mpg (l/100km) (combined): Not applicable. CO2 emissions: 0 g/km. Electric range^: 213 to 264 miles. Electricity consumption combined (kWh/100 km) from 14.9 to 16.6

For more information, please visit cars.suzuki.co.uk Price list valid from 1st October 2026 to 31st December 2026. All prices and specifications are correct at time of publish: October. For more information, please contact your local Suzuki Dealer. ^The e Vitara is a battery electric vehicle requiring mains electricity for charging. These figures were obtained after the battery had been fully charged to 100%. The electric range shown was achieved using the WLTP test procedure. Figures shown are for comparability purposes. Only compare figures with other cars tested to the same technical procedures. Figures may not reflect real-life driving results, which will depend upon a number of factors including the starting charge of the battery, accessories fitted (post-registration), weather conditions, driving styles and vehicle load. *Figures shown are for comparability purposes; only compare fuel consumption and CO2 figures with other cars tested to the same technical procedures. These figures may not reflect real life driving results, which will depend upon a number of factors including the accessories fitted (post-registration), variations in weather, driving styles and vehicle load. **Insurance Group based on the 50 Group Rating. Please speak to your local authorised Suzuki dealer for more information. On the Road price: Suzuki has a standard ‘On the Road’ price on all vehicles. This charge includes delivery to dealer, number plates, first year’s Vehicle Excise Duty and first registration fee. † Includes £5,300 customer saving. ††† Includes £3,500 customer saving. ^^Includes £5,050 customer saving.

Farming

| Motors

UK Drivers Predict Tesla Will Be Britain’s Best-Selling Car Brand In 10 Years

esla is predicted to be the bestselling car brand in the UK by 2036, according to a new study by CarGurus — a leading automotive marketplace in the U.K. for shopping and buying used

vehicles.

Commissioned to mark CarGurus’ 10th anniversary in the UK, the survey polled 1,000 UK drivers aged 27 or over to understand how they expect used car buying trends and preferences to change over the next decade. While Tesla is forecast to be Britain’s top seller, those surveyed also believe that hybrid vehicles will be the most popular between now and 2036. The findings highlight a market where electrification is expected to grow alongside sustained demand for practical technologies and enhanced safety features.

The Next Decade While nearly 1-in-4 respondents (23%) selected Tesla as the brand they expect to be the best-selling manufacturer in 2036, BMW (20%) and Mercedes-Benz (19%) follow closely behind, showing that consumers expect today’s leading automakers to remain highly competitive over the next decade. Chinese brands rank lower in consumers’ predictions, with BYD selected by 9% of respondents and MG by 2%. A further 9% believe a new entrant to the market could be the best-selling brand by 2036, reflecting consumer openness to new brands. Buyers also anticipate a more diverse mix of powertrains. Hybrid vehicles are expected to be the most popular choice for the next decade (selected by 41% of respondents), suggesting they are seen as a practical bridge between traditional petrol engines and fully electric vehicles (selected by 33% and 32%, respectively). Diesel is expected to be less popular in the future, with just 15% of respondents expecting to choose the fuel. In terms of vehicle body styles, SUVs are Farming

expected to tighten their grip on the market. Medium SUVs are predicted to dominate the next decade according to 40% of respondents, ahead of small SUVs (28%). Hatchbacks meanwhile, which are the most popular body style (28%) according to a 2026 CarGurus study on the top used cars of the last decade, are expected to drop to third place by 2036 (21%).

The Car of the Future While technology will continue to evolve, drivers are clear that the fundamentals must not be overlooked. Longevity, reliability and ease of servicing (44%) top the list of what people want car makers to prioritise in the years ahead, followed closely by safety technology (42%) and improved powertrain efficiency (31%). At the same time, there is a strong appetite for features that make driving more convenient. More than a third of drivers (38%) say they couldn’t live without self-parking technology in the future, while 30% highlight autonomous driving capabilities. Meanwhile, 27% point to battery swapping as a desirable innovation, signalling interest in solutions that make electrification more practical. Chris Knapman, CarGurus UK Editorial Director, said: “Tesla’s rise shows just how quickly the automotive landscape can change. Yet despite the growing presence of Chinese manufacturers, UK buyers still expect established European brands such as BMW and Mercedes-Benz to challenge for the top spot in 2036, suggesting Chinese brands have yet to establish themselves as the dominant force in consumers’ minds.” For drivers keen to explore how the UK’s car market could evolve, CarGurus has published an article exploring the brands, powertrains, body styles and buying trends that could shape 2036. Shoppers can also use CarGurus' Discover, a conversational AI car-shopping experience, to navigate today's options and find their best deal across the UK's used car market.

| Motors

BYD and DENZA to present six models at Fleet Mobility Live 2026

YD Group, the global leading manufacturer of New Energy Vehicles, presents six different models at Fleet Mobility Live 2026, encompassing models from both BYD and its premium brand DENZA.

Fleet Mobility Live is Europe’s largest fleet event, held at the NEC in Birmingham. While offering visitors to keep informed on the latest developments in legislation, sustainability, EV strategy, employee benefits, cost control and operations, it will also enable fleet managers to discover first-hand how BYD Group’s latest and upcoming vehicles and technologies can present a significant benefit. BYD’s range will be covered by a combination of DMi plug-in hybrid and fully electric models, across both passenger and commercial vehicles. One of the largest and most eye-catching models on the stand will be the SHARK. The new pick-up is set to shake up its class by introducing its ground-breaking Super Hybrid powertrain. This uses its three-motor powertrain (one motor on each axle, plus a third generator motor) and 1.5-litre turbocharged petrol engine to deliver 436PS and accelerate from 062mph in 5.7 seconds. However, performance does not come at the expense of efficiency, courtesy of a 32.2kWh Blade Battery which enables a 55.9-mile electric-only range and a total range of 419 miles on a full charge and a full tank of petrol. The SHARK isn’t the only new model taking to the BYD stand, however. The Ti 7 enables BYD to break into the seven-seat SUV class, offering a powertrain that blends performance, versatility and efficiency. The DM-p powertrain offers 408PS and all-wheel drive, plus a 74-mile range on electric power alone. The eye-catching SUV with class-leading equipment levels starts from £47,995. In addition to the ever-growing line-up of Super Hybrid powertrains, BYD is still very much focused on its fully electric models, including BYD’s two most popular options in the fleet segment. The SEAL has benefitted from a series of revisions for 2026 to boost its appeal; these include minor cosmetic changes, additional exterior colours, a new 19-inch wheel design, an increased specification of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) and a repackaged boot and frunk areas at 485 litres, the former has increased by 85 litres over the original SEAL. The SEAL will be joined by the SEALION 7 performance SUV. In its range-topping Excellence trim, with Nappa leather and a plethora of technology, it is equipped with a 91.3kWh battery which translates into a 312-mile WLTP Combined range. A maximum rapid charging speed of up to 230kW only serves to increase its flexibility even further.

The stand will also display BYD’s game-changing FLASH Charging technology. Visitors will be able to experience how the unique T-shaped design, with rail-mounted cables, makes manoeuvring the cable feel significantly lighter than existing EV rapid chargers.

Sitting beside the FLASH Charger will be the first car in the UK to be capable of exploiting its staggering charging speeds: the DENZA Z9 GT. The Z9GT will launch with a fully electric powertrain comprised of three motors and producing 1,156PS, plus a 373-mile WLTP range. Most significant is the Z9GT’s charging speed. As the first DENZA to arrive in the UK that’s compatible with FLASH Charging, the Z9GT can charge from 10-70% (the equivalent of adding 223 miles of WTLP range) in just five minutes and 10-97% (323 miles of WLTP range) in nine minutes. This saving in downtime relative to even the fastest-charging existing EVs, when multiplied across large fleet numbers, can bring a transformative benefit to businesses. Following on from the Z9 GT, its DENZA siblings - D9 DM-i MPV and the Z supercar will both be fully compatible with FLASH Charging. “DENZA is an important next step in the evolution of BYD Group in the UK fleet market, said Claudio de Freitas, Head of UK Fleet Sales for BYD. “We have already demonstrated that fleet customers are increasingly open to new brands when the proposition delivers the right combination of technology, efficiency, quality and value. DENZA takes that a step further, bringing premium design, advanced technology and electrified powertrains into segments where fleet customers have traditionally had a much narrower choice.” “For us, DENZA isn’t simply about adding another brand to the market. It’s about giving businesses and company car drivers access to a genuinely compelling premium alternative, while helping fleets continue their transition to lower-emission vehicles without compromising on quality, comfort or technology. We’re very excited to introduce DENZA to the UK fleet community and believe it has a significant role to play in the future of premium fleet mobility.” Fleet Mobility Live 2026 gives guests an opportunity to view BYD’s venture into the small commercial vehicle segment. The DOLPHIN Cargo e-Van is based on the popular DOLPHIN hatchback but replaces the back seats with a 1,093-litre storage area and a maximum payload of 318kg. It shares its powertrain with the standard DOLPHIN, which allows it to achieve a class-leading range of 265 miles on the combined WLTP cycle.

Farming

| Motors

JAECOO 7 IS BRITAIN'S BEST-SELLING CAR AGAIN AS OMODA&JAECOO UK HITS RECORD MONTH

MODA&JAECOO UK has recorded its best-ever month, registering 22,296 vehicles and securing a 6.37% share of the UK new-car market in September, according to the latest figures released today by the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT)*.

That is an increase of 106% on the 10,812 cars OMODA&JAECOO UK registered in September 2025, while its market share has almost doubled from 3.45%. Both brands contributed: JAECOO’s share rose from 2.07% to 4.30%, and OMODA’s from 1.38% to 2.07%*. September’s total was also 24% higher than March 2026 – the year’s other plate-change month – when the dual-brand registered 17,951 cars. The result comes during one of the most important months in the automotive calendar, as the arrival of the new ‘76’ registration plate traditionally brings increased activity across the new-car market. OMODA&JAECOO UK’s record September performance caps a landmark summer for the dual-brand, which became Farming

the country’s third-largest automotive brand house by registrations in July, then second-largest in August, when it also placed three models among the UK’s ten best-selling new cars*. September saw the JAECOO 7 record 10,813 registrations, placing it first in the UK’s best-selling new-car rankings for the month – a position it also held in March, and up from fourth in September 2025. The record month follows OMODA&JAECOO UK surpassing 100,000 cumulative sales within two years – with OMODA entering the market in August 2024 and JAECOO following shortly afterwards in January 2025. Over the past 12 months alone, its retailer network has grown from 81 sites to 146, and its line-up has doubled from three model families and five powertrain options to six families – the OMODA 5, 7 and 9 and the JAECOO 5, 7 and 8 – with 12 powertrain options. Retailers have backed that expansion. In the Winter 2026 National Franchised Dealers Association (NFDA) Dealer Attitude Survey, OMODA scored 8.8 out of

| Motors 10 overall, against an industry average of 6.9, and was ranked first of 34 franchised networks for both current and future profit return. Commenting on the results, Victor Zhang, Managing Director of OMODA&JAECOO UK, said: “The new-plate month is the biggest test of the year, and to more than double our registrations – with the JAECOO 7 once again the UK’s best-selling car – shows that OMODA&JAECOO is no longer a newcomer to this market. Two years after OMODA arrived, we have passed 100,000 UK sales and built a network of 146 retailers. That success belongs to our customers, retailers and partners, who have backed us from the start. “Our job now is to turn rapid growth into lasting strength. That means continuing to broaden our range and technology, while investing in the retailer network, warranty and aftersales support that a fast-growing community of owners deserves.” Demand for the dual-brand is supported by an expanding choice of petrol, fully electric and hybrid SUVs, including models equipped with its proprietary fifth-generation Super Hybrid System (SHS). More than threequarters (76%) of OMODA&JAECOO UK’s September registrations were electrified: plug-in hybrids accounted for 55.7%, full hybrids for 10.4% and battery-electric models for 10.0%, while pure petrol models fell from 37.5% of the mix a year ago to 23.9%*. The real-world efficiency of the plugin hybrid system was recently demonstrated at UTAC Millbrook, where the OMODA 7 SHS-P and JAECOO 7 SHS-P both exceeded their official WLTP combinedrange figures. The OMODA 7 SHS-P completed 770 miles – approximately 10% beyond its quoted figure – while the JAECOO 7 SHS-P covered 828 miles, exceeding its official range by 11.14%. Alongside the continued development of its model range, OMODA&JAECOO UK has strengthened the support available throughout vehicle ownership. In August, it moved key components – including infotainment systems, fuel pumps, alternators and water pumps – onto its full 7year/100,000-mile manufacturer warranty, and applied the change retrospectively to every OMODA and JAECOO sold in the UK. In September, it expanded its partnership with the RAC, adding a dedicated Vehicle Off Road team and authorising 400 RAC Mobile Mechanics to carry out warranty and recall work at customers’ homes and workplaces. Together, these reflect the dual-brand’s focus on building lasting customer

confidence as its presence, vehicle parc and owner community continue to grow across the UK. * SMMT, smmt.co.uk/vehicle-data/car-registrations SMMT notes: SMMT preliminary figures are subject to change. Full and final figures published Monday 5 October, 9am.

Farming

| Motors

Time running out to enter Photo Awards

hotographers among the membership of the Guild of Motoring Writers planning to enter the annual Awards need to move fast, as the closing date is less than a week away.

The Photographic categories are always among the most hotly contested of the Awards which are presented at the Guild’s Dinner held in London in December. Last year saw Matt Howell prove victorious in the General Motoring Award with his submission offering fascinating perspectives and the feeling of speed, while Drew Gibson won his fourth Award in the motorsport category, exceptional use of natural light effects helping to tip the balance in his favour. The Guild counts a host of top photographers amongst its members, their work appearing in automotive and general publications around the world. The Awards offer an opportunity for them to showcase their best work from the previous 12 months.

published. Supporting material showing published photographs is encouraged. Photographers can enter both the General and the Motorsport categories. The judges are looking for an innovative or instinctive angle on photographing vehicles or motorsport action in all its diverse outlets. The winner will be selected for his or her range of photographic techniques across the full selection of their entered work. Photographers have until Monday 5th October to submit their entries. From these three entrants in each category will be shortlisted and will receive a free ticket to the Guild Dinner at the RAC Club in Pall Mall, London in December, during which the 2026 Guild Awards will be announced and winners presented with their prizes and trophies. Details of all the 2026 Guild Awards, rules and entry forms, can be found at www.gomw.co.uk/awards. Candidates are advised to read the online instructions carefully before entering.

The Photographic Awards are open to Guild members only. There are two categories, General and Motorsport, the latter sponsored by Subaru UK. Each carries a £250 prize and a trophy.

If you have any questions about the entry procedure or want to apply for Guild membership contact Honorary Secretary, Richard Netherwood email: honsec@gomw.co.uk

Entrants in each category supply a portfolio of six images taken on assignment during the eligible period which have been submitted for publication – although they do not necessarily have to have been

Photo: Drew Gibson is presented with his 2025 motorsport award by Brian Wheeler of Subaru.

Farming

| Motors

Honda Super-N Named Fun Car of the Year at the News UK Motor Awards 2026

onda is celebrating another award-winning success for the Super-N, having been crowned Fun Car of the Year at the News UK Motor Awards 2026.

The award recognises the Super-N's unique ability to combine all-electric efficiency with genuine driver enjoyment, demonstrating that electrified mobility can be every bit as exciting as it is practical. Commenting on the Super-N's success, Will Dron, Digital Driving Editor at The Times and Sunday Times, said: "The Honda Super N is a riot, tiny but with the heart of a hot hatch. It isn't a rocketship but because it's so light and nimble, it excels at driver engagement. That's especially true when using the excellent simulated gearshifts. We also love the styling nods to the Honda City Turbo II. This is a small EV that generates big smiles." The accolade highlights the Super-N's growing reputation amongst the UK's motoring media, with journalists praising its playful character, agile handling

and distinctive design. Inspired by Honda's rich heritage while embracing the latest electric vehicle technology, the Super-N continues to prove that small cars can deliver a truly memorable driving experience.

Michael Doyle, Head of Automobile at Honda Motor Europe (UK), commented: "We're absolutely delighted that the Honda Super-N has been recognised as Fun Car of the Year by The Times. From the very beginning, the drive behind Super-N was to offer an electric vehicle that would put a smile on people's faces every time they got behind the wheel. This award is a fantastic endorsement of that goal and highlights the team's dedication to delivering a vehicle that combines practicality and genuine driving enjoyment." As Honda continues its electrification journey, the SuperN demonstrates the brand's commitment to developing vehicles that are accessible, practical and fun to drive. This latest recognition further strengthens Honda's position within the growing small electric vehicle market and highlights the appeal of a vehicle designed to make everyday journeys more enjoyable.

Your new happy place Subaru Forester Touring

£1,750 2.9%

Deposit Contribution APR Representative

We typically receive commission for introducing you to International Motors Finance Ltd Financial Services to provide funding for your vehicle. The commission will either be flat fee or a percentage of the amount that you borrow. Vehicle shown is a Forester 2.0i Touring. OTR price £44,100. The vehicle shown includes optional special paint finish costing an additional £695.

Jeffries of Bacton

Culverwells

Station Garage, Stowmarket, Suffolk IP14 4NF Search: Jeffries of Bacton Subaru

Station Road, Robertsbridge, Easet Sussex TN32 5DG Search: Culverwells Subaru

01449 781 131

Jeffries of Bacton Mr.P Jeffries & Mr R.B. Jeffries trading as Jeffries of Bacton act as a credit broker and not a lender.

01580 880 567

E.O Culverwell ltd. (R/Breidge). Trading as Culverwells act as a credit broker and not a lender.

SUBARU FORESTER fuel economy and CO2 results (WLTP): Combined 34.7 mpg, CO2 emissions 185g/km. Mpg figures are official EU test figures for comparative purposes & may not reflect real driving results. Fuel consumption achieved in real life conditions & CO2 produced depends on a number of factors including accessories fitted (post-registration), variations in weather, driving styles & vehicle load. Terms of Personal Contract Purchase (PCP) Offer: Offers available until 31.12.2026. Stock subject to availability. Subaru reserves the right to amend or withdraw offers at any time without prior notice. Private customers only, not available in conjunction with any other offers. Excludes Personal Contract Hire and Business Contract Hire. Available at participating dealers only. £1,750 Subaru Deposit Contribution (incl. VAT) on a 2.0i Forester Touring. Minimum 20% deposit. Credit is subject to status. Must be 18+. This credit offer is only available through Subaru Finance provided by International Subaru (UK) Ltd is a subsidiary Motors Finance Limited, 1 John Street, Callaghan Square, Cardiff, CF10 5PE. ^The Lithium-ion Traction Battery is covered by an 8 year / 100,000 miles (whichever is sooner) Warranty. of International Motors Limited. For general terms and conditions visit Subaru.co.uk.

Farming

| Motors

Clive Sutton launches strategic UK retailer network for GM Specialty Vehicles

live Sutton, the UK distributor and London retail partner for GM Specialty Vehicles, has launched a strategic UK retailer network to provide nationwide customer access to premium General Motors SUVs and trucks from Cadillac and Chevrolet.

The network forms part of Clive Sutton’s GM Specialty Vehicles sales operation and comprises a flagship showroom in North West London as well as strategically located sites with Grange in Birmingham and Edinburgh, ACE American Autos in Leeds, and Unity Automotive in Oxford. Luca Patrignani, Managing Director General Motors Europe: "We welcome Clive Sutton’s efforts to establish a UK retail network for selected Cadillac and Chevrolet vehicles. The network gives customers across the UK greater access to some of General Motors' most desirable vehicles, with the newly appointed retail partners helping to ensure consistently high standards throughout the ownership process." Designed to deliver a consistent, premium customer experience nationwide, the network provides direct access to fully homologated GM Farming

vehicles supported by transparent pricing, finance solutions, nationwide aftersales support, and a three-year unlimited mileage warranty. The retailer programme removes much of the complexity traditionally associated with importing American vehicles into the UK. The brand-new premium SUVs and trucks are supplied directly by General Motors, with Clive Sutton managing imports, homologation, logistics, vehicle preparation and distribution to retailers as fully prepared, retail-ready products. The GM Specialty Vehicles range includes the Cadillac Escalade, Escalade ESV, and flagship Escalade-V, powered by a 6.2-litre supercharged V8 producing 682 hp, alongside Chevrolet Tahoe, Suburban SUVs, and the Silverado pickup truck. To support retailers and enhance the customer journey, Clive Sutton and its retail partners offer customers a dedicated vehicle configurator to specify the premium range of Cadillac and Chevrolet models. The premium digital platform allows retailers to guide customers through model selection, specifications, colours, and options while ensuring configuration accuracy and supporting a seamless purchase experience.

| Motors

Clive Sutton: "As UK distributor and London retail partner, we have driven this network rollout to give customers nationwide access to GM Specialty Vehicles with the standards of service, product knowledge and ownership support they expect. Our appointed retail partners have the expertise and commitment to deliver that experience wherever customers are in the country." Clive Sutton has selected the five locations to provide strategic UK-wide coverage while bringing together expertise from the luxury, performance, specialist, and American vehicle sectors. The UK network is comprised of five sites including:

expertise across a diverse range of passenger car, 4x4 and lifestyle vehicle brands •

ACE American Autos in Leeds, one of the UK's leading specialists in American performance vehicles, muscle cars and pickup trucks

•

Clive Sutton in London – For almost 40 years, the business has supplied customers with the finest American and European vehicles. Its new 17,000 sq ft dealership in North West London presents the ideal showcase for the range of premium GM SUVs and trucks

•

Grange in Birmingham and Edinburgh – one of the UK's leading luxury and performance dealer groups, operating 12 dealerships nationwide and representing some of the world's most prestigious automotive brands

Paul Collins, Head of Network and Business Development: "We are proud to launch the retailer network with outstanding partners in key strategic locations across the country. Each partner has been selected for their expertise, facilities, and commitment to customer care, ensuring customers receive the best local support alongside a premium ownership experience."

•

Unity Automotive in Oxford, which brings decades of dealer experience and specialist

Customers can explore the range of vehicles and register interest at GMSV.uk

Farming

| Motors

SPOT DEAL! KGM MOTORS UK LAUNCHES SAVINGS OF UP TO £6,300 FOR A LIMITED TIME ONLY

GM Motors UK, formerly SsangYong, is putting the spotlight on savings this quarter with the launch of its new spot deal offer, saving customers up to £6,300 on selected ex-demonstrator vehicles across its passenger car and commercial vehicle range. Available through participating KGM dealer partners for a limited time, the spot deal offer applies to selected ex-demonstrators, including Tivoli, Torres EVX, Torres Hybrid, Actyon Hybrid and the 7-seater Rexton, as well as commercial vehicle models including Musso, Musso Rhino and Rexton Commercial. Previously KGM retailer ex-demonstrators, the “nearly new” low-mileage models give customers the opportunity to move into a wellequipped KGM at a significant saving compared with the equivalent new vehicle price. Mileage, specification, registration date and individual savings will vary by vehicle, so customers are encouraged to speak with their local KGM dealership to explore availability and pricing. Alongside the spot deal offer, KGM is also introducing a strong line-up of offers for customers on the Motability Scheme. The compact Tivoli is available from just £299 Advance Payment, while the all-new Torres Hybrid is available from £1,499 Advance Payment. Tivoli combines compact SUV proportions with everyday practicality, making it particularly well suited to drivers looking for a manageable, easy-to-drive vehicle without sacrificing passenger space or equipment. Its comfortable

Farming

cabin, practical load space and generous standard specification make it a versatile choice for urban driving, longer journeys and everyday mobility. For customers looking for more space, Torres Hybrid combines distinctive SUV styling with a spacious 668-litre boot, practical interior and KGM’s Dual Tech Hybrid powertrain. As a selfcharging hybrid, there is no need to plug in, with the system able to switch intelligently between petrol and electric power to suit driving conditions. Plus, customers looking to make the switch to fully electric can also benefit from further support this quarter, with the KGM Torres EVX now eligible for the £1,500 Government Electric Car Grant. This Government incentive reduces the price of the Torres EVX to start from £35,495, making KGM’s fully electric SUV even more accessible to customers considering the transition to electric driving. Powered by a BYD-developed 73.4kWh blade battery, Torres EVX delivers up to 287 miles of WLTP electric range, providing the flexibility required for both everyday journeys and longer-distance driving. Practicality remains a major strength, with up to 1,662 litres of load space, 1.5-tonne towing capacity, and vehicleto-load capability, combining the smooth and quiet benefits of an electric powertrain with the space and versatility expected from a KGM SUV. For full offer details, participating models, eligibility and terms and conditions, visit www. kgm-motors.co.uk/spotdeals/ or speak to your local KGM dealer partner.

| Motors

Škoda Peaq starts trophy collection with Large SUV of the Year win at prestigious News UK Motor Awards

he new Škoda Peaq has won its first award in the UK after being crowned Large SUV of the Year in the annual News UK Motor Awards. Skoda’s first ever seven-seater EV is set to arrive in the UK early next year, and has already proven itself to be a hit with reviewers. The News UK Motor Awards are an annual automotive awards held by publisher News UK, and recognise the best new vehicles across various categories through the combined expertise of The Times, The Sunday Times, and The Sun. materials and has premium features, such as the electrochromic panoramic glass roof, and physical controls have been retained alongside the touchscreen. With plenty of range in the battery options, bi-directional charging, and impressive performance and handling, the Peaq is an exceptional car for large families.”

The judging panel praised the Peaq’s interior design and layout and intuitive technology, and highlighted its numerous family-friendly features. Commenting on the Peaq’s win, Will Dron, Digital Driving Editor at The Times and Sunday Times, said: "Skoda continues to exceed expectations for quality, practicality and desirability, and the Peaq is no exception. It makes such clever use of its interior space, with a large boot and a third row of seats that are genuinely usable by adults. Dron also singled out the Peaq’s high-quality feel and broad range, adding: ”The cabin is more than just spacious – it features high-end

Already available to order ahead of its arrival at retailers in Q1 next year, the Peaq sits at the top of Škoda’s expanded EV range. Featuring an 86kWh (usable) battery and delivering up to 395 of combined WLTP range, the new Peaq introduces a bold new look inside and out with seating for up to seven occupants. Thanks to its efficient charging system, the Peaq can be charged from 1080% in just 28 minutes and can be specified with all-wheel drive in SE L and SportLine forms. Customers can choose between three trim grades: SE L, Edition and SportLine with OTR prices starting from £51,980. A full library of media images relating to the new Peaq, along with all other models in the Škoda range, can be found at www. skodamedia.com Farming

Farming Monthly National October 2026